Temprecord User's Manual
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

User's Manual for Temprecord Software.

Temprecord User's Manual
Version 6.2
This is the User's Manual for the
Temprecord for Windows software andassociated temperature and humidity
loggers. The contents of this manual
mirror the online help provided with theapplication, but the format of this PDF
file is better suited to printing.

Temprecord User's Manual
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.
All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means - graphic, electronic, or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems - without thewritten permission of the publisher.
Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered trademarks of therespective owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks.
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher and the author assume no
responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document
or from the use of programs that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any
loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by thisdocument.
Produced October 2014

4

Temprecord Help

Contents
1 Introduction

15

1.1 What's new ...................................................................................................................................
in version 6.2?
15
1.2 License Information................................................................................................................................... 15
1.3 Help Menu ................................................................................................................................... 16
1.4 How do I find...................................................................................................................................
out what version of Temprecord I have?
16
1.5 Getting Started...................................................................................................................................
with Temprecord
16
1.6 How To Use...................................................................................................................................
Help
17
1.7 Pop-Up Menus................................................................................................................................... 18
1.8 Toolbars and...................................................................................................................................
Speed Buttons
19
1.9 Toolbar Options................................................................................................................................... 23
1.10 Command-Line...................................................................................................................................
Parameters24
1.11 Where do I plug...................................................................................................................................
my reader in ?
28
1.12 What is a "passphrase?"................................................................................................................................... 29
1.13 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
Humidity Loggers
30
1.14 How Do I... ................................................................................................................................... 31
1.15 View Help As...................................................................................................................................
PDF
32
1.16 View Help on...................................................................................................................................
the Web32
1.17 About Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
Help
33

2 Installation of Temprecord

34

2.1 Installing Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
on Networks
43
2.2 Installing Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
Reader USB Drivers
43
2.3 Notes for System...................................................................................................................................
Administrators
46
Batch Installation..........................................................................................................................................................
Setup command..........................................................................................................................................................
line parameters
Installing the ..........................................................................................................................................................
USB Drivers Manually
Specific issues..........................................................................................................................................................
when installing Temprecord on a network server
Modifying the..........................................................................................................................................................
Registry to Enable CHM Help across Network Drives

3 Common Problems

50
51
53
58
59

60

3.1 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
will not start60
3.2 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
won't recognize my logger
60
3.3 The arrow keys...................................................................................................................................
don't move the cursor on the graph
61
3.4 The trace isn't...................................................................................................................................
visible on the graph61
3.5 I can't alter some...................................................................................................................................
of the parameters61
3.6 I get an error...................................................................................................................................
when I try to update the parameters61
3.7 I can't print with...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord
61
3.8 I get a 'SPOOL32...................................................................................................................................
Error' when I print
62
3.9 I can't view a...................................................................................................................................
PDF report with Adobe Reader.
62
3.10 When I open...................................................................................................................................
a menu, some of the items are grayed
62
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Contents

5

3.11 When I click...................................................................................................................................
on a button, nothing happens apart from a beep63
3.12 My logger says...................................................................................................................................
it exceeded the limits, but I can't see where64
3.13 The start time...................................................................................................................................
displayed changes every time I insert a marker
64
3.14 I have set different colors for display of values above the upper
limit and below the lower limit but my values still display andprint in one ...................................................................................................................................
color only
64
3.15 I can't get the TTV statistics to display or print, or export them toa file................................................................................................................................... 64
3.16 I can't get the PHI statistics to display or print, or export them toa file................................................................................................................................... 64
3.17 I cant print my...................................................................................................................................
data as a list of values
65
3.18 COM Port Issues................................................................................................................................... 65
3.19 I cant select the Humidity options when I program the logger
parameters ................................................................................................................................... 71
3.20 The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does notshow this ................................................................................................................................... 71
3.21 My filenames...................................................................................................................................
are all garbled
71
3.22 Why doesn't my printed graph look the same as the one I see onscreen?
................................................................................................................................... 72
3.23 Why does Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
keep asking me if I want to Save my file?
72
3.24 The format of the displayed date format doesn't match myControl Panel...................................................................................................................................
regional settings
74
3.25 My Main Menu...................................................................................................................................
toolbar has disappeared74
3.26 Common questions...................................................................................................................................
about file digests
74

75

4 Temprecord Loggers

4.1 Operation of...................................................................................................................................
the G4 LCD logger
77

82

5 File Menu

5.1 Checking for...................................................................................................................................
a Logger82
5.2 Reading a Logger................................................................................................................................... 82
5.3 Accessing Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
...
83
5.4 Saving a File................................................................................................................................... 83
5.5 Save File Dialog................................................................................................................................... 83
5.6 Questions about...................................................................................................................................
Save File and Save File As...
84
5.7 Saving Web ...................................................................................................................................
Files
85
5.8 Opening a File................................................................................................................................... 85
5.9 Opening Web...................................................................................................................................
Files
86
5.10 Open File Dialog................................................................................................................................... 87
5.11 Deleting a File................................................................................................................................... 87
5.12 Delete File Dialog................................................................................................................................... 87
5.13 Renaming a ...................................................................................................................................
File
88
5.14 Emailing Files................................................................................................................................... 88
5.15 Closing a File................................................................................................................................... 89
5.16 Closing all files................................................................................................................................... 90
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

6

Temprecord Help
5.17 Exporting Data................................................................................................................................... 90
5.18 Exporting daily...................................................................................................................................
average temperatures
90
5.19 Print Dialog ................................................................................................................................... 92
5.20 Printing Data................................................................................................................................... 92
5.21 Saving to a PDF...................................................................................................................................
File
92
5.22 Opening recent...................................................................................................................................
files
92
5.23 Exiting Temprecord................................................................................................................................... 93

6 Comments

93

6.1 Editing Comments................................................................................................................................... 95
6.2 Edit Comment...................................................................................................................................
Dialog96
6.3 Comments List................................................................................................................................... 98
6.4 Repositioning...................................................................................................................................
a comment
99
6.5 How Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
positions your comments on the graph
99
6.6 Adding a Comment................................................................................................................................... 100
6.7 Deleting a comment................................................................................................................................... 101
6.8 Locking/unlocking...................................................................................................................................
a comment
101
6.9 Duplicating...................................................................................................................................
a comment
102
6.10 Finding a comment................................................................................................................................... 102
6.11 Saving Comments................................................................................................................................... 102

7 Program Menu

104

7.1 Programming...................................................................................................................................
a Logger's Parameters
104
7.2 Program Parameters...................................................................................................................................
Dialog105
7.3 Logging Temperature,...................................................................................................................................
Humidity, or Both105
7.4 Setting Up ...................................................................................................................................
Humidity Loggers
106
7.5 User Data ................................................................................................................................... 106
7.6 Meta-strings...................................................................................................................................
in user data
106
7.7 Sample Period................................................................................................................................... 108
7.8 Logging Duration................................................................................................................................... 109
7.9 Start Delay................................................................................................................................... 109
7.10 Start Time ...................................................................................................................................
and Date
1107.11 Password ................................................................................................................................... 111
7.12 Password Required................................................................................................................................... 112
7.13 Lower and ...................................................................................................................................
Upper Limits112
7.14 Limit Delay................................................................................................................................... 113
7.15 Enable Safe...................................................................................................................................
Range
113
7.16 Safe range ...................................................................................................................................
delay (LCD logger only)
114
7.17 Safe range ...................................................................................................................................
limit (LCD logger only)
114
7.18 Loop Overwrite................................................................................................................................... 115
7.19 Start and Stop...................................................................................................................................
with Button
115
7.20 Allow Markers................................................................................................................................... 115
7.21 Mon-T Temperature...................................................................................................................................
Logging Range Parameters
115
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Contents

77.22 Setting up ...................................................................................................................................
several loggers
117
7.23 Setting up ...................................................................................................................................
a default set of parameters
117
7.24 Starting a Logger................................................................................................................................... 118
7.25 Stopping a...................................................................................................................................
Logger119
7.26 Reusing a Logger................................................................................................................................... 120
7.27 What the LEDs...................................................................................................................................
on the logger tell you120
7.28 Using the button...................................................................................................................................
on the logger to mark an event
121
7.29 Using the button...................................................................................................................................
on the logger to start and stop logging
122
7.30 Changing Logger...................................................................................................................................
Parameters122
7.31 Accuracy and...................................................................................................................................
Resolution
123
7.32 Differences between the displayed temperature and the logged
temperature................................................................................................................................... 123
7.33 Sample Rate...................................................................................................................................
Issues124
7.34 Auto Mode...................................................................................................................................
Operation
124
7.35 Kiosk Mode...................................................................................................................................
Operation
125
7.36 Designated...................................................................................................................................
Use Loggers
125
7.37 Factory Restore...................................................................................................................................
Operation
126
7.38 Named Parameter...................................................................................................................................
Sets
127
Loading a parameter..........................................................................................................................................................
set
Creating a new..........................................................................................................................................................
parameter set
Editing a parameter..........................................................................................................................................................
set
Renaming a ..........................................................................................................................................................
parameter set
Deleting a parameter..........................................................................................................................................................
set
Parameter sets..........................................................................................................................................................
and the default options
Parameter sets..........................................................................................................................................................
and Auto Mode operation
Parameter Sets..........................................................................................................................................................
and reading parameters from a logger
Meta-strings..........................................................................................................................................................
in parameter sets
Named Parameter..........................................................................................................................................................
Sets technical information

8 View Menu

127
129
129
129
130
130
130
131
131
132

133

8.1 Toolbars ................................................................................................................................... 133
8.2 Status Icons................................................................................................................................... 134
8.3 Summary View................................................................................................................................... 136
8.4 Statistics View................................................................................................................................... 137
Total Temperature..........................................................................................................................................................
Value (TTV)
Mean Kinetic..........................................................................................................................................................
Temperature (MKT)
Product Integrity..........................................................................................................................................................
Profile (PIP)
Process Hygiene..........................................................................................................................................................
Index
Refrigeration..........................................................................................................................................................
Index
Rate of Cooling..........................................................................................................................................................

140
140
140
142
145
146

8.5 Values View................................................................................................................................... 146
8.6 Units................................................................................................................................... 147

8.7 Graph View................................................................................................................................... 147
The Sample ..........................................................................................................................................................
CursorSetting the date..........................................................................................................................................................
and time format on graph view
Changing the..........................................................................................................................................................
view mode
How the limits..........................................................................................................................................................
are used when Temprecord displays data
Viewing Temperature,..........................................................................................................................................................
Humidity, or Both
Displaying the..........................................................................................................................................................
same file in 2 or more windows
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

148
150
150
151
152
152

8

Temprecord Help
Displaying data..........................................................................................................................................................
read from a logger in 2 or more windows
Go to Functions..........................................................................................................................................................
Find Trace.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to Sample.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to First,.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to Last Sample
Go to Start,.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to End
Go to Next,.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to Previous Marker
Go to Min,.........................................................................................................................................................
Go to Max Sample
Select all samples..........................................................................................................................................................
Copy to Clipboard..........................................................................................................................................................
Copy to Excel..........................................................................................................................................................
Set as Start,..........................................................................................................................................................
End Markers
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
Start and End Markers
Set as Start.........................................................................................................................................................
SampleSet as End.........................................................................................................................................................
SampleUsing the.........................................................................................................................................................
Min and Max Markers
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
User Markers
Set all windows.........................................................................................................................................................
start and end samples from this one
Zoom Functions..........................................................................................................................................................
How zooming.........................................................................................................................................................
works
The Sample.........................................................................................................................................................
Cursor and Mouse Cursor
Zooming.........................................................................................................................................................
with the mouse
Zooming.........................................................................................................................................................
with the mousewheel
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Zoom
Vertical .........................................................................................................................................................
Zoom
Zoom Between.........................................................................................................................................................
Start and End markers
Zoom All.........................................................................................................................................................
Zooming.........................................................................................................................................................
with the Mouse
Zoom Window.........................................................................................................................................................
to Presets
Zoom all.........................................................................................................................................................
Windows to Presets
Zoom All.........................................................................................................................................................
Windows To This One
Assign Presets.........................................................................................................................................................
from Window
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
Zoom Presets
Moving about..........................................................................................................................................................
the graph
Tile Vertically..........................................................................................................................................................
Tile Horizontally..........................................................................................................................................................
Cascade..........................................................................................................................................................
Close..........................................................................................................................................................
View Info ..........................................................................................................................................................
Refrigeration..........................................................................................................................................................
Index Graph View

9 Options Menu

153
153
154
154
154
155
155
156
156
157
159
161
161
162
162
163
163
163
164
164
164
165
166
166
167
167
167
168
168
169
169
169
170
171
171
172
172
172
172
173

174

9.1 How the Options...................................................................................................................................
work
174
9.2 Font Dialog................................................................................................................................... 175
9.3 General Options................................................................................................................................... 175
9.4 COM Port Options................................................................................................................................... 180
9.5 File Saving...................................................................................................................................
Options
181
File Saving Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Web Files
File Saving Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Saved File Format
File Saving Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Encryption
File Saving Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Date Formatting
When are default..........................................................................................................................................................
filename and folders used?
Also use these..........................................................................................................................................................
settings when I save the file manually
Default TRX ..........................................................................................................................................................
Filename
Folder for .TRX..........................................................................................................................................................
Files
Default PDF ..........................................................................................................................................................
Filename
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

182
182
183
184
184
185
187
188
189

Contents

9

Folder for .PDF..........................................................................................................................................................
Files

189

9.6 Summary View...................................................................................................................................
Options
190
9.7 Show Mon-T...................................................................................................................................
- specific settings
191
9.8 Values View...................................................................................................................................
Options
192
9.9 Statistics View...................................................................................................................................
Options
193
9.10 Graph View...................................................................................................................................
Options
195
Zoom and presets..........................................................................................................................................................
options

197

9.11 Export Options................................................................................................................................... 197
Copy to Clipboard,..........................................................................................................................................................
Excel Options

200

9.12 Printing Options................................................................................................................................... 202
9.13 Set Print Colors................................................................................................................................... 205
9.14 Header and...................................................................................................................................
Footers, Paper Size
205
9.15 What about...................................................................................................................................
the Default Parameters?
208
9.16 Managing Named...................................................................................................................................
Parameter Sets
209
9.17 Where have...................................................................................................................................
the defaults gone?
209
9.18 Mon-T Parameter...................................................................................................................................
Defaults
210
9.19 Parameter ...................................................................................................................................
Defaults
210
9.20 Email Options................................................................................................................................... 210
SMTP Email ..........................................................................................................................................................
Options
Emailing Files..........................................................................................................................................................
from Temprecord using GMail

214
216

9.21 Language Options................................................................................................................................... 216
9.22 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
Foreign-language Translation
216
9.23 Web Options................................................................................................................................... 217
Tracking Options..........................................................................................................................................................
Proxy Settings..........................................................................................................................................................
Options
Web Load and..........................................................................................................................................................
Save Options

217
218
218

9.24 Auto Mode...................................................................................................................................
Options
219
9.25 Date Formatting...................................................................................................................................
Options
220
9.26 System Options................................................................................................................................... 222
9.27 Diagnostics...................................................................................................................................
Reports
223

10 Using the File and Folder Templates

224

11 View Options

231

12 Meta-strings

232

13 Error and Warning Messages

237

13.1 An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on thismachine ................................................................................................................................... 239
13.2 Bad address................................................................................................................................... 240
13.3 Bad CRC ................................................................................................................................... 240
13.4 Bad verify ................................................................................................................................... 240
13.5 Battery is exhausted................................................................................................................................... 240
13.6 Battery is nearly...................................................................................................................................
exhausted
241
13.7 Confirm password...................................................................................................................................
is invalid
241
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

10

Temprecord Help
13.8 Data is corrupted................................................................................................................................... 241
13.9 Data read from...................................................................................................................................
logger has not yet been saved. Save first ?
242
13.10 Datafile format...................................................................................................................................
error - probably not a Temprecord data file242
13.11 Datafile format...................................................................................................................................
incorrect242
13.12 Datafile format...................................................................................................................................
version error
242
13.13 Delete comment...................................................................................................................................
?
242
13.14 Do you want to create a new Parameter Set from the logger
settings ? ................................................................................................................................... 243
13.15 Do you wish...................................................................................................................................
to exit Temprecord ?
243
13.16 Do you wish...................................................................................................................................
to re-use the Temprecord logger ?
243
13.17 Do you wish...................................................................................................................................
to start the Temprecord logger ?
243
13.18 Do you wish...................................................................................................................................
to stop the Temprecord logger ?
244
13.19 Encryption...................................................................................................................................
key and confirm are different
244
13.20 Error carrying...................................................................................................................................
out command line functions
245
13.21 Error accessing...................................................................................................................................
logger information (xx)245
13.22 Error identifying...................................................................................................................................
logger (xx)245
13.23 Error opening...................................................................................................................................
<filename>245
13.24 Error loading...................................................................................................................................
web file245
13.25 Error opening...................................................................................................................................
web file246
13.26 Error printing...................................................................................................................................
to PDF file246
13.27 Error previewing...................................................................................................................................
PDF file246
13.28 Error viewing...................................................................................................................................
PDF File246
13.29 Error reading...................................................................................................................................
file247
13.30 Error reading...................................................................................................................................
logger data (xx)247
13.31 Error reading...................................................................................................................................
logger information (xx)247
13.32 Error restoring...................................................................................................................................
logger parameters (xx)247
13.33 Error reusing...................................................................................................................................
logger (xx)247
13.34 Error reading...................................................................................................................................
conversion results (xx)247
13.35 Error reading...................................................................................................................................
logger mode (xx)248
13.36 Error starting...................................................................................................................................
logger (xx)248
13.37 Error stopping...................................................................................................................................
logger (xx)248
13.38 Error sending...................................................................................................................................
email
248
13.39 Error writing...................................................................................................................................
file <filename>248
13.40 Incorrect firmware................................................................................................................................... 249
13.41 Incorrect passphrase................................................................................................................................... 249
13.42 Incorrect passphrase...................................................................................................................................
(Caps Lock is turned on)249
13.43 Invalid limit...................................................................................................................................
delay count250
13.44 Invalid lower...................................................................................................................................
temperature limit
250
13.45 Invalid password...................................................................................................................................
submitted
250
13.46 Invalid sample...................................................................................................................................
period250
13.47 Invalid start...................................................................................................................................
date251
13.48 Invalid start...................................................................................................................................
delay
251
13.49 Invalid start...................................................................................................................................
time
251

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Contents

1113.50 Invalid preset...................................................................................................................................
date or time251
13.51 Invalid upper...................................................................................................................................
temperature limit
251
13.52 Logger nnn's parameters will be restored from the parameter set"xx". Do you...................................................................................................................................
want to continue?
251
13.53 Logger Firmware...................................................................................................................................
Revision 2.14
251
13.54 Logger interface...................................................................................................................................
not found252
13.55 Logger is unconfigured................................................................................................................................... 252
13.56 Logger not...................................................................................................................................
in ready mode
252
13.57 Logger is currently...................................................................................................................................
in xx mode and cannot be read252
13.58 Lower temperature...................................................................................................................................
limit is below minimum range of logger
252
13.59 No data loaded................................................................................................................................... 253
13.60 No suitable...................................................................................................................................
parameter sets for logger nnn found253
13.61 No wakeup...................................................................................................................................
from logger
253
13.62 No response...................................................................................................................................
from logger
254
13.63 Parameter ...................................................................................................................................
restore operation completed
254
13.64 Parameter ...................................................................................................................................
Set xx not found. Reuse logger anyway ?
254
13.65 Password and...................................................................................................................................
confirm are different
254
13.66 Password is...................................................................................................................................
invalid255
13.67 Password is...................................................................................................................................
not verified
255
13.68 Password Specification...................................................................................................................................
Errors
255
13.69 Start time and...................................................................................................................................
date has already passed
256
13.70 "Start at this date and time" is enabled. Once the parameters
have been saved you will no longer be able to access the logger
parameters................................................................................................................................... 256
13.71 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
cannot be stopped until start delay expires
256
13.72 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
failed to re-use
257
13.73 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
failed to start257
13.74 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
failed to stop
257
13.75 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
has already been re-used
257
13.76 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
has not yet been started
257
13.77 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
is already running258
13.78 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
is already started
258
13.79 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
is already stopped
258
13.80 Temprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file wasfound on that...................................................................................................................................
server, or locally258
13.81 Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file froman earlier installation...................................................................................................................................
was also found259
13.82 Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local
installation...................................................................................................................................
was also found259
13.83 Temprecord is running from a network drive and an
unrecognised...................................................................................................................................
local installation was also found260
13.84 Temprecord Medical loggers should be programmed with aNamed Parameter Set. Reuse logger without the Named
Parameter ...................................................................................................................................
Set ?
260
13.85 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
must be re-used before starting260
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

12

Temprecord Help13.86 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
must be stopped before re-use
261
13.87 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
was unable to create your TRW.INI file261
13.88 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
was unable to find your TRW.INI file261
13.89 Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
was unable to write to your TRW.INI file261
13.90 The Auto Mode...................................................................................................................................
option to reuse the logger is set
261
13.91 The comment fields for file <filename> have been edited but thechanges have...................................................................................................................................
not yet been saved. Save file ?
262
13.92 The comment fields for logger <serial number> have been edited
but the data...................................................................................................................................
has not yet been saved. Save logger data to file ?
262
13.93 The data from this logger has not yet been read. Do you wish toread the data...................................................................................................................................
and save it before re-using the logger ?
262
13.94 The data read from this logger shows indications that saturation
has occurred................................................................................................................................... 262
13.95 The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture canno longer be...................................................................................................................................
guaranteed
263
13.96 The logging mode parameter has been changed to log only
temperature................................................................................................................................... 264
13.97 The "Start at...................................................................................................................................
Time and Date" parameter has been disabled264
13.98 The recalibration...................................................................................................................................
period on this logger will expire in N weeks
264
13.99 The settings you are saving to the logger have been changed
and are no ...................................................................................................................................
longer the same as the settings in the NPS file "xx"265
13.100 The Temprecord help file for the selected language <filename>was not found.
...................................................................................................................................
English language help will be used instead
265
13.101 This logger contains parameters from a Parameter Set "xx" butthere is no ...................................................................................................................................
local file of that name. Do you want to create one ?
266
13.102 This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by
the owner "xx"................................................................................................................................... 266
13.103 This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by
the owner "xx"...................................................................................................................................
and the Named Parameter Set name is reserved266
13.104 This logger''s...................................................................................................................................
recalibration is due in N weeks
267
13.105 This model...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord cannot be re-used267
13.106 This Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
can only be started by snapping off a tab
267
13.107 This Temprecord...................................................................................................................................
can only be stopped by snapping off a tab
267
13.108 This version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or
possibly an...................................................................................................................................
older version is also installed
267
13.109 TX timeout................................................................................................................................... 268
13.110 Unable access...................................................................................................................................
parameters. Temprecord is probably faulty
268
13.111 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
parameters. Temprecord has been started
268
13.112 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
parameters. Temprecord has finished logging
268
13.113 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
parameters. Temprecord must be re-used first268
13.114 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord after re-use
268
13.115 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord after starting269
13.116 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord after stopping269
13.117 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord logger
269
13.118 Unable to delete...................................................................................................................................
file <filename>269
13.119 Unable to access...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord. Password is incorrect
270

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Contents

13

13.120 Unable to load...................................................................................................................................
file - insufficient memory
270
13.121 Unable to load...................................................................................................................................
named parameter set
270
13.122 Unable to load...................................................................................................................................
named parameter set (Auto Mode)270
13.123 Unable to load...................................................................................................................................
named parameter set (reuse logger)270
13.124 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
COMx
271
13.125 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
form
271
13.126 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
PDF help file271
13.127 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
browser272
13.128 Unable to print................................................................................................................................... 272
13.129 Unable to read.
...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord has not yet been started272
13.130 Unable to read.
...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord is probably faulty
272
13.131 Unable to read.
...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord start delay has not expired272
13.132 Unable to reuse...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
272
13.133 Unable to reuse...................................................................................................................................
logger (Logger is in Ready state)273
13.134 Unable to reuse...................................................................................................................................
logger (Logger is in Start Delay state)273
13.135 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
datafile to web273
13.136 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
file <filename>273
13.137 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
PDF file to web273
13.138 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
named parameter set
273
13.139 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord parameters274
13.140 Unable to start...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
274
13.141 Unable to stop...................................................................................................................................
Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
274
13.142 Unable to update...................................................................................................................................
parameters in logger
274
13.143 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ''ready''state................................................................................................................................... 274
13.144 Unable to update...................................................................................................................................
parameters as Temprecord is of a different type274
13.145 Unable to update...................................................................................................................................
parameters as Temprecord is of older type275
13.146 Unable to update...................................................................................................................................
parameters as Temprecord is of newer type275
13.147 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected withpassword ................................................................................................................................... 275
13.148 Unable to carry...................................................................................................................................
out command-line functions
275
13.149 Unable to create...................................................................................................................................
spreadsheet
275
13.150 Unable to create...................................................................................................................................
folder275
13.151 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
spreadsheet
276
13.152 Unable to open...................................................................................................................................
dialog276
13.153 Unable to save...................................................................................................................................
file for emailing276
13.154 Unexpected...................................................................................................................................
end-of-file276
13.155 Unexpected...................................................................................................................................
errors277
13.156 Unknown command...................................................................................................................................
option278
13.157 Unknown logger...................................................................................................................................
response278
13.158 Upper temperature...................................................................................................................................
limit is above maximum range of logger
278
13.159 WARNING ...................................................................................................................................
- File damaged. Data may not be correct278
13.160 Web file not...................................................................................................................................
found
278
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

14

Temprecord Help
13.161 You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also
installed locally...................................................................................................................................
for the current user
279
13.162 You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also
installed locally...................................................................................................................................
for all users
279
13.163 You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also
installed locally...................................................................................................................................
for all users (shared settings)
280
13.164 You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also
installed locally...................................................................................................................................
for use by remote users
281
13.165 You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there isalso an unrecognised...................................................................................................................................
local installation
281

Index

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

283

Introduction

1

15

Introduction`

Welcome to Temprecord on-line Help as a PDF.
This PDF document contains the same content as the on-line help that you can display by pressing theF1 key while Temprecord is running. This help text pertains to versions of the Temprecord softwarefrom version 6.2 onwards. Earlier versions of Temprecord may not have some of the featuresdescribed in this help.

This screen lists the major help topics. You can jump to other topics by clicking on text that is displayed like this. For more
information on how to use the Temprecord help system, see How to Use Help.

License Information
File Menu
Program Menu
View Menu
Options Menu
Help Menu

Pop-up Menus
Toolbars and Speed Buttons

Installation
How to Use Help
Getting Started with Temprecord
How do I...
Common Problems
Error and Warning Messages
Command-Line Parameters

1.1

What's new in version 6.2?
What follows are the release notes, changes, and fixes for the releases of the Temprecord software, with themost recent release (6.2) shown at the top.

1.2

License Information
The Temprecord program is supplied free by Temprecord International Limited ("TIL"). You may not charge for thesoftware. You are free to distribute the software installation package to any other person or organization. It must be suppliedin it's unmodified complete form (generally a compressed file named trw-setup.zip).
You may not disassemble or reverse-engineer the Temprecord software or hardware.
The software is provided on an "as-is" basis. TIL does not warranty the software nor guarantee it's operation in allenvironments. TIL accepts no claim for damages incidental to the use of their software.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

16

1.3

Temprecord Help

Help Menu
While you can access Temprecord on-line help at most times by pressing F1, the Help menu provides a quick way of jumping
to frequently accessed topic groups, such as common problems that might be experienced and how to deal with them, or a listof the error and warning messages.
Contents
How Do I...
Common Problems
Error and Warning Messages
View Help as PDF
About Temprecord

1.4

How do I find out what version of Temprecord I have?
You can find out what version of the Temprecord program you are running by:· watching the "splash screen" that displays as Temprecord starts up.
· Clicking on Help/About Temprecord.
When reporting problems or contacting Temprecord support about issues involving the Temprecord program, be sure to quotethe version (all four numbers, e.g. "5.28.0.1234").

Note that you can also see the version of Temprecord that was current when this help file wasproduced (6.2) by navigating to the help topic About Temprecord Help. It does not necessarily
correspond to the version of Temprecord installed on your computer. You should always use either of
the two methods above (the splash screen, or Help/About Temprecord) when reporting thesoftware version to Temprecord.

See Also
About Temprecord Help
How do I...
Common Problems

1.5

Getting Started with Temprecord
If you are new to Temprecord, this topic provides a step by step tutorial on how to use a logger to record temperature andthen reading and displaying the recorded temperature data. The following steps assume you have just taken delivery of a‘starter pack’ consisting of the Temprecord program, a Temprecord Scientific or Multi-trip logger, and a Temprecord Reader
Interface.
· Connect the Temprecord Reader Interface to your computer’s serial port or USB port. If you are unsure about thisstep, see the topic Where do I plug my reader in?
· Insert the Temprecord logger into the Reader, making sure it is pushed all the way in.
· Select File/Query Logger by opening the File Menu and clicking on Query Logger. After a few seconds, a window
should display showing a summary of the logger. Otherwise, see the topics Unable to Access Temprecord Logger or
Unable to open COMx.
· Select Program/Parameters. After a few seconds you will see the Logger Parameters screen, which allows you to set
the logger up. Change the sample period to 00:00:10 (one sample every 10 seconds). Set the start delay to 00:00:20(20 seconds).
· Click on ‘OK’. After a few seconds the logger parameters screen will close.
· When the logger parameters screen has closed, remove the logger from the reader interface. The logger will flash thegreen LED every ten seconds to indicate the start delay is counting down. When the start delay has counted down tozero, the logger will flash the red LED four times in quick succession and take the first sample, and the LED's fromthat point will then flash every ten seconds to indicate the state of the limits (a brief green flash for inside the upper

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

17and lower limits, a red flash for outside the limits).
· Place the logger in an environment you wish to measure the temperature of (e.g. a refrigerator) and leave it for a few
minutes.
· Retrieve the logger, and insert it into the Reader Interface.
· Select the File/Read Logger function. A window will open indicating the data is being read from the logger. When thisstep is complete a graph of the recorded samples will display.
· Select the View/Values function. The Window will change to display the logged temperatures as a series oftemperature values.
· Select the File/Save function. This allows you to save the logged temperatures to a file so that they can be read fromdisk later. Temprecord initially chooses a filename based on the serial number of the logger, but you are free tochange this if you wish.
· Click on OK to save the data to disk.

Your Temprecord logger continues to record samples until it is stopped (see Program/Stop Logger) or
the maximum number of samples is taken (unless the Loop Overwrite Option is turned on). You do
not need to stop the logger in order to read and display the logged temperature.

Congratulations! You have just used your Temprecord logger to record and display temperature samples.

See also:
How Do I...?
Common Problems
Error and Warning Messages

1.6

How To Use Help
There are several ways to find information about a particular help topic.
· If you are new to Temprecord and want to find out how to use the product, try Getting Started with Temprecord.
· To search for help on a particular topic, click on the button marked 'Search' near the top of this Help window.
· To find out more about an item on a Temprecord menu, open the menu, move the mouse over the menu entry, andpress F1.
· To find out more information about an error message that is displaying, press F1 while the error message window isdisplayed, or click on the button marked 'Help'. You can also refer to the Help topic Error and Warning Messages.
· For a brief summary of the steps involved in the more common Temprecord operations, such as programming alogger, starting a logger, reading a logger's data, etc., see the topic How Do I....
· If you are having a particular problem, try looking at the Help topic Common Problems.
When viewing Temprecord help, these symbols are used as an aid to your quickly finding the information you require:indicates a note of caution - where care needs to be taken with a Temprecord function.

is used to bring your attention to text that describes a quicker way of performing some function - forexample a short-cut or hint.

Folder and File Names
When folder and filenames are discussed in this help text, examples are shown in this font, for example C:\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\. The example folder and filenames assume a default installation on a computer running theWindows XP operating system. If you are running another operating system such as Windows 7 or Vista, these pathnames
will be different.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

18

1.7

Temprecord Help

Pop-Up Menus
At most times when Temprecord is running, you can click the right mouse button and get a menu of the most common
commands.
For example, a frequent operation is changing from one view mode to another. This can be done in the conventional way, by
opening the View Menu and clicking on the view mode you require, but a much quicker way is to place the mouse cursor in
the Temprecord data window you want to change the view mode in, and click the right mouse button. You can then select theview mode you want from there.

You can perform the following operations from the pop-up menu in the current Temprecord data window:· Select one of the four view modes (summary, values, statistics, or graph).
· Select between viewing Temperature data, Humidity data, or both.
· Select all the samples in the file.
· Copy the selected samples to the clipboard· Copy the selected samples to a new Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file.
· Access the Go To functions.
· Access the Zoom functions.
· Set the current sample as the start sample.
· Set the current sample as the end sample.
· Read data from a logger.
· Print from the current Temprecord data window.
· Save the data in the current window to a file.
· Export the data in the current window to a file.
· Email the .TR file or a .PDF file.
· Edit the comments for the current window.
· Add a comment to the data in the current window.
· Access the display options. This menu entry will access the options page for any one of the four view modes, i.e.
summary, values, statistics or graph, depending on the current view mode.
· Close the current data window.
Some of these functions may not be available and the pop-up menu entries are displayed in gray in that case. For example,
the Zoom entry will be grayed unless the view mode of the current window is graph view.
You can also perform the following operations from the pop-up menu that displays when the right mouse button is clicked
when there are no Temprecord data windows open, or the mouse is not positioned over a data window:· Query a logger -i.e. check for the presence of a logger and display the summary data from that logger in a new

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

19

window.
· Read data from a logger.
· Open an existing Temprecord data file.
· Exit Temprecord

A pop-up menu is also accessible from each toolbar my right-clicking on any of the buttons. See
Toolbar Options for more details.

1.8

Toolbars and Speed Buttons
Many of the common operations you will need to perform with Temprecord can be accessed by the row of
buttons (called 'speed buttons') along the top of the Temprecord window. These buttons are arranged as fourgroups. Each group of buttons is on its own toolbar. These toolbars can be repositioned and "docked" in any of
the top, left, bottom, or right edges of the Temprecord main window. They can also be "undocked", that is,dragged outside the Temprecord main window and floated above the desktop in any position.

The main menu is also on it's own toolbar and can be moved or undocked.
To dock a toolbar again, just drag it over any of the 4 edges of the Temprecord main window.
When you click on the close button of a toolbar, it will disappear. It will remain invisible even after you exit and start
Temprecord again. To make the toolbar visible again, click on View in the main menu and select Toolbars:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

20

Temprecord Help

When you exit Temprecord, the position and state (docked or undocked) of each toolbar is saved. When you start
Temprecord next, the toolbars are restored to their saved positions.

The toolbars can be "locked", that is, prevented from being moved, docked, or undocked. If the
Lock Toolbars checkbox on the general options tab is checked, the current state and positions of
all the toolbars cannot be changed, and when Temprecord starts again they will be restored andremain locked.

Menu Toolbar

The Menu toolbar contains five menu entries which when clicked on open submenus. See File Menu, Program Menu, View
Menu, and Options Menu for more information.

File Toolbar

Opens a file. The same function is available with the File/Open menu entry.

Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window to a disk file. The same function
is available with the File/Save menu entry

Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window as a PDF report file. You canspecify the form that the PDF report takes with the PDF options. The same function isavailable with the File/Save to PDF menu entry.

Opens a file from Temprecord Web storage

Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window to a file to Temprecord Web
storage.

Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window as a PDF report file toTemprecord Web storage. You can specify the form that the PDF report takes with the
PDF options.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

21

Emails the data in the current Temprecord data window as an attached .TRX file. If thedata in the window is from a file, or it was from a logger and was subsequently saved toa file, the attachment is given that name. If the data in the window has been read fromlogger but not yet saved to a file, the name of the attachment is created from the default
TRX filename. The details of the email, such as the recipients and accompanying
message body are determined be the email options.
Prints the data in the current Temprecord data window. You can specify the form thatthe printed report takes with the printing options. The same function is available with
the File/Print menu entry.

Program Toolbar

Query Logger. When clicked, this causes the logger to read the status information fromthe logger, and also to optionally (depending on the Read T/H when querying
logger setting in the General Options) perform an "on-demand" temperature and/or
humidity conversion. The resulting status information van be seem summarized in thesummary view. The same function is available with the File/Query Logger menu entry,
or by pressing the space-bar.
Sometimes a logger is unable to respond to a request to read-ondemand the temperature and/or humidity, because of the need tooccasionally carry out internal processing. If this occurs,
repeating the request will usually work.

Allows you to program the parameters of a logger. You must have a logger inserted in
the reader interface and the logger must be in the 'ready' state. The same function isavailable with the Program/Parameters menu entry

Starts a logger. You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger
must be in the 'ready' state. Once a logger has been started, you cannot alter theparameters. The same function is available with the Program/Start menu entry.

Stops a logger. You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger
must be in the 'logging' state. The same function is available with the Program/Stopmenu entry.

Reads the data from a logger. You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface
and the logger must be in the 'logging' or 'finished' states. The same function isavailable with the File/Read Logger menu entry

Reuses a logger. You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface, the logger
must be in the 'finished' state, and it must be a multi-trip or scientific type. The samefunction is available with the Program/Reuse menu entry.

Starts Temprecord Auto Mode.

Graph Toolbar

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

22

Temprecord Help

Selects graph view. This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded.

Moves the cursor to the first sample in the record. This button is only functional if there
is logger or file data loaded and graph view or values view mode is selected. The samefunction is available with the View/Goto/First Sample menu entry, or by pressing the'Home' key.
Moves the cursor to the last sample in the record. This button is only functional if there
is logger or file data loaded and graph view or values view mode is selected. The samefunction is available with the View/Goto/Last Sample menu entry, or by pressing the'End' key.
Moves the graph sample cursor to the minimum values sample. This button is only
functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The
same function is available with the View/Goto/Minimum menu entry, or by pressing theF5 key. Note that only the samples between the start and end samples are consideredwhen Temprecord searches for the minimum value.
Moves the graph sample cursor to the maximum values sample. This button is only
functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The
same function is available with the View/Goto/Maximum menu entry, or by pressing theF6 key. Note that only the samples between the start and end samples are consideredwhen Temprecord searches for the maximum value
Zooms in (i.e. expands) the trace horizontally. This button is only functional if there islogger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The same function isavailable with the View/Zoom/X+ menu entry, or by pressing the '+' key with the shift key
held down.
Zooms out (i.e. compresses) the trace horizontally. This button is only functional if
there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The same function
is available with the View/Zoom/X- menu entry, or by pressing the '-' key with the shift
key held down.
Zooms in (i.e. expands) the trace vertically. This button is only functional if there islogger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The same function isavailable with the View/Zoom/Y+ menu entry, or by pressing the '+' (plus) key.

Zooms out (i.e. compresses) the trace vertically. This button is only functional if there islogger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected. The same function isavailable with the View/Zoom/Y- menu entry, or by pressing the '-' (minus) key.

Zooms to show the whole data set. This button is only functional if there is logger or filedata loaded and graph view mode is selected. The same function is available with theView/Zoom/All menu entry, or by pressing the F4 key.

Zooms to the preset values for the time and temperature axes specified in the graphview options page. See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information

Displays the comments list, from where individual comments can be edited.

Creates a new empty comment and allows you to specify the position on the graph, andthe test of the comment title and body.

Go to Sample Toolbar

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

23

This toolbar is used when positioning the graph view or values view at a particular sample. If the toolbar is docked or visible,
just click in the entry field and type a sample number, followed either by the Enter key, or by clicking the
button just to
the right of the field. If the toolbar is not visible, using the View/Goto/Sample menu function, or the shortcut key ^G willcause the toolbar to be made visible.

Copy Toolbar

Selects all the samples. This is equivalent to clicking on the first sample, pressing F7 to
set the start sample to the first sample, then clicking on the last sample, pressing F8 to set
the end sample to the last sample. Any Copy operation will then copy all of the samples tothe clipboard. The select all samples operation can also be carried out by pressing Ctrl-A
while in the graph view, or selecting Select All from the right-click menu in graph view.
This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode isselected
Sets the start sample to the graph sample cursor, i.e. the position on the graph of the
cursor. This is equivalent to pressing F7. This button is only functional if there is logger orfile data loaded and graph view mode is selected.

Sets the end sample to the graph sample cursor, i.e. the position on the graph of the
cursor. This is equivalent to pressing F8. This button is only functional if there is logger orfile data loaded and graph view mode is selected.

Copies the samples between (and including) the start and end samples to the clipboard.
From the clipboard the samples can then be pasted into a spreadsheet such as Microsoft
Excel or a word processing document. See copying samples to the clipboard for more
information. This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graphview mode is selected
Copies the samples between (and including) the start and end samples to an Excel
spreadsheet file. By default, an XLS file with the same filename as the .TRX file is created.
See copying samples to Excel for more information. This button is only functional if there islogger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected

A pop-up menu is also accessible from each toolbar my right-clicking on any of the buttons. See
Toolbar Options for more details.

All of the functions accessible from these speed buttons are also available as menu entries, and someare also available through the keyboard function keys.

1.9

Toolbar Options
You can right-click on any button on a toolbar and display a pop-up menu with options for that toolbar.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

24

Temprecord Help

Floating
When checked, the toolbar will "float" above the main form and can be positioned anywhere on the desktop. You can "dock"the toolbar again by dragging it to any or the four edges of the main form, or by unchecking this item.

Hide
You can hide a toolbar that is floating or docked by unchecking this option. When this item is checked, the toolbar will not be
visible (and neither will the pop-up menu!).

Lock
If this item is checked, the toolbar is "locked". A locked toolbar that is floating cannot be repositioned or hidden. A locked
toolbar that is docked cannot be moved outside of its current dock or hidden, but it can be repositioned within that docking
edge.

Small
If this item is checked, the buttons displayed on the toolbars are a small size (25 pixels square).

Medium
If this item is checked, the buttons displayed on the toolbars are an intermediate size (50 pixels square) that can be more
useful in situations where there is minimal room to use a mouse and positioning the mouse cursor over smaller buttons isdifficult.

Large
If this item is checked, the buttons displayed on the toolbars are a large size (100 pixels square) that is appropriate for touchscreens.

Each toolbar has its own set of these options. You can have some toolbars locked but not others, orsome toolbars with large buttons, and some with small buttons, etc.

If the General Option Lock all Toolbars is checked, you can't do anything from this pop-up menu.

1.10

Command-Line Parameters
When starting Temprecord from the command line (from a “DOS Prompt”, there are numerous command-line options that canbe used. Some of these enable you to perform repetitive tasks from a batch file and are useful when setting up or reading alarge number of loggers.
Temprecord already implements the ability to specify TRX files to load on the command-line. These existing command-line

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

25

parameters are unaffected.
All settings (such as COM port, parameter defaults, export settings, etc) that are currently in use are also used for any
operations specified through command-line options.
As an example of the use of the added command-line options, entering the command:
trw /stop /read /save fred /reuse /start /exit
will stop the logger, read the data, save it as a file FRED.TR, reuse the logger, start the logger again, and TRW will then exit.
If any errors occur, all processing of commands stops and a message describing the problem is displayed.
The command:
trw /read
will start TRW, read the logger data, and remain open with the logged data displayed.

These command-line parameters are useful for performing a series of operations on one logger. If
you have a batch of loggers to read and reconfigure, auto mode operation is probably preferable.

Using the Command-Line Options
Commands can be carried out by any of the following methods:

From a DOS Command Prompt:· Click on Start· Click on Programs· Click on MS-DOS Prompt· At the C:> prompt, type the Temprecord command, i.e. “trw”, followed by a space, followed by the command-line
options, followed by the “Enter” key.

From a Batch File:· Click on Start· Click On Programs· Click on Accessories· Click on NotePad· In NotePad, enter the commands you wish to execute, one per line.
· Click on Save, and enter the folder and name of the file. Be sure to give it an extension .BAT, e.g. “doit.bat”.
To execute the batch file, type its name at a DOS command prompt, or create a shortcut to it.

From A Shortcut:· Open the folder you want to create the shortcut in, unless you want the shortcut to be on your desktop.
· Right-click in the folder (or on the desktop).
· Click on “New”· Click on “Shortcut”· Enter the TRW command-line, including the path, e.g.:"C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\trw.exe" /read· Don’t forget to add the “.EXE” to the TRW program name.
· Click on Next
· Enter a name for the shortcut.
· Click on Finish.
To use the shortcut, double click it.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

26

Temprecord HelpWARNING The TRW program contains many prompts and safeguards when dealing with
Temprecord data. As an example, TRW will prompt you before reusing a logger if it believes you have
not yet read and saved the data, as reusing a logger makes any data in it inaccessible. These
prompts are NOT issued when using the command-line functions of TRW. It is the user’s
responsibility to make sure that data has been saved before reusing a logger with the /REUSE
command line option.
Command-Line Reference
The command-line options are described in the order you would normally carry out the commands if you were using themfrom TRW. Note however that the command-line options can be specified in any order on the command line.
The order of execution of the commands is NOT necessarily the order in which you specify them, but is instead the order thatwould make the most sense. As an example, if you specify the command:
trw /export /readthe logger would be read first, then the data would be exported.
Some combinations of command-line options are not sensible and in this case an error message will be displayed and nocommands will be executed.
Command/STOP

Exampletrw /stop

Function

Stops the logger. If the logger is not in the logging state an error message isissued. If the logger is already stopped, no error is issued.

Command/OPEN <filename>Exampletrw /open fred

Function

Opens a Temprecord data file from disk. An error is raised if no filename isspecified, if the file is not found or if it is not a valid Temprecord data file. If no
filetype is specified, .TRX is assumed. If the filename contains spaces, youneed to enclose it in double quotes, e.g. trw /open "data from fred.tr".

Command/READ

Exampletrw /read

FunctionReads the data from the logger. The logger must be present, and either logging
or stopped or an error results.

Command/SAVE [<filename>]

Exampletrw /read /savetrw /read /save fred

Function

Saves the loaded Temprecord data to a disk file as a Temprecord data file. An
error results if there is no data loaded, i.e. a /READ or /OPEN command line
option must also be specified. If no filename is specified and the loaded data isfrom a file, an error is issued. If no filename is specified and the loaded data isfrom a logger, a filename is constructed from the logger serial number. If a
filename is specified and no filetype, .TRX is assumed.
NOTE: If the file already exists it is overwritten. You will not be prompted before
overwriting, even if that option is checked in TRW.
If the filename contains spaces, you need to enclose it in double quotes, e.g.
trw /read /save "data from fred.tr".

Command/EXPORT [<filename>]

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

Exampletrw /read /export
trw /read /export fred

Function

Saves the loaded Temprecord data to a disk file as an ASCII file (i.e. performs
the same function as the ‘Export’ function from within TRW). An error results if
there is no data loaded, i.e. a /READ or / OPEN command line option must also
be specified. If no filename is specified and the loaded data is from a file, thename of the export file is the name of the loaded TRX file, but with filetype as
specified in the Options/Export settings of TRW. If no filename is specified andthe loaded data is from a logger, a filename is constructed from the logger serial
number, and the filetype is as specified in the Options/Export settings of TRW. If
a filename and filetype is specified, it is used as the exported filename. If no
filetype is specified but no filetype, the filetype as specified in the Options/Export
settings of TRW is used.

27

When exporting data with this option, the export settings as specified in the
Options/Export settings of TRW apply.
NOTE: If the file already exists it is overwritten. You will not be prompted before
overwriting, even if that option is checked in TRW.
If the filename contains spaces, you need to enclose it in double quotes, e.g.
trw /read /export "data from fred.txt".

Command/REUSE

Exampletrw /reuse

Function

Reuses the logger. If the logger is not present, not a multiple use type, or it is notin the stopped state, an error message is issued. If the logger is protected with apassword and no password is supplied with the /PASSWORD option, or the
password supplied is incorrect, an error results. When the logger is reused, allparameters are left unchanged. If you require different parameters to be used,
specify them using the Options/Defaults settings in TRW and use the /DEFAULTS command-line option also.
NOTE: No warning is issued if the data in the logger has not been read and/or
saved. This option should not be used unless the data from the logger has beensuccessfully read and saved, either by previous operations, or on the samecommand line.

Command/PASSWORD

Exampletrw /reuse /password 1234

Function

Supplies a password to be used when reusing the logger or setting the logger
parameters to the defaults. This option is required when the logger is protectedby a password and the /REUSE or /DEFAULTS command-line options are used.

Command/START

Exampletrw /start

FunctionStarts the logger. If no logger is present, or if the logger is not in the READY
state, an error results.

Command/AUTO

Exampletrw /auto

FunctionStarts Auto Mode when TRW starts. This option would normally be used on it'sown, or only with the /KIOSK option below.

Command/KIOSK

Exampletrw /kiosk

FunctionStarts TRW in "Kiosk mode", with a reduced set of functions and capabilities.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

28

Temprecord Help

Command/EXIT

Exampletrw /open fred /export /exit

Function

Exits TRW when all command have been successfully carried out. If any
command resulted in a error, a message will be displayed, and TRW will exit
after this message has been cleared.

ExamplesSome examples of common functions follow:

Exampletrw /stop

Function

Stops the logger and leaves TRW running.

Exampletrw /stop /save /reuse /exit

Function

Stops the logger, saves the data to a filename based on the logger serial number(overwriting any file of the same name), reuses the logger, and then exits TRW.

Exampletrw /open sample1 /export /exit

FunctionReads the file SAMPLE1.TRX from disk, exports it as SAMPLE1.PRN (orwhatever the current export filetype is set to) and then exits TRW.

Exampletrw /stop /read /save sample2 /export sample2 /exit

Function

Stops the logger, reads it, saves the data to SAMPLE2.TR, exports it to
SAMPLE2.PRN (or whatever the current export filetype is set to) and then exits
TRW. Note that in this example if no filetype is specified after the /EXPORT
option, the export filename will be based on the logger serial number, eventhough a filename was supplied with the /SAVE option.
If you enter the above command line into a batch file, and replace the filenamewith “%1”, i.e. create a file called exportit.bat with the following line in it:.
trw /stop /read /save %1 /export %1 /exit
you will be able to type the command:
exportit sample2
to carry out the commands.

1.11

Where do I plug my reader in ?
The Temprecord program requires an available serial port or USB port on your computer to operate. The serial connector forthis will be on the back of your computer, along with the connectors for the display and keyboard. It will be either a DB-9M (9pin male) or a DB-25M (25-pin male) connector. A 25 pin-to-9 pin converter is supplied with the Reader Interface and you
should use this if your computer is only fitted with a DB-25M connector.
If your reader has a USB connector, you need to plug it into a SUB port. These are normally located on the rear of desktop
PCs, or on the side or rear of laptop/notebook PC's.

Unplugging the USB reader interface from the computer's USB port while Temprecord is running canhave unpredictable effects and result in the loss of communication with the logger. It is best to exit
Temprecord before unplugging or plugging in the reader interface.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

29

Don’t confuse the DB9-M serial port connector with the display connector. The display connector is
normally the same size as a DB-9M connector but will be a 15-pin female connector

Don’t confuse the DB25-M serial port connector with the printer connector. The printer connector is
normally the same size as a DB-25M connector but will be a 25-pin female connector.

WARNING The Temprecord Reader model SR2 is a Class A product. In a domestic
environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may berequired to take adequate measures.

1.12

What is a "passphrase?"
A passphrase, as the name suggests, is like a password but can be a collection of words and can include spaces andpunctuation characters. Temprecord uses passphrase for two different purposes:· As a key used to calculate a digest to include with Temprecord data files. A digest, or "hash", is used to protect
datafiles against tampering or damage. This digest is calculated using the passphrase key you supply and the data in
the file to produce a unique collection of characters that can only be produced with that combination of passphrase
and data in the file. A typical digest stored in the file might be:
35ACEA2AC2B8D664411A8CD605EC101A1F7896EF5AAA824DA9C986FA12B8DC5D
If any part of the data in the file is changed, or the digest in the file is changed, then a new digest calculated using thedata in the file and the same key will not agree with the digest in the file.
· To protect loggers against unauthorized modification. Knowledge of the passphrase is required to reuse and program
the loggers if a passphrase is assigned. Previous versions of Temprecord loggers could be protected with"passwords", although strictly speaking these were more like "PIN numbers", as they could only be numeric. We now
allow loggers to be protected with "passphrases".
The passphrase is not stored in the logger, rather the passphrase is used as a key to produce a hash digest and thedigest is stored in the logger.
There are a few important facts to remember about passphrases:· Case is significant, that is to say a passphrase of "Fred" is different from "fred". It is for this reason that the
Temprecord software will issue a specific warning if you enter an incorrect passphrase and you also have "Caps Lock"turned on.
· A passphrase can include spaces, but leading and trailing spaces are ignored.
· Characters past 32 are ignored.
· Only characters from the ASCII 7-bit character set are permitted.
· It is not possible (apart from a lucky guess) for anyone else (including Temprecord) to determine what passphrase has
been used to protect a logger.

Although the hashing method used (SHA256) is very secure, the integrity of your data is still
compromised if a weak passphrase is used.
Remember that a passphrase should be easy to remember, but difficult to guess.

Finally, anywhere in this help text you see the word "password", we mean "passphrase".

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

30

1.13

Temprecord Help

Temprecord Humidity Loggers
Data from Temprecord RH loggers can only be viewed with Temprecord software version 3.28 or later.
The principal difference between Temprecord RH loggers and Temprecord temperature loggers is the presence of an aperturein the front of the RH logger case where the humidity sensor is located.
The operation of Temprecord Humidity loggers is the same as for Temperature only loggers as described elsewhere in thisdocumentation

Dust on the Humidity Sensor
To minimize the effects of airborne dust building up on the Humidity sensor use an optional dust cover to protect the Humidity
sensor. Tests have proven that the proprietary dust cover that is shown below protecting the Humidity sensor does not affectthe performance or accuracy of the Temprecord RH logger.

The dust covers have been designed and manufactured to allow maximum airflow to reach the humidity sensor while at thesame time preventing dust and other airborne contaminants settling on or around the RH sensor. The dust cover slides overthe logger and is held in place by the tight fit of the cover around the logger case.
When the dust cover becomes congested, try washing the cover in warm water after removing it from the logger, then rinse
the dust cover out thoroughly in clean water. Make sure the cover is 100% dry before fitting it to your logger again. If the dust
cover becomes unusable because of damage or soiling you can obtain replacement dust covers from your Temprecord
distributor. The dust covers are manufactured from a non-absorbent material. Do not use a substitute such as filter paper asother materials can become saturated with moisture. This will cause the RH logger to record humidity values higher than theactual humidity level present in the logged environment.

Drying the Humidity Sensor
NEVER USE A MICROWAVE OVEN TO DRY THE HUMIDITY SENSOR! Doing so will immediately
void the warranty of the logger and seriously damage the electronics and battery inside the unit
beyond repair.

If the humidity sensor in the logger needs to be dried out the following procedure applies:· Place the logger face down for six hours in a conventional oven that has been set to 50 degrees Celsius / 122 degrees
Fahrenheit.
· Turn the logger over for a further 18 hours.
There should be no more than 5% Relative Humidity present inside the oven during the drying process. Leave the logger
inside the oven for a minimum drying time of 24 hours to return the RH sensor to calibration conditions. Never exceed 60
degrees Celsius / 140 degrees Fahrenheit during the drying process as this could damage the logger electronics or plastic
casing.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

31

Drying the Humidity sensor in a conventional oven.

See also:
Setting Up Humidity Loggers

1.14

How Do I...
· Installation of Temprecord· How do I install Temprecord on another computer ?
· How do I find out what version of Temprecord I have?
· How do I set up a logger to record temperatures ?
· How do I see the temperature values as numbers, instead of as a graph ?
· How do I save my data after I have read it from the logger ?
· How do the upper and lower limits work when Temprecord displays data ?
· How do I see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time ?.
· How do I use comments ?.
· What are 'Presets' and how do I use them ?

See also:
Common Problems
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

32

Temprecord Help

1.15

View Help As PDF
Use this menu item to see the help file as a PDF file. The PDF format help can be more convenient as it is organized more
like a book. It is also possible to print all or some of the help file, whereas Windows help only allows you to print one topic at
a time.

You need to have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed to be able to view the on-line help as a PDF, or toview the PDF reports that Temprecord produces.

See Also
View Help on the Web
Unable to open PDF file

1.16

View Help on the Web
Use this menu item to open a browser and load the Temprecord web-based help. The contents of the webbased help are basically the same as in the help provided from the Temprecord program, but the web version is
likely to be more recent and will possibly contain additional resource material. Bear in mind that the web-based
help may also refer to features and products that the Temprecord program version you are running does notsupport.

You need to have a browser (such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla FireFox, or Google Chrome)
installed and have a connection to the Internet to view the web-based help.

You don't need to have the Temprecord program running to see the web-based on-line help. All you
need to do is point your browser at http://www.temprecord.com/help/tr6

See Also
View Help as PDF
Unable to open browser

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Introduction

1.17

33

About Temprecord Help-

Temprecord v. 6.2
English-Language PDF Help
Windows 2000/NT/XP/Vista/7/8/8.1© Temprecord International Ltd 1992-2014
P.O. Box 58-430
Auckland, NEW ZEALAND

Web
SupportPortions Copyright Indy, IndySSL
Authored using Help And Manual
Produced

http://www.temprecord.com
info@temprecord.com
http://www.indyproject.org
http://www.helpandmanual.com
October 2014

6.2.17.3459-REC. Generated Thursday, 9 October 2014 4:04:36 p.m.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

34

2

Temprecord Help

Installation of Temprecord

Important! Temprecord saves your program settings in a file so that when you start the
program again your settings are restored. Normally when you upgrade the software these settings arecarried over to the newer version, but you should not assume this is the case. It pays to check the
program settings (start the Temprecord program and click on on the main menu) after you havefinished installing.
Pay particular attention to the topic of Named Parameter Sets, and how these affect the the use ofdefault logger parameters.

Setup Welcome Screen
To install Temprecord, run the file TRW-SETUP.EXE. The setup welcome screen will display:

At most points in the installation you can click on the Cancel button to abort the process. Anychanges setup had made to your computer should be "rolled back", and any existing settings if any
should be preserved. You can also click on the Back button to return to a previous step.

The setup welcome screen will show the software revision of the version of Temprecord you are about to install. Click on the
Next button to continue and display the Installation Type screen:

Selecting the Installation Type

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

35

Install Temprecord Just For Me
If you choose this option, Temprecord will be only be installed for the current user. That user will have an entry on their startmenu and a shortcut on their desktop unless these options are deselected in the later steps. Other users will not be able tosee any shortcuts or data unless they have been granted access to the relevant files of that user. Use this option when there
are several users of the same computer, and the other users will not require to use Temprecord. Installing Temprecord "Justfor Me" avoids cluttering up the desktops or start menus of the other users.

Install Temprecord for All Users, Separate Settings
If you choose this option, Temprecord will be installed for all users, but each user will have separate settings. Each user ofthe computer will have an entry on their start menu and a shortcut on their desktop unless these options are deselected in thelater steps.

With this option, if any user makes changes to the settings, any subsequent users will find their settings
unchanged - i.e. the settings are independent for each user. This option is intended for situations
where one computer is used by many users, but it is necessary for each user to have private settings
and/or data. Each user will need to set up the correct COM port and any other settings required.

Install Temprecord for All Users, Shared Settings
If you choose the first option, Temprecord will be installed for all users and the settings will be shared. Each user of thecomputer will have an entry on their start menu and a shortcut on their desktop unless these options are deselected in thelater steps.

If any user makes changes to the settings, any subsequent users will find those settings altered. This
option is intended for situations where one computer is used by many users and it has a reader
attached. Once one user sets up the correct COM port for the reader, it will be correct for all users.

Install Temprecord for All Users, Shared Settings, Remote EXE
Choose this option if the Temprecord executable file will be installed on a remote server (i.e. a network drive) andworkstations on the network will access Temprecord over the network. All users will share the settings.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

36

Temprecord Help

Temprecord recommends that where possible the software be installed on all computers that will berunning the program. This installation option is provided for those cases where deployment to all
workstations is impractical, however the operation of Temprecord will be less than optimal.
With this option, there are several points to be borne in mind:· Temprecord should only be installed on the remote server. It should not be installed on theworkstations as well.
· Unless you have good reason for not doing so, we recommend you stay with the default
installation folder of
C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW· All users must have write access to the above folder if they need to be able to change theprogram settings. If they do not have write access, Temprecord will be unable to save thesettings INI file when the program exits. In this instance Temprecord will not report an error.
· If any user makes changes to the settings, any subsequent users will also find those settings
altered. For this reason, the settings for the COM port may not be correct on all machines,
depending on the configuration of the serial ports. Also, the list of recently accessed files will
be of little use, as the pathname stored will likely refer to another user's computer.
· If network users are intending to use the Temprecord Reader Interface to read loggers, the USB
drivers will need to be manually installed.
· The file association between .TR files and Temprecord will need to be manually set up, if users
want to be able to open .TR files by double-clicking them.

You will not be able to advance to the next page unless one of the four options is selected.

Importing Existing Settings
The Temprecord installer searches for existing copies of TRW.INI (this files stores the settings for Temprecord) on thecomputer. Earlier versions of Temprecord placed the TRW.INI file in different locations and the installer looks in thoselocations. If it finds one it offers the user the chance to import the settings from that file. If it finds more than one it will offer
the most recently accessed copy.

You won't see this screen if:· the installer didn't find any TRW.INI files in the usual locations.
· the installer found a TRW.INI file but it was located in the location that it was going to install
anyway. In this instance the existing INI file will be left intact and those settings should be
inherited by the new installation.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

37

If you choose Create default settings the existing file will not be imported and all of the settings will be assigned default
values. You will likely have to set (at least) the reader before you can use Temprecord.

Selecting the Destination Location
The next screen allows you to choose the folder the Temprecord program files will be installed into.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

38

Temprecord Help

Selecting the Start Menu Folder
The next screen allows you to specify where the start menu entry will be located. Once again, unless you have good reason,
we recommend you stick with the defaults. If you don't want the Temprecord program entries to appear on the start menu,
check the box labeled Don't create a start menu folder.

Additional Installation Tasks

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

39

If you don't want an icon to be added to the desktop, uncheck the box labeled Create a desktop icon on the next screen.
Similarly you can decide whether a quick launch icon is added to the taskbar.

A "Quick Launch" icon is a small button () on the computer taskbar that you
can click to start the program. Quick launch icons are specific to the current logged in user only. If you
install Temprecord and ask for a quick launch icon to be installed also, it will only appear on thedesktop of the user who was logged in when Temprecord was installed. Other users of the computer
will not see the quick launch option unless they manually add one to their taskbar also.

Summary of Installation Settings
Before installation starts, the installer will show this screen which will contain a summary of the options you have selected. If
you are satisfied, click the Install button and the installer will begin copying files and creating menu entries and shortcuts. If
you're not satisfied, use the Back button to go back and change settings, or use the Cancel button to abort installation.

Release Notes
After installation completes, the release notes for the version you are installing will be shown. The changes and fixes to theprogram are shown with the most recent at the top.

It's a good idea to read the contents of this file, as there might have been changes made to theprogram that require you to check settings.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

40

Temprecord Help

Installation Completed
The final screen of the installer gives you the opportunity to start the Temprecord program when the installer has exited.

Reinstalling
The Temprecord program can be installed on as many computers as you wish. Just take the original installation disk that you
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

41

installed this copy of Temprecord with, place it in the drive of the computer you wish to install it on, and run TRW-SETUP.EXE
from the drive.

Installing the Reader Interface
Important!

Don't plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software.

Of course you will require another reader interface unit if you wish to program and start loggers on the second computer.
In order to use the reader interface unit, your computer must have a spare USB port. As part of the installation process, thenecessary USB driver files are normally copied to your computer and installed. This part of installation normally proceeds
without problems, but you might need to manually install these drivers with some computers or versions of Windows. See thetopic Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers for more information.
When you first start to install Temprecord, you may see this warning:

Click on Continue Anyway. You may need to repeat this step as the installation involves copying two distinct sets of driver
files.
When the installation has completed, plug in the reader interface. You may see the following warning:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

42

Temprecord Help

Select No, not this time and click the Next button. You will see the following screen:

Select Install the software automatically and click the Next button.
Once again, the same procedure will likely repeat as there are two separate sets of driver files that need to be installed for the
Temprecord Reader.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

43

To install Temprecord on another workstation on a network, see the topic Installing Temprecord on Networks

See Also
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers
Notes for System Administrators
Batch Installation
Setup command line parameters

2.1

Installing Temprecord on Networks
This topic will mainly be of interest to network administrators.
Like most modern Windows applications, Temprecord has been designed to be installed on each workstation it is required on.
Once installed, the default data file and reports folders are set to the current users profile, and also shared documents folders
are created for the PC and have modify permissions set for all users. The installer creates all folder required with theappropriate permissions set. The installer will not run unless an administrator account is logged in.
Installing TRW on a common shared network drive is not recommended. The installation process creates file associations
between the Temprecord program and .TRX data files which will not be present if the program is not installed on theworkstation. It also pre-installs USB driver files for the Temprecord Reader. These files are not provided for in the Windows
driver set, so users running from a shared network copy of TRW.EXE will not be able to access loggers with a Temprecord
Reader interface. The installer does however specifically provide for installation on a network drive. See the topic Selecting
the installation type for more information.

Changes in the way Windows Help is implemented mean that it is more difficult to install the help files
on a shared drive. Windows help files (CHM files) will not function properly unless they are located on
the same machine as the user, i.e. they cannot be on a network drive. The simplest way tocircumvent this problem is to install Temprecord on every machine that will be running it.

Windows XP/Vista
Windows XP and Windows Vista have additional security measures which prevent a user opening a help file on a remote(network) drive. If you receive the message "Navigation Canceled" displayed in a help window this is the reason. To prevent
this, make sure that Temprecord is installed on every machine that needs to run it -i.e. "locally".
We have provided a batch installer to enable rapid deployment of Temprecord software across multiple machines. See thefile Install.txt in the distribution package, and also the topics Batch Installation and Notes for System Administrators

See Also
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers
Selecting the installation type
Batch Installation
Notes for System Administrators

2.2

Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers
Normally installation of the USB drivers required for the Temprecord Reader Interface will happen automatically as part of thesoftware installation. If you experience difficulty with the automatic installation of the USB drivers required for the reader
interface, follow the instructions given here.

Important!

Don't plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software.

If the instructions given below do not work for you, you can always install the USB drivers manually

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

44

Temprecord Help

Important! If you are running Windows 2000 or Windows XP prior to Service pack 2 ("XPSP2"), you must ensure that your computer is not connected to the Internet when you install the USB
drivers. Otherwise Windows will load an incorrect driver file from the Internet. If you are running
Windows XP SP2 or above the installer will ask if it can check the Internet for the driver. You must
answer No to this question.
If the installation of the drivers is incomplete, you may see this dialog when you plug in the reader for the first time:

Select Install from a specific location (Advanced), and click Next.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

45

Make sure Search for the best driver in these locations is selected, Search removable media is not checked, andInclude this location in the search is checked. Then click the Browse button. Navigate to the folder C:\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\Drivers (If you installed to a folder other than TRW\, select that folder instead). When you haveselected the folder, close the Browse dialog and click Next.
After some time (up to a minute) you may see a warning that the drivers are not Microsoft-certified and asking you to confirm
that you wish to install them anyway:

Click on the Continue Anyway button. After a short time you should receive a dialog announcing the successful completionof the installation.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

46

Temprecord Help

At this point, the whole process will repeat for the driver named "USB Serial Port". After this has completed (make the same
selections as detailed above for installation of the Temprecord USB Reader) your reader should be ready for use. If you
encounter difficulties, you can try to install the USB drivers manually

See Also
install the USB drivers manually
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Notes for System Administrators

2.3

Notes for System Administrators
These notes will serve as a guide to administrators, IT support personnel and other installers of Temprecord.

Installation
Temprecord installation requires the user to have administrator rights. Four installation scenarios are provided (for details
see Selecting the Installation Type). If Temprecord is installed for all users, after installation Temprecord will be available toall users of the computer, whether administrators or limited users.
Batch installation (see below) carried out on computers with an existing installation of Temprecord can automatically importthose settings, but you should inspect the example batch file to determine the behaviour when it is run.
Manual installation is just a matter of running the executable trw-setup.exe.

Warning
Temprecord keeps the program settings in a text file called TRW.INI. If Temprecord is reinstalledusing different installation settings (for all users, Just for Me, etc.) then it may not be possible for the
installer to inherit the settings of any earlier installation.
It is a good idea to check all the settings in the Options dialog when you have completed installation.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

47

Installation Logs
Temprecord installation produces two log files with names that reflect the release version and date. These files are written to
the Temprecord local settings application data folder (normally C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\Local
Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\). For example:
C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Installation Logs\TRW Installation Log 5.28.0.2019 2011-06-09 11-22-20 .
txt
C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Installation Logs\TRW Reader Installation Log 5.28.0.2019 2011-06-09 1122-20 .txt
Each time you install, re-install or update Temprecord a pair of these installation log files will be added to the folder. Thesefiles can be used to troubleshoot installation issues and should be included if you report an installation problem. If you submit
a , these files will be included in the information sent to Temprecord. Temprecord will keep the installation logs from the 20
most recent installations.

Folder Use and Permissions
Installation of Temprecord creates the following folders off the root folder C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\:..My
Documents\Temprecord\

Default folder for Temprecord (.TR) files..My
Documents\Temprecord\Re
ports\

Default folder for PDF report files..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Folder for TRW.INI settings file and email queue file..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Email Files\

Folder for temporary attachment files for emails. Files remain in here
until the email with attachments is successfully sent, when these files
are deleted.

..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Event Log\Folder for the event log..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Installation Logs\

Log files from installations of Temprecord on the users computer. Up
to 20 installation logs from Temprecord program installations and 20
files from Temprecord Reader installations are retained and when thislimit is reached the oldest is deleted.

..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Startup Logs\

A startup log file is written to this folder each time Temprecord starts.
Up to 20 are retained as for installation log files.

..Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\Error Logs\Error log files are produced when unexpected program errors occur.
Up to 20 are retained as for installation log files.

..LocalSettings\Temp\Temprecord\TRW\Preview\

Folder for temporary PDF files created when PDF preview is used.

An installation for all users, shared settings, shared executable creates a folder on the installation machine located at:
C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\
This folder is set up to have permissions to allow all users to modify the contents, and is used to store the common INI file.

The System tab in the Temprecord program Options shows the actual pathname to the above
folders. It is possible to open an explorer window in any of the folders by right-clicking on the folder
name. In addition, if the name shown includes a filename, and the file has an extension of TXT, CHM,
or PDF it is possible to open the file from the right-click menu.

It is assumed that these folders are all created with modify permissions for the current user, so that a limited user can still run
Temprecord, create and save files and email attachments, etc. Temporary PDF preview files are created in the logged-in

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

48

Temprecord Helpuser's TEMP folder
In addition to the above folders, Temprecord creates the following folders off the shared documents root folder C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\:..Temprecord\

Default folder for shared Temprecord (.TR) files for shared settings
installations.

..Temprecord\Reports\

Default folder for shared PDF report files for shared settings
installations.

..Temprecord\Application
Data\TRW\

Folder for TRW.INI settings file for shared settings installations.

The sample Temprecord data files and batch installation template files are installed into both the local user's My
Documents\Temprecord folders and the shared documents folder. Temprecord places no restrictions to which folders youuse, but if you want your Temprecord data files and report files to be available to others you need to make sure they areplaced in a folder accessible to other users.

Executables and other Program Files
The Temprecord executable and other program files consist of:
TRW.EXEThe Temprecord program executable file.

TRW_EN.CHM\

English-language compiled HTML help.

TRW_EN.PDF\

PDF document version of the English-language help.

*.dll

Dynamic-link library files needed to Temprecord operation.

Drivers\

Various driver files needed for the USB reader interface. This folder isalways located within the folder containing the above TRW.EXE
executable and help files.

The placement of Temprecord program files is dependent on the type of installation selected (these are the installation default
locations - the user can generally override these locations at install time, but unless there is good reason, we do notrecommend you do so):Just for me
The program files are installed into: C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\

All users, separate settings
The program files are installed into: C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\

All users, shared settings
The program files are installed into: C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\

All users, shared settings, remote EXE
The program files are installed into: C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\ of the remote server computer. There is
no requirement for Temprecord to be installed on the client machines (and it should not be installed).

After a default "All users, shared settings, remote EXE" installation, Temprecord will be unable todisplay help topics from a client workstation that is running the Temprecord program. This because
security updates to Windows XP have introduced some severe restrictions for accessing CHM Help
files across network drives. Without registry changes on the user's computer Temprecord Help will be
unavailable on network installations.
It is possible to circumvent this restriction with registry changes. See the topic Modifying the Registry
to Enable CHM Help across Network Drives.
An alternative is to copy the Help file to the client machine. If the file C:\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\TRW_EN.CHM on the remote server computer is copied to theTemprecord common application data folder C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW on the client machine, Temprecord will find the file on startup.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

49

Distribution
The Temprecord program is generally distributed as a ZIP file named trw-setup.zip. Within the ZIP archive are three files:

trw-setup.exe

The setup executable. Run this file to install Temprecord.

readme.txt

Late-breaking news and version history

Install.txt

These notes

TRW Batch Installation
Template.bat

A sample batch file to illustrate unattended batch installation

The installation ZIP archive file contains EXE and BAT files. These file types are often blocked bysystem administrators because of the fear they might harbor viruses. You may need to find alternate
ways of distributing the installable other than email attachments. A possible alternative is to unzip thefiles to a temporary folder and then create another archive that is encrypted.

A note about INI files
The INI file (usually called TRW.INI) is responsible for remembering all the settings of TRW when the application exits..
From TRW version 5.26 onwards, the INI file is handled differently to previous TRW versions:· When TRW starts it first checks the folder the EXE file is located in for the INI file. If one is found it is read. This folder
is usually called something like:
C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\
If Temprecord has been installed and is running from a network drive for shared use, an INI file will be checked for inthat folder instead.
· If the INI file is not found the common application data folder of the PC is checked. If TRW.INI is found there it isread. This folder is normally called something like:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\Temprecord\Application Data\TRW\· If TRW.INI is not found in the common application folder, the local settings application folder is checked. If TRW.INI
is found there it is read. This folder is normally called something like:
C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\· If TRW.INI is not found in any of these three locations, a new default one is created in the local settings application
data folder,· When TRW exits, the INI file is written back to the folder it was read from. If the user does not have write access tothat folder, or the file is marked as read-only, no error message is issued.
The above behaviour enables various configurations to be accommodated. The installation default is for each user to havetheir own INI file. Alternatively the INI file can be copied to the common application data folder and it will be used by all users
on that workstation. Finally, the INI file can be copied to a network server folder containing a shared copy of TRW.INI and allusers on the network will share the INI settings.
The installer creates a new TRW.INI file unless it finds an existing one from a previous installation, so existing settings should
be preserved on re-installation of versions 5.26 onwards.
If you require a custom configuration for your users you can create this by installing TRW on your local machine, setting up
the desired options, then copying the TRW.INI file to your installation image such that the file is available in the same folder
as TRW-SETUP.EXE when this file is run. If the installer finds this custom copy of TRW.INI in the same folder TRWSETUP.EXE is running in, and there is no local TRW.INI file there already, the custom one is copied across.
You need to deploy your edited batch file and the file trw-setup.exe. The other files readme.txt and Install.txt are alreadypresent in the setup EXE file.
To carry out the batch installation:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

50

Temprecord Help

· Copy the deployment files (edited batch file and setup executable) to a temporary folder on the target installation
machine.
· Change to that folder.
· Execute the batch file.
If you encounter problems with batch installation, the file TRW Installation Log... .txt created as part of installation can beinspected for clues as to what might be wrong. This file should be included in any request for technical support.

Customizing Installation
If you require your installation to have customized settings, these are the steps required:unzip all the files in trw-setup.zip to a temporary folder
install Temprecord on your computer.
open the Options dialog.
set any custom options you require.
exit Temprecord.
open Explorer and navigate to C:\Documents and Settings\<User name>\Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW· copy the file TRW.INI into the temporary folder
·
·
·
·
·
·

The contents of the temporary folder are what you need to distribute as an installation image.

See Also
Modifying the Registry to Enable CHM Help across Network Drives
Specific issues when installing Temprecord on a network server
Batch Installation
Setup command line parameters
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers

2.3.1

Batch Installation
Batch Installation
The file TRW Batch Installation Template.bat is provided as an example of how Temprecord can be installed without
user intervention in situations where the installation destination folder is known in advance. System administrators should
examine this file and edit it to suit their environment is necessary, although using it in its current form will generally install
Temprecord satisfactorily.
The setup EXE file accepts some command line parameters and system administrators may need to modify these when
deploying the application. See Setup command line parameters for more information.
To prepare the batch installation template to install Temprecord, the following steps are required:· Unzip the TRW setup files into a temporary folder· Copy the file TRW Batch Installation Template.bat to a new name.
· Edit the new batch file and change the five items shown in red on the following lines if required:
set InstallFolder=%ProgramFiles%\Temprecord\TRW\
set InstallLogFilename=%InstallFolder%TRW Batch Installation Log.txt
set InstallGroup=Temprecord
set InstallType=AllUsers
set InstallImport=ImportSettings
You will find the batch installation template both in the folder C:\Documents andSettings\<user>\Temprecord\Samples and the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Documents\Temprecord\Samples.

See Also
Notes for system administrators

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

51

Setup command line parameters
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers

2.3.2

Setup command line parameters
The topic deals with the command-line parameters of the Temprecord setup program, not those of the
Temprecord program itself. For information on the Temprecord program command line parameters see
the topic .

The normal setup procedure for a manual interactive installation is to execute the setup file with no parameters, i.e. just run:trw-setup.exe
The setup executable accepts some command line parameters to modify the behaviour and allow unattended installation.
Parameter

Function/SP-

Disables the This will install... Do you wish to continue? prompt at the beginningof Setup.

/SILENTInstructs Setup to be "silent". The wizard and the background window are notdisplayed but the installation progress window is. Everything else is normal so for
example error messages during installation are displayed and the startup prompt is (ifyou haven't disabled it with the '/SP-' command line option explained above).

/VERYSILENT

Instructs Setup to be "very silent". The wizard and the background window are notdisplayed, nor is the installation progress window. Everything else is normal so for
example error messages during installation are displayed and the startup prompt is (ifyou haven't disabled it with DisableStartupPrompt or the '/SP-' command line
option explained above).

/SUPPRESSMSGBOXES

Instructs Setup to suppress message boxes. Only has an effect when combined with'/SILENT' and '/VERYSILENT'.
The default response in situations where there is normally a choice for the user during
installation is:
·
·
·
·
·

Yes in a 'Keep newer file?' situation.
No in a 'File exists, confirm overwrite.' situation.
Abort in Abort/Retry situations.
Cancel in Retry/Cancel situations.
Yes (=continue) in a DiskSpaceWarning/DirExists/DirDoesntExist/
NoUninstallWarning/ExitSetupMessage/ConfirmUninstall situation.

Some message boxes will always display. These include:· The About Setup message box.
· The Exit Setup? message box.
· Any error message box displayed before Setup (or Uninstall) could read thecommand line parameters.

/DIR=<folder>

Overrides the default directory name displayed on the Select Destination Location
wizard page. A fully qualified pathname must be specified.

/GROUP=<group name>

Overrides the default folder name displayed on the Select Start Menu Folder wizard
page.

/MERGETASKS=<list oftasks>

Specifies a list of tasks that should be added to the default tasks the installer will becarrying out. When installing Temprecord via a command line or batch file you would
normally specify:/MERGETASKS="desktopicon,quicklaunchicon"

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

52

Temprecord Help/JUSTME

Instructs Setup to install for the current user only. When this option is specified thewizard page asking the user to choose the setup type will not be displayed.

/ALLUSERS

Instructs Setup to install for all users of the computer. Each user of the computer will
have separate program settings. When this option is specified the wizard page asking
the user to choose the setup type will not be displayed.

/ALLUSERSSHARED

Instructs Setup to install for all users of the computer. Each user of the computer will
have the same program settings. If one user makes changes to the settings, the next
user to start Temprecord will inherit those settings. When this option is specified thewizard page asking the user to choose the setup type will not be displayed.

/ALLUSERSREMOTE

Instructs Setup to install for all users of the computer, where those users access the
TRW program file from remote machines across a network. Each network user of thecomputer will have the same program settings. If one user makes changes to thesettings, the next user to start Temprecord will inherit those settings. When this option
is specified the wizard page asking the user to choose the setup type will not be
displayed.
This option would be used when installing Temprecord on the server. No installation isrequired (or should be carried out) on the remote network workstations.

/IMPORTSETTINGS

If this option is specified, any existing INI file found in a different folder to the new
installation INI folder will be copied across. This only applies to the folders normallyused by previous installations of Temprecord. If this option is specified, Setup will not
display the page allowing the user to choose to import the settingsfrom an existing
INI file:
The page is also not displayed if there is no existing INI file found in any of the usual
places, or the existing INI file is in the same folder as the new installation would installan INI file into.
Note that this option is only provided for situations where a previous installation of
TRW had settings stored in an INI file in a different folder. If an existing INI file isfound in the destination folder of the new install, this option has no effect, as theexisting INI file is already "imported".

/NOIMPORTSETTINGS

If is option is specified, any existing INI file in a folder other than the destination INI
install folder is ignored. Any existing INI file in the destination INI install folder is left
alone and will be used by the new installation.
If this option is specified, Setup will not display the page allowing the user to choose toimport the settings from an existing INI file:

Examplestrw-setup.exe
Starts a normal interactive install.
trw-setup.exe /JUSTME
Starts a normal interactive install, but assumes an install for the current user only. The page giving the user the
chance to choose the installation type will not display.
trw-setup.exe /NOIMPORTSETTINGS
Starts a normal interactive install, but will ignore any existing INI file found. The page giving the user the chance toimport an existing INI file's settings will not display.
trw-setup.exe /NOIMPORTSETTINGS /JUSTME /SILENT /SP- /SUPPRESSMSGBOXES /DIR="Temprecord" /GROUP="Temprecord" /MERGETASKS="desktopicon,quicklaunchicon"
Starts a unattended install with the options shown (installs for the current user only, will not import any existing
settings). No user prompt pages will display.

trw-setup.exe /SILENT /SP- /SUPPRESSMSGBOXES /DIR="Temprecord" /GROUP="Temprecord" /MERGETASKS="desktopicon,quicklaunchicon"

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

53

Starts a unattended install with the options shown. Note that even though there are no options specified for the
installation type or importing of settings, these pages will not display as "silent" installation has been specified, anddefault settings (/ALLUSERS, /IMPORTSETTINGS) will be assumed. No other user prompt pages will display.

See Also
Notes for system administrators
Batch Installation
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers

2.3.3

Installing the USB Drivers Manually
If things go wrong with the USB installation, you can try installing the USB drivers manually.

Important!

Don't plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software.

Important! If you are running Windows 2000 or Windows XP prior to Service pack 2 ("XPSP2"), you must ensure that your computer is not connected to the Internet when you install the USB
drivers. Otherwise Windows will load an incorrect driver file from the Internet. If you are running
Windows XP SP2 or above the installer will ask if it can check the Internet for the driver. You must
answer No to this question.
First, plug the reader in to an available USB port.
To check if the drivers are installed, check the Device Manager (in Windows XP, click Start, Control Panel, and double-click
System. Click on the Hardware tab from the System Properties page:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

54

Temprecord Help

Click the Device Manager button.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

55

If the driver for the Temprecord Reader Interface is missing or incorrectly installed, and the a yellow exclamation mark willshow beside the USB symbol in the hardware list. Right-click the Temprecord USB Reader entry and select Update Driver.
The following dialog will display:

Select Install from a specific location (Advanced), and click Next.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

56

Temprecord Help

Make sure Search for the best driver in these locations is selected, Search removable media is not checked, andInclude this location in the search is checked. Then click the Browse button. Navigate to the folder C:\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\Drivers (If you installed to a folder other than TRW, select that folder instead). When you haveselected the folder, close the Browse dialog and click Next. You will probably receive a warning that the driver is notcertified:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

57

Click the Continue Anyway button, and you should see the following screen.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

58

Temprecord Help.
At this point the whole process will repeat to install a second set of drivers that are required. Follow the same procedure as
outlined above.

See Also
Installation of Temprecord
Installing Temprecord on Networks
Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers
Notes for System Administrators

2.3.4

Specific issues when installing Temprecord on a network server
The default behaviour of a "Remote" installation (All Users, Shared Settings, Remote EXE) of Temprecord is to install adefault INI file to the Application Data folder off the EXE folder on the server (i.e. \\Server\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\). This means that all users on all computers will share the INI file settings.
The client computers will have no local INI file, and if there are any INI files on the local machine they will not be used.
This behaviour can be modified as described below. This discussion only applies to "All Users, Shared Settings, Remote
EXE" installations

To have all users on all client PCs accessing the executable on the server share the samesettings
This is the default installation setup. Ensure there is an INI file in the folder \\Server\Program
Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\

To have all users on one client PC accessing the executable on the server share the samesettings
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\TRW\
Ensure there is an INI file in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Documents\Temprecord\Application Data\TRW\

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Installation of Temprecord

59

To have all users on one client PC accessing the executable on the server have separate
settings
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\TRW\
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Documents\Temprecord\Application Data\TRW\
Ensure there is an INI file in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\

To have all users on all client PCs accessing the executable on the server have separate
settings
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder \\Server\Program Files\TRW\
Ensure there is no INI file in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Documents\Temprecord\Application Data\TRW\ on all client PC's
Ensure there is an INI file in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application
Data\Temprecord\TRW\ on all client PCs

See also
Installation of Temprecord
Selecting the installation type

2.3.5

Modifying the Registry to Enable CHM Help across Network Drives
This procedure involves modification of the registry. Incorrect modification of the registry can result inserious damage to Windows or installed applications and may leave the computer in an unusable
state. Temprecord accepts no liability for any damage or loss that results from the proceduredescribed below.

With a tool capable of modifying the registry (e.g. RegEdit), locate the key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\HTMLHelp\1.x\ItssRestrictions
Create a string value called UrlAllowList. Give it a value of:\\hostname\sharename\TRW_EN.chm;file://;where <hostname> is the name of your server and <sharename> is the folder path where the Temprecord help files arelocated.
Paths containing full stops (periods) will not work.
You can also used mapped drive paths ("drive letters" if the mapping from that PC will not be changed in the future.

See also
Installation of Temprecord
Selecting the installation type

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

60

3

Temprecord Help

Common Problems
Listed here are some of the more common problems users of Temprecord experience. To see an explanation of the problem
and its remedy, click on one of the topics below.
· Temprecord will not start· Temprecord won't recognize my logger· The arrow keys don't move the cursor on the graph· The trace isn't visible on the graph· I can't alter some of the parameters· I get an error when I try to update the parameters· I can’t print anything with Temprecord· I can’t print my data as a list of values· I get a 'SPOOL32 Error' when I print· I can't view a PDF report with Adobe Reader.
· When I open a menu, some of the items are grayed· When I click on a button, nothing happens apart from a beep
· My logger says it exceeded the limits, but I can't see where· I have set different colors for display of values above the upper limit and below the lower limit but my values still
display and print in one color only.
· The start time displayed changes every time I insert a marker.
· I can't get the TTV statistics to display or print, or export them to a file.
· I can't get the PHI (growth) statistics to display or print, or export them to a file.
· I can’t select the Humidity options when I program the logger parameters· The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not show this· My filenames are all garbled· Why doesn't my printed graph look the same as the one I see on screen?
· The format of the displayed date format doesn't match my Control Panel regional settings· My Main Menu toolbar has disappeared· Common questions about file digests

3.1

Temprecord will not start
If Temprecord does not start at all, - i.e. when you click on the Temprecord icon, or Click on Start/All Programs/ Temprecord,
nothing happens - the most likely reason is anti-virus software. Try disabling the anti-virus software and start Temprecord
again.
Temprecord only allows one instance of the application to be running at once. If you try to start Temprecord when it alreadyrunning an error message will display:

3.2

Temprecord won't recognize my logger
The most common reason for this is confusion over COM Ports. If you receive the error message Unable to open COMx. theport selected is either in use by another device or program, or the port doesn’t exist.
If you receive the message Unable to Access Temprecord Logger it means that Temprecord has found the COM Port but was
unable to communicate with the logger.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

3.3

61

The arrow keys don't move the cursor on the graph
In Graph View mode the left and right arrow keys move the sample cursor one sample to the left or right. If the current zoom
factor is such that there are more samples across the screen than there are pixels across the screen (a pixel is the smallest
screen element your computer’s screen can display), the displayed cursor will not necessarily move on screen when the
cursor is moved with the arrow keys.
Use the View/Zoom In Horizontally function to change the zoom factor so that the samples are displayed more widely apart.

3.4

The trace isn't visible on the graph
In Graph View mode at higher Zoom levels it is possible to scroll the displayed area to a point in the graph where the trace is
not visible. If this occurs, you can use the View/Go To/Find Trace function to position the trace near the centre of the window.
The zoom factor and horizontal position are not altered.
If you are viewing data from a Humidity logger, you can select whether Temperature, Humidity, or both are displayed by rightclicking on the graph.

3.5

I can't alter some of the parameters
When using the Program/Parameters function to set up a logger, you may notice some of the parameters are displayed ingray and you cannot alter them.
· The parameters Lower and Upper Temperature Limits, Start at Date Option, Limits Delay Option, and the group of
enables (Loop Overwrite, Start and Stop with Button, and Allow Markers) are only possible with the newer Mk II andMk III Temprecord Loggers. If you are programming an older Temprecord logger, these parameters will appear
grayed. If you are programming a humidity logger, and it is configured to log Humidity only, the temperature options
will appear grayed.
· The parameters Start Date and Start Time can only be programmed if the Start on Date option is enabled.
· The function Limit Delay can only be altered if the Enable Safe Range parameter is checked.
· The upper and lower humidity limits can only be altered if the logger being programmed is a humidity logger, and it is
set up to log humidity only, or both temperature and humidity.

3.6

I get an error when I try to update the parameters
This can occur when accessing the logger with Bluetooth serial ports. Set the option Bluetooth Compatibility

3.7

I can't print with Temprecord
You should check the following:· Can you successfully print with any other application? Try printing a document with your word processor. If this isalso unsuccessful, the problem lies with the printer or your computer.
· Check that the selected printer is available to your computer.
· Do you get a blank sheet when you print? Check the printing options and make sure that at least one of summary,values, statistics, or view is selected.
· Check that you have the latest printer driver for your printer and version of Windows.

Some earlier versions of the Windows 3.11 printer drivers for the HP LaserJet 5P series of printers
may give this error. If you are unable to get an updated printer driver for the LaserJet 5 that fixes the
problem, try installing a printer driver for an earlier compatible printer, such as the HP LaserJet III.

Some HP DeskJet printers will require installation of other HP drivers. For example the HP 820 and
870 require use of the HP DeskJet 310 driver. This driver is available from the HP web site (http://
www.hp.com) or from your Temprecord dealer. Install the driver as if you were adding another printer,then select that printer when printing from Temprecord.

See Also
I get a 'SPOOL32 Error' when I print
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

62

3.8

Temprecord Help

I get a 'SPOOL32 Error' when I print
This is an internal error in the Windows printer driver. Problems have been observed with some HP printers, for example.
If you have a DeskJet 400 and are experiencing problems, try using the printer drivers for the 550C printer. You will need to
install the 550C as another printer and select this whenever you wish to print from Temprecord.

3.9

I can't view a PDF report with Adobe Reader.
Under some conditions, PDF reports produced with Temprecord cannot be opened with Adobe Reader. This is a known
problem with Temprecord reports and Acrobat Reader when the report is produced on a computer running a Windows
operating system with Asian languages. The PDF will not display and instead Adobe Reader reports "Error 109".
You can work around this problem by either of the following methods:· Use a different PDF reader such as Foxit.
· Generate the PDF by printing to a PDF printer driver such as FinePrint PDF Factory or PDF995.

3.10

When I open a menu, some of the items are grayed
There are occasions when an item on a menu is not applicable because certain conditions are not met. For example, if you
do not have any data windows open (because you have not opened any files, or loaded data from a logger), it is not sensible
to save data, as there is no data to save..
Under these circumstances Temprecord will 'gray' the File/Save menu entry, as a reminder that you need to do somethingelse before you can use that entry.
Other examples of menu entries that are 'grayed' are:Menu Entry

Disabled When

File/Save FileNo data Windows are open or only summary data loaded from alogger.

File/Close FileNo data windows are open

File/Edit Comments

No data windows are open or only summary data loaded from alogger.

File/Export

No data windows are open or only summary data loaded from alogger.

File/Print

No data windows are open

View/Go To

No data windows open or view mode is not graph or values.

View/Go To/Previous Marker
View/Go To/Next Marker

There are no user markers present in the is data loaded.

View/Zoom

No data windows open or view mode is not graph.

View/Set as Start Sample
View/Set as End Sample

No data windows open or view mode is not graph.

View/Temperature

Only humidity data has been logged

View/Humidity

Only temperature data has been logged

View/Temperature and Humidity

Only humidity data or only temperature data has been logged (thismenu option is only available when both temperature and Humidity
have been logged).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

3.11

63

When I click on a button, nothing happens apart from a beep
There are occasions when a speed button action is not applicable because certain conditions are not met. For example, if you
do not have any data windows open (because you have not opened any files, or loaded data from a logger), it is not sensible toprint data, as there is no data to print.
Under these circumstances Temprecord will 'beep' when the button is clicked on, as a reminder that you need to do somethingelse before you can use that entry.
The following describes when each of the speed buttons is inoperative:
Speed Button

Disabled When
Always enabled.

File/OpenNo data windows are open
File/Save
No data windows are open
File/Print

Program/Parameters

Those buttons associated with programming and reading a logger
are always enabled, but a logger needs to be present in the reader
interface.

Program/Start

Program/Stop

Program/Read Logger

Program/Reuse

Zoom in horizontally

Zoom out horizontally

Zoom in verticallyZoom out vertically
No data windows open or view mode is not graph
Zoom all

Zoom to presets

Select all samples

Set start sample

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

64

Temprecord Help

Set end sample

Copy to clipboard

Copy to Excel

No data windows open or view mode is not graph or values.
Go to minimum sample

Go to maximum sample

3.12

My logger says it exceeded the limits, but I can't see where
The red LED on Mk III loggers will flash if the logged temperature has gone above the upper limit or below the lower limit
since the logger was started. If loop overwrite is on however the sample record contained in the logger will not necessarily
have any samples that are outside the limits, as these may have been overwritten.

3.13

The start time displayed changes every time I insert a marker
Temprecord calculates the time of the first sample displayed on the summary tab by taking the current time and counting
backwards, using the number of samples taken and the sample period. If the sample record contains markers as well as
temperature values, the start time will be earlier by the number of markers multiplied by the sample period if the data has notbeen read from the logger.
Thus if there are samples with markers in the logger, the time of the first sample in the logger will be earlier than the true
value.

The time that is annotated First Sample in the summary display is the time of the first sample in thelogger. If the logger is not overwriting, this corresponds to the time the logger took the first sample
after it was started, but if the logger is overwriting, it corresponds to the time of the earliest sample in
the logger. Every time the logger takes another temperature sample and stores it, the oldest sample isoverwritten and lost, and the time of the first sample will advance by one sample period.
The time that is annotated Time Logger Started on the other hand, is the time the very first sampleof the trip was taken. If the logger is overwriting, this sample is no longer available.

3.14

I have set different colors for display of values above the upper limit andbelow the lower limit but my values still display and print in one color only
The display option Show upper and lower limits needs to be checked for Temprecord to show values above the upper limit or
below the lower limit in different colors.

3.15

I can't get the TTV statistics to display or print, or export them to a file
Temprecord only displays the Total Temperature Value (TTV) statistics if Show TTV Statistics is checked in the Statistics
Options tab. This option must be checked if you want to print the TTV statistics or export then to a file also.

3.16

I can't get the PHI statistics to display or print, or export them to a file
Temprecord only displays the PHI (growth) statistics if Show PHI Statistics is checked in the Statistics Options tab. This
option must be checked if you want to print the PHI statistics or export then to a file also.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

3.17

65

I cant print my data as a list of values
Temprecord can print data in any or all of the four different view modes. By default, new installations of Temprecord have theprinting of numeric values disabled.
Use the Options/Printing page to turn on printing of the values. You can access the printing options by either:· Opening the Options menu, and selecting the 'Printing' tab.
· Clicking on the 'Options' button when the Print dialog is displayed.

3.18

COM Port Issues
An unused COM port is required to use the Temprecord Reader Interface to program and read loggers. You specify the COM
port to use using the Options/COM Port dialog.
If you have the type of Reader Interface that plugs into a USB port, it may not be obvious which COM port that it is using, as
the COM port is sometimes assigned dynamically by Windows according to what port numbers (COM1, COM2 etc) arealready taken.
If you need to establish what COM port your USB reader interface is using, the following procedure should guide you to findout.
· Click on Start· Click on Control Panel:· If your control panel window shows the "category" view (as shown above), click on Performance and Maintenance.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

66

Temprecord Help

· Now, Click on See basic information about your computer. This will open the System Properties window.
· If instead, your control panel window shows the "classic" view (as shown below):

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

67· Click on System. This will open the System Properties window.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

68

Temprecord Help

· Click on the Hardware tab.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

69· Click on the Device Manager button.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

70

Temprecord Help

· Click on the plus (+) sign to the left of the Ports (COM & LPT) line to expand the line:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

71· This will show the COM numbers of any ports connected to your PC. You can find out which one the Temprecord
Reader Interface is by unplugging it and seeing which COM port disappears.

HINT When you open the Options/COM Port dialog, Temprecord tries to select the most likely USBbased COM Port. You can either select Look for USB reader to use the USB-based COM port that
Temprecord has located, or select Use this COM Port to tell Temprecord to use a specific port.

3.19

I cant select the Humidity options when I program the logger parameters
Your logger may not be a Humidity-capable logger. If the case does not have a small grille at one corner it is probably atemperature-only logger.

3.20

The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not show thisYou may have the limit delay parameter on the logger set to a non-zero value. If the limit delay is set to 5 for example, thelogger will allow 5 consecutive samples outside the limits before it reports an out-of-limits condition.
If you want the logger to report an out-of-limits condition as soon as a sample is outside the limits, set the limit delay to zero.

3.21

My filenames are all garbled
If you notice that your filenames are unusually long and contain all manner of characters and underscores, the most likely
reason is that you have forgotten to "quote" some characters in the filename or folder specification. For example, if you
wanted your Temprecord data files to always have the same name, and you entered a default filename specification of:
Data from Green Logger.TR

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

72

Temprecord Help

The filename actually used when the data was saved to a file would be something like this!:
1a4_20 p.m.a fro11r0920 S0001234o9r.4_20 p.m.r
This is because Temprecord is using the characters you entered as formatting codes. To achieve the result you intended,make sure the characters in the specification you don't want used as formatting characters are enclosed in double-quotes:"Data from Green Logger.TR"
If you do want to include formatting characters, make sure they are outside quotes, e.g.:"Data from Green Logger" L".TR"
would cause a filename to be generated similar to:
Data from Green Logger S1234567.TR
Another reason for garbled filenames can be the use of meta-strings outside of double-quotes. Meta-string specifiers must be
inside double-quotes to be recognised and handled correctly.

See also:
Default filename specification
Meta-strings

3.22

Why doesn't my printed graph look the same as the one I see on screen?
When the 'Visible Samples' printing option is selected, the sample range shown on the printed graph corresponds to thatshown on screen. This means that the temperature/humidity values span in the vertical axis and the time span in thehorizontal axis are the same for printed graph and the one on screen.
You may however, not see the same axis annotation values for each. There are two reasons for this.
· The font used for the on-screen graph annotation differs from the font used in the printed report.
· The aspect ratio (height vs. width) of the graph will be different. For the screen graph, the aspect ratio is determinedby the dimensions of the window the graph is displayed in. For the printed graph the aspect ratio depends on thepaper size, the paper orientation, and the height of the graph as a percentage of the page.
Temprecord spaces the graticule annotation so that the time and date text can be written comfortably in the space allocatedwithout becoming difficult to read because of crowding. The format of the date and time is determined by your computer's
regional settings. See setting the date and time format on graph view for more information.
The colors used for the printed report are configurable (see the Print Colors options) and may be different to the ones used onscreen. If you want the graph colors to match the screen color, make sure that the Use screen colors on printer output option
is checked.

See also:
Print Options
Print Colors options
Setting the date and time format on graph view

3.23

Why does Temprecord keep asking me if I want to Save my file?
When you close a Temprecord dataset window or exit the Temprecord program, you may be asked if you wantto save the dataset to a file.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

73

There are several situations when you might be presented with this prompt:· the dataset has just been read from a logger and has not yet been saved to a local disk file.
· the dataset has had changes made to the display limit controls (the upper and lower limit controls at the top of thedataset window).
· the dataset has had comments added, deleted, moved or otherwise edited.

You can suppress this prompt from this point on by checking the checkbox labeled Don't ask me
this again. In this case if you exit the dialog with the Yes button the file will be automatically saved if
the comments or limits have been altered without the user being prompted.
You can also suppress this prompt by unchecking Prompt to save edits in the Options/General tab.
The file will be automatically saved and updated if any changes have been made to the display limits
or comments.
NOTE: If the checkbox labeled Don't ask me this again is checked and you exit the dialog with the
No button the file will not be saved if the comments or limits have been altered, and you won't be
prompted if the file has been altered. In this case the only way to have Temprecord automaticallysave the comments is to have this dialog displayed again by checking Prompt to save edits in the
General Options.

Temprecord data files store additional information as well as the logger data. This includes commentsthat you might have entered onto thegraph, the settings of the display limits controls, the current graph "zoom" factor, the temperature/humidity at the bottom of the graph, and the date/time at the left-hand end of the graph.
However, only the comment and display limits changes will result in a prompt when you close thewindow. If you alter the zoom factor for example (and don't change the comments or display limits),
no prompt will be issued on closing the window, and the altered zoom factor will not be saved to thefile. If you want to save the file with changed graph zoom and positions, simply save the file explicitlywith Ctrl-S.

See Also
Saving a file
Comments
Prompt to save edits
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

74

3.24

Temprecord Help

The format of the displayed date format doesn't match my Control Panelregional settings
When displaying the date and time on the horizontal axis of graph view, Temprecord uses the short date settings from thecomputer's regional settings. However, if your computer is running Windows 7 you may experience some problems getting
the date to display in the desired format. This is because Windows 7 does not correctly update this format in the regionalsettings under some circumstances
See the topic setting the date and time display format in graph view for more information.

3.25

My Main Menu toolbar has disappeared
If you should accidentally close the main menu toolbar, exit Temprecord and restart it again. The Main Menu toolbar will
reappear.

See also
Common Problems

3.26

Common questions about file digests
Temprecord data files can optionally be protected with a file digest. Here are some of the more common questions people
have about digests.

What's the difference between a digest and encryption?
Protecting a file with encryption is the process of making a file such that nobody can tell what the file contains unless theyknow the key, which is normally a password or passphrase.
Protecting a file with a digest is the process of creating a piece of data based on a file's contents and some user key (which
also is normally a password or passphrase) such that nobody can alter the file without destroying the relationship between thedigest and the file's data.
It is quite possible to use both forms of protection.

Doesn't the digest make the file larger?
Yes, but not by much. Here's a typical digest:
32572A8EC0734084E590C6C5055B000E1B263C656B3EFE63E74E80735C65DB00

How secure is the file digest?
The digests are calculated using the HMAC (Hash-based Message Authentication Code) algorithm with a SHA256
cryptographic hash function. Provided the passphrase is very secure, the digest is very secure.

If the recipient of the file doesn't know the passphrase used to create thedigest, how will they be able to read the file?
Not knowing the passphrase doesn't stop anybody being able to load the file, and Temprecord will happily load files that
contain digests that don't agree with the key you provide.

Surely I can just edit the plain text files with a text editor? That doesn't seemvery secure.
Yes you can, but any changes you make will violate the digest.

Are the comments I add to a file also protected by the digest?
Yes.

Why don't you call them "passwords"?
Because they are more than just "words" - they can contain several words and include spaces and punctuation characters.
Note also that case is significant.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Common Problems

75

What makes a good passphrase?
A good passphrase is easy to remember, and difficult to guess. Most of the commonly used successful attacks on sensitive
data only work because people use easy-to-guess passphrases.

Is the digest algorithm you use secret?
No, it's not secret. The digests are calculated using the HMAC (Hash-based Message Authentication Code) algorithm with a
SHA256 cryptographic hash function. The only thing that needs to be secret is your key.

OK, then what's to stop somebody tampering with the data in a file,calculating a new digest from the tampered data, and putting that digest in
there?
Nothing. But they couldn't get away with it undetected because the new digest would be different to the one the sender had
created, and the passphrase used to create the digest would be different, so the recipient would receive a warning when they
opened the file using the digest they had received from the sender.

Is the passphrase stored in the file?
No (that would be silly).

4

Temprecord Loggers
Temprecord manufactures a wide variety of data loggers, but they can be divided into 3 broad classes as shown below. The
Temprecord program can program and read all of these loggers - there is no need for separate programs for each loggerclass. In addition, all loggers communicate with the same Temprecord Reader Interface, and the data files produced fromeach logger class are compatible with each other. For more detail on the range of loggers provided and their specifications
see: http://www.temprecord.com/products.html
Each class of logger has a different feature set. In general the Temprecord program will not display controls for functions notpresent in a particular logger, or the controls will be "grayed out".

Temprecord Mk3 Loggers

There a several variants of "Mk3" loggers. The Inland and Export models are single use loggers that are started and stoppedby snapping off corner tabs. The remainder of the Mk3 loggers are multi-use loggers. The Scientific and RH (relative
humidity) loggers are individually corrected and have enhanced accuracy specifications.

Temprecord Mon-T Logger

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

76

Temprecord Help

The Mon-T logger is a smaller form factor low-cost logger intended for mass deployment in produce shipping. Despite thesmaller size it can still be inserted into the Temprecord Reader Interface and programmed and read.

Temprecord G4 (LCD) Loggers

The G4 logger is a completely new design that incorporates a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). As well as providing the logging
functions of the Mk3 loggers, the G4 logger displays the most recent logged temperature. It can also display the temperature
on demand, and various statistics computed from the logged data.
The LCD logger is intended for applications where it can be useful to interrogate the logger for maxima and minima, etc.
without the need for a PC.,

See also
Operation of the G4 LCD logger

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Loggers

4.1

77

Operation of the G4 LCD logger

The G4 LCD Logger provides the same accuracy
and resolution of its predecessors, with theadded advantage of a custom Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). The LCD display provides thefollowing additional features:· Operations such as start, stopping andreusing the logger show visual feedback.
· The last sampled temperature and/or
humidity are shown on the display andare available at the press of a button.
· Numerous additional screens areavailable which can display data such as
minimum and maximum temperatures,mean temperatures, time outside limits,etc.
· An indication of whether the temperature
and/or humidity has exceeded theprogrammed limits.
· An indication of the state of the battery.
· An indication of whether loop overwrite ison or off.

Under normal operation, pressing the button briefly moves between the various screens in the logger in a circular fashion, i.e.
when the button is pressed while the last screen is displayed, the first screen (called the "home" screen) is displayed.
If the logger is left for more than a few seconds on any screen, it will revert to the home screen.

LCD Display
The following shows the LCD display with all symbols that can display. Some of the screen icons only have meaning in
combination with other icons:

promptNo limits have been exceeded in the current trip.

One or more limits have been exceeded. The limit(s) that has been
exceeded is shown by the upper limit symbol and/or lower limit
symbols.
Logger is ready to be started.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

78

Temprecord Help

The logger is counting down the start delay.

Loop overwrite mode ON. The logger will start to overwrite theoldest samples when it fills. If the logger is configured withoverwriting enabled this symbol will display regardless of theoperating state of the logger. If this symbol is displayed by itself,
the logger is currently logging with overwrite enabled.
Loop overwrite mode OFF. The logger will stop recording samples
when it is full. If the logger is configured with overwriting disabled
this symbol will display regardless of the operating state of thelogger. If this symbol is displayed by itself, the logger is currently
logging with overwrite disabled.
The logger is stopped.

Battery capacity indication. Each "bar" corresponds to roughly
one-fifth of the logger battery capacity. The battery state is anapproximation, but is conservative. The logger should not be used
if the battery symbol shows no "bars", as there is a significant
chance that the battery will be exhausted before the trip cancomplete.
External sensor. The temperature or humidity displayed is from asensor contained outside the logger (i.e. a probe)..

Internal sensor. The temperature or humidity displayed is from asensor contained inside the logger.

The lower limit has been exceeded. This symbol is also used when
the information symbol is displayed to indicate that the value
displayed (the time outside the lower limit) is associated with thelower limit .
The upper limit has been exceeded. This symbol is also used when
the information symbol is displayed to indicate that the value
displayed (the time outside the upper limit) is associated with theupper limit
The current display is informational. The context of the display isgiven by other symbols (such as the upper and lower limit symbols)on the display
The current display shows the minimum value of the samples taken
so far.

The current display shows the maximum value of the samples
taken so far.

The current display shows the mean value of the samples taken so
far.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Loggers

79

A marker insertion is pending. The symbol will remain displayed
until the next sample has been taken and the marker stored with itin the logger. This symbol also shows in combination with theinformation symbol when the display is showing the number ofmarkers that have been inserted on the the current trip.

%RH

The value displayed is a relative humidity in percent.

°C

The value displayed is a temperature in degrees Celsius.

°F

The value displayed is a temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.

mins

The value displayed is a time in minutes and seconds.

hrs

The value displayed is a time in hours and minutes.

Operating the G4 LCD Logger
The operation of the G4 LCD Logger is carried out by means of
the button. The button is the only user control on the logger. By
default the LCD display shows the most recent conversion
value. Pressing the button moves you through various ancillary
screens.
The display always returns to the default "home" screen after ashort delay if no buttons are pressed.

The button only requires moderate force to operate it. Never use an implement such as apencil or other object to operate the button.
Remember that keeping the button pressed for more than a second or so is used to control
starting, stopping, reusing, and the insertion of markers. Only keep the button pressed longenough to perform the desired operation, which will in most cases will be made obvious bya change in the display.

The "Home" Screen
This screen displays by default after a period of 10
seconds. It always shows the most recent value ofthe first enabled channel, i.e. it will show the mostrecent temperature logged unless the logger isconfigured to log humidity only.

The "Home" Screen (when a limit has
been exceeded)
If a limit has been exceeded during the trip so far the
display shows a cross rather than a tick, and a symbolon the bottom row indicates whether an upper or lower
limit has been exceeded.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

80

Temprecord Help

Last Results
Pressing the button while the home screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the last results
screen. This is much like the home screen except
there is no indication of whether the limits have been
exceeded, and the display alternates between theenabled channels if more than one parameter is being
logged.

Lower Limit
Pressing the button while the Last Results screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Lower Limit
screen. The time below the lower limit (in minutes
and seconds) is displayed. If the logger is configured
to log more than one parameter the time outside thelimit for each channel is displayed in turn .

Upper Limit
Pressing the button while the Lower Limit screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Upper Limit
screen. The time above the upper limit (in minutes
and seconds) is displayed. If the logger is configured
to log more than one parameter the time outside thelimit for each channel is displayed in turn .

Minimum
Pressing the button while the Upper Limit screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Minimum
screen. The minimum temperature and/or humidity
since the logger was started is displayed. If the logger
is configured to log more than one parameter theminimum value for each channel is displayed in turn.

Maximum
Pressing the button while the Minimum screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Maximum
screen. The maximum temperature and/or humidity
since the logger was started is displayed. If the logger
is configured to log more than one parameter the
maximum value for each channel is displayed in turn.

Mean
Pressing the button while the Maximum screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Mean
screen. The mean temperature and/or humidity since
the logger was started is displayed. If the logger isconfigured to log more than one parameter the meanvalue for each channel is displayed in turn.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Loggers

81

Elapsed Time
Pressing the button while the Mean screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Elapsed
Time screen. This is just the time that has elapsed
since the logger started taking samples.

Markers
Pressing the button while the Elapsed Time screen isdisplayed causes the logger to show the Markers
screen. This is the count of markers recorded in thelogger since the logger was started
Pressing the button while the Markers screen isdisplayed causes the logger to cycle back to the Last
Results screen.

The parameters time below lower limit, time above upper limit, maximum, minimum, mean,
elapsed time, and total markers which are displayed by the logger are all calculated overthe samples taken in the trip since the logger started sampling. If the logger is overwriting
and is read with Temprecord, these statistics as reported by Temprecord and those asreported in these screens will not agree, because the samples read from the logger by the
Temprecord program do not include those samples lost to overwriting, whereas thestatistics displayed by the logger do.

If you wait for longer than ten seconds at any screen the display will revert to the home
screen.

See also
Temprecord loggers

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

82

5

Temprecord Help

File Menu
The File menu provides functions for loading and saving Temprecord data files, and reading and printing data from a logger.
· Checking for a Logger· Reading a Logger· Saving a File
· Opening a File
· Renaming a File
· Deleting a File
· Emailing a File· Closing a File
· Comments·

Editing Comments·

Adding a Comment·

Deleting a comment·

Locking/Unlocking a comment·

Duplicating a comment·

Saving Comments· Exporting Data
· Printing Data
· Opening recent files· Exiting Temprecord

5.1

Checking for a Logger
Use the File/Query Logger function to check for a logger in the Reader Interface and read the summary data from the logger.
This only reads enough information to display a summary of the logger status. Use the File/Read Logger function to read thelogged temperature values and display them.

You can also check for a logger by pressing the spacebar, by clicking on this speed buttonon
the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that
displays when you press the right-hand mouse button.

5.2

Reading a Logger
Use the File/Read Logger function to check for a logger in the Reader Interface, read the summary data, then read the logged
temperatures. Once the logged temperatures have been read, the window view mode will change to Graph View mode andthe logged temperature values are shown plotted as temperature against time.

You can also read the data from a logger by clicking on this speed buttonon the toolbar
displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that displays when
you press the right-hand mouse button.

When a Mon-T logger is read, the display units are set to the Mon-T programmed logger units. I.e. if
you program a logger in Fahrenheit units and read the logger with Temprecord set to display
temperatures in Celsius, the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger's
temperature data.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

5.3

83

Accessing Temprecord ...
Temprecord is accessing your logger. If you decide you do not wish to continue, click the 'Cancel' button and the operation
will aborted.

5.4

Saving a FileUse the File/Save File function to save the contents of the currently selected window to a disk file. The data can be thatloaded previously from another file or from a logger.
If the data in the currently selected window is from a logger, Temprecord will suggest a filename based on the serial
number of the logger. You can type in a new name here if you wish.
If the data in the currently selected window is from a file, Temprecord will suggest the same filename be used to save thedata. You can type in a new name here if you wish. If you leave the name, or use the name of an existing file, you will beprompted whether you wish to overwrite that file.
Unless you explicitly specify it, the file type of Temprecord data files is always set to ‘.TRX’. You can change this if you wish,
but it is not recommended, as other Temprecord functions assume the use of this filetype.

Previous versions of the Temprecord program saved data files with a filetype of ".TR". The
Temprecord data file format has undergone significant changes, and the new format files have a
filetype ".TRX". The Temprecord program can still read .TR files still, but can no longer save files inthis format.
If you have existing .TR files you can still read them, but if you want to use some of the extendedfeatures of the new TRX file format, such as embedded comments, you will need to read the TR file,and save it again as a TRX file first.
Temprecord can save TRX files in a number of formats, depending on whether you wish to make thedata within the files accessible for other applications to read. See the Saved File Format options formore information

The File/Save File and File/Save as... functions create files in Temprecord format. You cannot
view these files with a word processor or Notepad/Wordpad. To save the temperature data in text
form, or in a form suitable for importing into a spreadsheet, use the File/Export function

You must have read the temperature data from the logger before you can save it to disk. If you have
only read the summary data by using the File/Query Logger function, you will not be able to save thetemperature values to disk until you also read the logged temperature data using the File/Read Logger
function.

You can save the data in the current window by clicking on this speed buttonon the toolbar
displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that displays when
you press the right-hand mouse button.

See also:
Questions about Save File and Save File As...
Save File dialog

5.5

Save File Dialog
Enter the name of the file you wish to save and click the ‘OK’ button. If the file exists you will be asked if you want to overwrite
the existing file.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

84

Temprecord Help

If you do not want to save the Temprecord data as a file, click the ‘Cancel’ button.

If you do not specify a filetype in the save file or export file dialog, Temprecord will choose one for you.
· If you do not specify a filetype in the 'Save Temprecord Data File' dialog, Temprecord assumes
a filetype of '.TR'. Unless you have good reason to change, we recommend that you stay withthis convention.
· If you do not specify a filetype in the 'Export Temprecord Data' dialog, Temprecord assumes
the filetype specified in the export options ASCII filetype field. You should set this option tocorrespond to the requirements of the application you are exporting the data to.
· If you specify no filetype after the filename, but you do specify the period, Temprecord saves orexports the file without a filetype

You can also determine whether Temprecord prompts you before overwriting existing files of the same name (see General
Options.).

See also
Saving a file
Questions about Save File and Save File As...
Exporting data
Export options

5.6

Questions about Save File and Save File As...
What is the difference between the Save File and the Save File As... functions?
When you click on the File/Save File As... item on the File menu, Temprecord will always open a dialog asking you toenter then name of the file. This is exactly how the similarly-named function in a word processor works.
When you click on the File/Save File item on the File menu, Temprecord might open a dialog asking you to enter thenname of the file, or it might just go ahead and save the file. The dialog will be displayed when:· the data has been read from a logger. You will see a File/Save dialog that lets you specify the name of the file.
· the data has been read from the Web. Temprecord assumes you want to save a local copy of the file. You will see a
File/Save dialog that lets you specify the name of the file.
· the data has been read from a file produced with an earlier version of Temprecord -i.e. a .TR file.. Temprecord
assumes you want to save a copy of the file in the newer .TRX format. You will see a File/Save dialog that lets you
specify the name of the file.

Why would I need to save a file anyway?
When you save a file Temprecord also saves any comments you might have edited or added. It also saves:· the current graph cursor position,· the current graph zoom factors,· the current graph horizontal position (the date-time at the left hand side),· the current graph vertical position (the temperature at the bottom of the graph) and· the current settings in the display upper and lower limits
So if you have altered any of those parameters and would like the file to open at the same position, zoom factors, etc, thenyou should save the file.

Temprecord only prompts you to save if the comments have been edited however. It doesn't care if you have modified anyof the other parameters like the display limits or position. If you have changed those settings they won't be remembered
unless you save the file explicitly.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

85

Why does Temprecord sometimes ask if I want to save a file when I close theprogram?
When you close the Temprecord program it checks any datafile windows that are open to see if the contents need to be
saved. This will happen if:· the data has been read from a logger. Temprecord will open a Save File dialog where you will be able to specify thename of the file.
· the datafile has been modified by adding, deleting, or editing comments.

Clicking on the Save filebutton on the file toolbar is equivalent to using the File/Save Filemenu entry - i.e. the dialog asking for a filename may or may not be displayed, depending on theconditions outlined above.

See also:
Saving a file
Save File dialog

5.7

Saving Web Files
You can save Temprecord data files and PDF report files on the Web. In order to use this service you must have arranged
the facility with Temprecord. Contact Temprecord for further details.
To save a Temprecord data file to the web, click on theweb, click on the

speed button. To save a Temprecord PDF report file to the

speed button.

When Temprecord saves a file to the web, the filename is generated automatically and any folders that are required are also
created for you, according to the following rules.
· If the data in a window has been read from a local disk file, Temprecord assigns the web file the same name. The
folder name is created according to the setting defined in the web save folders option.
· If the data in a window has been read from a logger, Temprecord creates the filename according to the settings
defined in web save filenames options. The folder name is created according to the setting defined in the web savefolders option.
When a datafile is saved to the web, the web filename is added to the list of recently accessed files that show in the Filemenu. These entries are shown in the menu with a Web: prefix.

See also:
Opening Web files
File saving options - Web files

5.8

Opening a FileUse the File/Open File function to load a Temprecord data file from disk and display it in graph form. You can use thisfunction to inspect Temprecord data files previously saved on disk.
Temprecord data files have the filetype or extension of .TR. In Explorer and they will show in the Open Dialog with this icon:

By default the Temprecord data file open dialog only shows .TRX files, even though other file types may be present in thefolder. You open a file by selecting it and clicking the Open button. You can also open a Temprecord data file by doubleclicking it in the File Open dialog. You can open several files at once by selecting them each (hold the Ctrl key down and clickon each one you want to open) and then clicking the Open button.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

86

Temprecord Help

There are other ways to open Temprecord data files:····

From explorer, drag the data file onto the Temprecord icon on your desktop.
You can open multiple files this way by selecting them in explorer and dragging the group onto the icon.
Drag a file or group of files onto the Temprecord window.
Double click a file in explorer. If Temprecord is not running it will start and load the file. If it is already running the file
will be loaded.

Each time you open a file, Temprecord opens another window to display the file in. The number of files you can havedisplayed is limited only by the amount of memory your computer has, but in practice is many more than you would normallywant. You can alter the way each of these windows is displayed with the View menu.

You can alter the view mode of the window to any one of summary, values, statistics, or graph byusing the View menu, or from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the right-mouse button

You can open the same file more than once and have it displayed in two or more windows
simultaneously. This allows you to view and compare different parts of the graph for example, or havethe data displayed in graph view in one window, and in values view in another. See the topic How do I
see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time ?.

Unless you explicitly specify it, the file type of Temprecord data files is always assumed to be ‘.TR’. You can change this if
you wish, but it is not recommended, as other Temprecord functions assume the use of this filetype.

You can also open a file by clicking on this speed buttonon the toolbar displayed along the topof the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the right-handmouse button.

The File/Open File function only reads files in Temprecord format. You cannot load an ASCII file or afile that was created with the File/Export function. If you try to load a file that is not a Temprecord data
file, an error message will be displayed.

See also:
Opening Web Files
Reading a Logger
Saving a File
Renaming a File
Closing a File
Changing the View Mode
Pop-up Menus

5.9

Opening Web Files
You can open Temprecord data files and PDF report files that you previously stored on the Web. In order to use this service
you must have arranged the facility with Temprecord. Contact Temprecord for further details.

Folders are created automatically when you save files to the web. See Saving Web Files for more
information.

To open a web file, click on the

speed button. A dialog will open showing the files stored on the web, and any folders that

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

87

are present.
Select the file you wish to open and click the Open button. Alternatively you can double-click the filename. There will be abrief delay while the file is retrieved from the Web before the file loads.
+When a datafile is loaded from to the web, the web filename is added to the list of recently accessed files that show in theFile menu. These entries are shown in the menu with a Web: prefix.

See also:
Saving web files
File saving options - Web files

5.10

Open File Dialog
Displayed is a dialog that allows you to specify a file or files to be loaded into the Temprecord program.
Select the file you wish to open from the list, and click the ‘OK’ button.
If you do not wish to open a file, click the ‘Cancel’ button.

You can open two or more files at once by selecting those files from the list. If you hold the Ctrl key
down while you click in the scrolling list of files, you can selectively mark files. You can also 'unmark'them by clicking on them when they are already marked. If you hold the Shift key down when you
click, all files between the last marked file and where you clicked are marked. When you click on OK,
all marked files are loaded.

By default, the list of files is made up from those matching the 'wild-card' of *.TRX in the current
subdirectory. You can narrow down your search by typing in another wild-card mask and clicking on'OK'. For example, if you type

M*.TR
into the File Name field, and click on 'OK', only those files that start with 'M" and end with '.TR' will be
displayed.

See also:
Opening a File
Reading a Logger

5.11

Deleting a FileUse the File/Delete File function to remove any Temprecord data files you no longer have a use for.

Do not delete files unless you are absolutely certain you have no further use for them, or the files arealso backed up safely. Once a file has been deleted, the data contained in it is no longer available.

5.12

Delete File Dialog
Displayed is a dialog that allows you to specify a file or files to be deleted from your computer system's disk.
· Select the file or files you wish to delete from the list, and click the ‘OK’ button.
· If you do not wish to delete any files, click the ‘Cancel’ button.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

88

Temprecord Help

You can delete two or more files at once by selecting those files from the list. If you hold the Ctrl key
down while you click in the scrolling list of files, you can selectively mark files. You can also 'unmark'them by clicking on them when they are already marked. If you hold the Shift key down when you
click, all files between the last marked file and where you clicked are marked. When you click on OK,
all marked files are deleted.

By default, the list of files is made up from those matching the 'wild-card' of *.TRX in the current
subdirectory. You can narrow down your search by typing in another wild-card mask and clicking on'OK'. For example, if you type

M*.TR
into the File Name field, and click on 'OK', only those files that start with 'M" and end with '.TR' will be
displayed

See also:
Deleting a File
Renaming a file

5.13

Renaming a File
You can change the name of a Temprecord data file by opening it and then savingit under a different name:· Click on the File/Open File function to load the file you want to rename.
· Click on File/Save File.
· Type in the new name.
· Click on ‘OK’. If you have chosen the name of an existing file, you will be asked if you want to overwrite that file.

This procedure creates an identical copy of a file with a different name. If you do not want the file withthe original name you can delete it.

See also:
Opening a File
Saving a File
Deleting a File
Closing a File

5.14

Emailing Files
Temprecord provides many flexible options for emailing data files or PDF reports. Clicking on File/Email will display asubmenu with six options:

You will probably need to configure the email options before you can send emails.

Email TRX fileSends the data from the current Temprecord data window as a .TRX file by email. The recipient(s) of the email, and thesubject and body of the message are determined by the email options. The file is sent as an attachment to the email. If youremail options are configured to send emails by MAPI, the email will be send via your default email client (Outlook, Outlook
Express, Eudora etc.) and will probably be found in the outbox. Whether the email is sent immediately or not depends on how
the email client is configured. If the email options are configured for SMTP you will also need to configure these options.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

89

If the data in the current Temprecord data window is from a file, the name of the attached file will be the same as the name of
the file you have open. If the data is from a logger it will be saved to a file first. The name of the file will be determined by thedefault TRX filename option and the folder by the folder for TRX files option.

Email PDF File
Sends the data from the current Temprecord data window as a report in PDF format.
If the data in the current Temprecord data window is from a file, the name of the attached file will be the same as the name of
the file you have open, but with an extension of .PDF. If the data is from a logger it will be saved to a TRX file first and thenthe PDF file will be created. The name of the PDF file will be determined by the default PDF filename option and the folder by
the folder for PDF files option.

Email TRX and PDF Files
This option is the same as the above two, but both the TRX and the PDF file are attached to the email.

Email All TRX files
The behaviour of this function is as for emailing a single TRX file, except that TRX files from all open Temprecord data
windows are attached to the email and sent.

Email All PDF Files
The behaviour of this function is as for emailing a single PDF file, except that PDF reports are generated for each of the open
Temprecord data windows and attached to the email and sent.

Email All TRX and PDF Files
This function attaches a TRX file and a PDF report from all open Temprecord data windows.

The Email TRX file, Email PDF File, and Email both TRX and PDF Files functions are also available
by clicking the right mouse button in a Temprecord data window.

See Also
Default TRX filename
Folder for TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for PDF files
Email Options
SMTP Options

5.15

Closing a FileUse the File/Close File function to close a window that is currently displaying logger data from a logger or a Temprecord data
file.
If you have read the data from a logger and not yet saved it, you will be asked if you wish to do so.
If you have edited the comment fields for the window you are closing and not yet saved the file, you will be asked if you wish
to do so.

You can also close the current Temprecord data window from the pop-up menu that displays when
you press the right-hand mouse button

See also
Closing all files

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

90

5.16

Temprecord Help

Closing all files
Use the File/Close All File function to close all the windows that are currently displaying logger data from a logger or a
Temprecord data file.
If you have read the data from a logger in any of the open windows and not yet saved it, you will be asked if you wish to do so.
If you have edited the comment fields in any of the open windows and not yet saved the file, you will be asked if you wish to
do so.

See also
Closing a file

5.17

Exporting Data
As well as saving files in Temprecord format, you can also use the File/Export function to save files in ASCII, for use by otherapplications.
If you have more than one data file open, you can use File/Export All to export all the open files to disk.
You can determine the format of the ASCII files saved with the Options/Export form. You can also determine whether
Temprecord prompts you for the export filenames first or chooses one based on the data filename, and whether existing files
can be overwritten without prompting first (see General Options),

The averaging functions built into Temprecord exporting make it relatively easy to generate a report ofdaily temperature averages. See Exporting daily average temperatures for more information.

If both Temperature and Humidity were logged, the data values are exported as pairs – temperature, then humidity.

See also
Saving a File
Exporting daily average temperatures
Export Options

5.18

Exporting daily average temperatures
There are occasions where you may wish to record the daily average temperatures from a sample record. While you could
derive these figures manually by marking the samples for each day with the set as start sample and set as end sample
functions, and then recording the mean temperature for the samples between start and end markers, this will become fairly
tedious for more than a few days.
This operation can be carried out relatively painlessly however using Temprecord's export averaging function.
Say for example you have a Temprecord file that has recorded samples with a sample period of 15 minutes (4 samples perhour, or 96 samples per day). To get the daily averages you need to set up the export options as follows:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

91

i.e. averaging every 96 samples, one column of data, only export samples between start and end markers. We chose 96 as
the number to average over, as there are 96 samples in a day. If you have data with a different sample period, you would
enter the number of samples in a day at that sample period.
Next, carry out the following steps:· load the datafile you wish to analyze· go to graph view
· decide on the time you want the average to be taken from (i.e. midnight-to-midnight, 8 a.m. to 8 a.m., etc).
· set the cursor to the first samples after the time you want to analyze from (the first sample after midnight, say)· press F7 to set this as the start sample· set the cursor to the last sample in the file
· press F8 to set this as the end sample· Click on File/Export.
The exported file should contain one value per day, being the average of the samples between the first sample after midnight
and last sample before midnight.

See Also
Graph View
Export options
Set as Start Sample
Set as End Sample

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Help

92

5.19

Print Dialog
To print your Temprecord data, click the Print button. The data in the currently selected window is printed when you click on
the Print button.
You can also print all the open windows. If you click on File/Print All, the data from each open window in turn will be sent to
the printer when you click on the Print button.
To exit this dialog without printing anything, click the Cancel button.
The format of the printed report is determined by the printing options. You can change these before you print by clicking the‘Options’ button. For example, you can specify whether any or all of the four reports (summary, statistics, values, or graph),are printed and change the fonts used.
If you want to change your printer setup, click the ‘Setup’ button. The functions available from the Printer Setup dialog will
depend on your installed printer, but you will generally (for example) be able to change the printer orientation from portrait tolandscape, or specify a different printer, if you have more than one available.

5.20

Printing Data
Use the File/Print function to generate a printed report. When the Print dialog is opened you can specify whether any or allof the summary, values, statistics, or graph are printed. The data printed is taken from the currently selected window.
Use the File/Print All function to generate a printed report for all open windows. When the Print dialog is opened you canspecify whether any or all of the summary, values, statistics, or graph are printed as for printing a single report. The data
printed is taken from each of the displayed windows.

You can also open the Print dialog by clicking on this speed buttonon the toolbar displayed
along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that displays when you press
the right-hand mouse button.

See also:
Print dialog
Exporting data

5.21

Saving to a PDF File
Saving data to a PDF file is just like printing, but the report that would have been printed is sent instead to a PDF file. The
contents of the report are determined by the same options that determine the printed output.
If you want to alter the PDF options before you save the PDF file, click on the Print/PDF Options button.
Clicking on the Save to PDF button will open a dialog which allows you to specify the path and filename. If the data currently
loaded is from a TRX file, the default name for the PDF file will be set to the same name as the TRX file, but with an extensionof .PDF. If the data currently loaded is from a logger, the default name for the PDF file will be generated from the default PDF
filename.

5.22

Opening recent files
When the File Menu is opened, Temprecord includes the recently opened files as menu entries, so that you can quickly return
to files you have been working on. Files that you load from the web are also shown in the recent file entries. These are
prefixed with "Web:".
A filename is added to this recent files list whenever you open or save a file to disk, and whenever you open or save a file tothe Web. Filenames are also added whenever these operations occur from Auto Mode.
If you click on a file name corresponding to a file that is already open in a Temprecord data window, that window is selected
as the current data window.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

File Menu

93

If you click on a file name corresponding to a file that is not open in a Temprecord data window, a new window is opened andthat file loaded into it.
Whenever you access a file from the recent files list, the entry for that file is moved to the top of the list.
You can also open the same file in two different windows. This is useful if you want to see the graph and values
simultaneously. See the topic How do I see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time ?.
The maximum number of files shown in the recent files list is limited to 20. You can clear the list at any time by selecting theFile/Clear recent files list menu entry. Note that this only removes the entries from the list. The Temprecord data files
themselves are not affected.

See also
Opening files
Saving files
Opening Web files
Saving Web files
Auto Mode

5.23

Exiting Temprecord
Use the File/Exit Temprecord function to close the Temprecord program. You do not need to close the data windows that you
might have opened within Temprecord first.
When you exit Temprecord, it remembers the window size and position.
If you have read the data from a logger and not yet saved it, or you have edited the comment fields for a data window and not
yet saved the data to a file, you will be asked if you wish to do this before exiting.

When you exit Temprecord, you will be asked to confirm that you want to do this. If you prefer not tobe asked this question, you can uncheck the option 'Prompt before exiting Temprecord in the Options/
General form.

6

Comments
Comments are free form text blocks that you can attach to Temprecord data files. Their main purpose is toannotate features of the graph data. Comments "travel" with the file and maintain their position (the "X" position- the date and time - and the "Y" position - being the temperature).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

94

Temprecord Help

If a comment cannot be displayed within the current graph window boundaries, it is shown against the nearest edge with anindication that the comment is off-screen.

If you edit the comment fields for a file you have loaded, you must save the file again for the changes to be effective. You will
be prompted to do this if you try to close the graph window or exit Temprecord without saving the changes.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Comments

95

Remember, all comments are associated with a Temprecord data file (a .TRX file). Comments you
create in one data file won't appear in other data files.

Each comment usually has a time and date, and a temperature value associated with it. The
comment will be displayed at that position where possible. A comment can be created with noassociated time and date, in which case it will show on the graph in a fixed position. Comment strings
imported from older Temprecord data files have no associated time and date or temperature, and will
display near the top-left corner of the graph..

Previous versions of the Temprecord program had the ability to specify up to ten single line 64character comments that were stored along with the Temprecord data file. These comment fields
have been replaced by the current form of multi-line free format comments.
If you load a file created with a previous version of Temprecord (i.e. a .TR file) any comments withinthat file are merged into one multi-line comment in the .TRX file with no associated date-time ortemperature.

Don't get comments confused with the user data. The comments are stored with the file - they are notstored in the logger itself. They are provided as a means of annotating the data files after they havebeen read from the logger, or for providing additional data when files are exported to other applications
such as spreadsheets.

You can also edit and create comments from the pop-up menu that displays when you click the righthand mouse button in a graph window.

See also:
Editing a comment
The Edit Comment dialog
Finding a comment
Repositioning a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graph
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.1

Editing Comments
You can edit comments by any of several means:· right-click a comment in a data file graph view and select Edit Comment from the popup menu. The Edit Comment
Dialog will open that allows you to edit the various parameters associated with that comment.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

96

Temprecord Help

· double click a comment in the data file graph view. The Edit Comment Dialog will open that allows you to edit thevarious parameters associated with that comment.
· right click anywhere on an "empty" area of the graph and select Comments List from the popup menu. The
Comments List Dialog will open, and you can select the comment you wish to edit from the list (this method can beused to edit a comment regardless of whether it is currently visible, and you can also edit comments that have no timeand date or temperature value associated with them.
· double-click a comment entry in list of comments displayed in the Edit Comments Dialog

See also:
Comments
The Comments List
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graph
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.2

Edit Comment Dialog
Use the Edit Comment dialog to change the position or text on a single comment.

When you have completed your changes, click on OK. The dialog will close and the comment's appearance willchange to reflect the changes you have made.
To update the comment, but keep the dialog open, click the Apply button. The comment's appearance willchange to reflect the changes you have made, but the dialog will remain open.
To abandon your changes, click on Cancel. Any changes you have made (or any changes you have madesince clicking on the Apply button) will be discarded.
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Comments

97

In order to make any changes you have made to the comments in a data file permanent, the TRX file
must be saved. Temprecord will prompt you if you try to close the data file or exit the program without
saving the file first.

There are some things we need to be aware of when adding comments to the graph. In general terms, we can think of acomment being positioned at a particular date and time, and at a particular temperature on the graph. This behaviour can be
modified somewhat by the checkboxes to the left of the date-time and value fields however.

DateThis field specifies the date and time where the comment (or more precisely, the left hand edge of the comment) will bepositioned on the graph. The position of the comment on the graph and how it behaves when the graph is scrolled isdetermined by the checkbox immediately to the left of the date and time.
If this checkbox is checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the date and time specified. If you scroll thegraph horizontally, the comment scrolls as well. If the date and time associated with the comment is off the screen, so will thecomment be. If the date and time of the comment is not visible on the displayed area of the graph, Temprecord displays anindicator at the nearest (left or right) edge of the graph in place of the comment. If you want to reposition the graph so that acomment is at the centre of the graph, right-click the comment, or the indicator that shows the comment is off screen, andselect Find Comment from the pop-up menu.
If this checkbox is not checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the same physical X (pixel) position, e.g. in at
the left-hand edge. If you scroll the graph horizontally, the comment stays where it is and the graph scrolls under it. If thedata window is sized so that the X and Y position of the comment is no longer on screen, Temprecord positions the comment
against the nearest (left or right) edge.

Value
This field specifies the “value” at which the comment will be positioned at on the graph.
If the checkbox is checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the position corresponding to the temperature or
humidity value specified. If this field has 25.5°C for example, the comment will show with the top edge of the comment atexactly 25.5°C. If you scroll the graph vertically, the comment scrolls as well. If the “value” of the comment is not on thedisplayed area of the graph, Temprecord displays an indicator at the nearest (top or bottom) edge of the graph in place of thecomment.
If the checkbox is not checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the same height i.e. physical Y (pixel)
position. If you scroll the graph vertically, the comment stays where it is and the graph scrolls under it. If the data window issized so that the comment is no longer on screen, temprecord positions the comment against the nearest (top or bottom)
edge.
If you want to reposition the graph so that a comment is at the centre of the graph, right-click the comment, or the indicatorthat shows the comment is off screen, and select Find Comment from the pop-up menu. If you want to see the text for acomment that is off-screen, move the mouse cursor over the indicator and the comment details will be shown as a hint (thisneeds to be enabled - see Options/Graph/Hinting).
If both the date and value checkboxes are checked, the comment will be positioned at the same position on the graph relative
to the displayed temperature points. If you want to annotate an event associated with a temperature sample for example,
drag the comment to be beside the sample (zooming in will enable you to position it more accurately), and make sure both
checkboxes are checked. Check the Locked checkbox to give you protection against accidentally bumping the comment aswell if you wish.
If neither the date nor value checkboxes are checked, the comment will always be positioned at the same position on thegraph window, regardless of the zoom factors and scroll positions. If you want to add annotation that is not associated withany particular time or temperature sample (a graph title for example) drag the comment to the desired position in the graphwindow and make sure both checkboxes are unchecked.

NameSpecify the name of the person authoring or editing the comment. On new comments this defaults to the logged-in Windows
user name.

Title
Specify the "title" of the comment. This is the text that will display on screen.

Body
The text area below the comment is the body of the comment. You can enter any amount of text here.
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

98

Temprecord Help

LockedIf this checkbox is checked the comment cannot be moved from it's on-screen position. The comment can still be edited.

If you hover the mouse above a comment the details of the comment will display as a hint.

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.3

Comments List
The Comments List shows all of the comments in a datafile as a grid.

You can edit an individual comment by any of:· double clicking that row of the grid· right-clicking the row and selecting Edit...
· selecting the comment you want to edit and pressing the Enter key.
You can also carry out several other operations associated with comments from the comments list, such as deleting,
duplicating and locking a comment, creating new comments, and finding where a comment is on the graph.

See also:
Comments
Editing a comment
Finding a comment
Repositioning a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graph
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Finding a comment
Saving comments

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Comments

6.4

99

Repositioning a comment
You can pick up a comment and drag it to a new position by clicking on it and keeping the mouse button pressed. The cursor
changes when you are positioned over a comment or off-screen indicator for a comment.

There are some things we need to be aware of when adding comments to the graph. In generalterms, we can think of a comment being positioned at a particular date and time, and at a particulartemperature on the graph. However it is possible to anchor comments to a particular location on thegraph window (i.e. a certain number of pixels from the top or left of the graph), as opposed to aparticular time and date, and/or temperature value. See How Temprecord positions your commentson the graph for more information

You can prevent comments being accidentally "nudged" by locking them.

If you reposition a comment (even accidentally), Temprecord will prompt you to save your changes
when you try to close the window or the Temprecord application.

If you reposition a comment that is off-screen (i.e. is displaying as an off-screen indicator ) thecomment will be moved immediately to the edge of the visible window. If you have comments that are
position in important places on your graph, you should lock them to prevent them being moved.

See also:
Comments
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphFinding a comment
Editing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.5

How Temprecord positions your comments on the graph
There are some things we need to be aware of when adding comments to the graph. In general terms, we can think of acomment being positioned at a particular date and time, and at a particular temperature on the graph. This behaviour can be
modified somewhat by the checkboxes to the left of the date-time and value fields however.

Comment Date
This field specifies the date and time where the comment (or more precisely, the left hand edge of the comment) will bepositioned on the graph. The position of the comment on the graph and how it behaves when the graph is scrolled isdetermined by the checkbox immediately to the left of the date and time.
· If this checkbox is checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the date and time specified. If you scroll
the graph horizontally, the comment scrolls as well. If the date and time associated with the comment is off the

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

100

Temprecord Help

screen, so will the comment be. If the date and time of the comment is not visible on the displayed area of the graph,
Temprecord displays an indicator at the nearest (left or right) edge of the graph in place of the comment. If you want
to reposition the graph so that a comment is at the centre of the graph, right-click the comment, or the indicator thatshows the comment is off screen, and select Find Comment from the pop-up menu.
· If this checkbox is not checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the same physical X (pixel) position,e.g. in at the left-hand edge. If you scroll the graph horizontally, the comment stays where it is and the graph scrolls
under it. If the data window is sized so that the X and Y position of the comment is no longer on screen, Temprecord
positions the comment against the nearest (left or right) edge.

Comment Value
This field specifies the “value” at which the comment will be positioned at on the graph.
· If the checkbox is checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the position corresponding to thetemperature or humidity value specified. If this field has 25.5°C for example, the comment will show with the top edgeof the comment at exactly 25.5°C. If you scroll the graph vertically, the comment scrolls as well. If the “value” of thecomment is not on the displayed area of the graph, Temprecord displays an indicator at the nearest (top or bottom)
edge of the graph in place of the comment.
· If the checkbox is not checked, the comment will always appear on the graph at the same height i.e. physical Y (pixel)
position. If you scroll the graph vertically, the comment stays where it is and the graph scrolls under it. If the data
window is sized so that the comment is no longer on screen, temprecord positions the comment against the nearest(top or bottom) edge.
· If you want to reposition the graph so that a comment is at the centre of the graph, right-click the comment, or theindicator that shows the comment is off screen, and select Find Comment from the pop-up menu. If you want to see
the text for a comment that is off-screen, move the mouse cursor over the indicator and the comment details will beshown as a hint.
· If both the date and value checkboxes are checked, the comment will be positioned at the same position on the graphrelative to the displayed temperature points. If you want to annotate an event associated with a temperature sample
for example, drag the comment to be beside the sample (zooming in will enable you to position it more accurately),
and make sure both checkboxes are checked. Check the Locked checkbox to give you protection against accidentallybumping the comment as well if you wish.
· If neither the date nor value checkboxes are checked, the comment will always be positioned at the same position on
the graph window, regardless of the zoom factors and scroll positions. If you want to add annotation that is not
associated with any particular time or temperature sample (a graph title for example) drag the comment to the desired
position in the graph window and make sure both checkboxes are unchecked.

See also:
Comments
Editing a comment
Finding a comment
Repositioning a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.6

Adding a Comment
You can add a comment to a Temprecord data file using any of the following means:· click anywhere on the graph, and then click on the Add New Comment speed buttonon the graph toolbar.
The Add Comment Dialog will open and the comment date and time and value will be filled in such that the newcomment will be positioned where you clicked on the graph.
· right-click anywhere on an "empty" area of the graph in a data file graph view and select Add Comment from the
popup menu. The Add Comment Dialog will open that allows you to edit the various parameters associated with thatcomment.
· press the Insert key when the Comments List is open.
· Position the mouse cursor anywhere on the graph and press the F2 key. A new comment will appear under themouse cursor and the Edit Comment dialog will open allowing you to fill in the comment details. If you didn't mean tocreate a comment then exit the new comment dialog with the Cancel button or press Esc.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Comments

101

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.7

Deleting a comment
Use the Delete Comment function to remove the comment from the data file. Comments cannot be recovered after deletion- i.e. there is no "undo". You can select multiple comments in the comments list and delete all the selected comments at
once.

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.8

Locking/unlocking a comment
Locking a comment prevents the comment from being moved on the screen when picked up with the mouse. It does notprevent editing the contents of the comment by the usual means. When a comment is locked, the mouse cursor will change
to one that shows a small padlock when it passes over the comment, and if you attempt to "drag" the comment.

To lock a comment:· right-click the comment (or the off-screen indicator) and select Locked from the popup menu.
· right-click the comment entry row in the comments list and select Locked from the popup menu.

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

102

Temprecord Help

Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.9

Duplicating a comment
Use the Duplicate comment to create another comment with using to contents of the first comment as a starting point. The
second comment will be positioned offset from the first to make it easier to access.
To duplicate a comment:· right-click the comment (or the off-screen indicator) and select Duplicate from the popup menu.
· right-click the comment entry row in the comments list and select Duplicate from the popup menu.

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Saving comments

6.10

Finding a comment
If you are unsure as to where on the graph a comment is located, you can "find" the comment by various means:· if the comment off-screen indicatoris displayed at the edge of the graph, you can right-click this and select Find
Comment from the pop menu. The graph view will be positioned so that the comment is in the centre of the window.
· if the comments list is displayed you can right-click the line for the comment you want to find and select Find
Comment from the pop menu. The graph view will be positioned so that the comment is in the centre of the window.
You can also centre the graph about any displayed comment by right-clicking the comment and selecting Find Comment
from the pop menu.

See also:
Comments
Repositioning a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment
Saving comments

6.11

Saving Comments
When you create new comments or edit existing comments the resulting edited comments are stored in the data set for thewindow containing the Temprecord data file or logger contents. In order to be made permanent, the data file needs to be
saved to disk with the Save File or Save File As... functions.
Temprecord will prompt you to save the file if you have made changes to the comments.

See also:
Comments

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Comments

103

Repositioning a comment
Finding a comment
How Temprecord positions your comments on the graphEditing a comment
The Comments List
The Edit Comment dialog
Adding a comment
Deleting a comment
Locking/unlocking a comment
Duplicating a comment

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

104

7

Temprecord Help

Program Menu
Use the program menu to set the logger parameters, and start, stop and reuse the logger.
· Programming a Logger's Parameters· Logging Temperature, Humidity, or Both
· Setting Up Humidity Loggers· User Data
· Sample Period· Start Delay· Start Time and Date
· Password· Lower and Upper Limits· Enable Safe Range· Limit Delay· Loop Overwrite· Start and Stop with Button· Allow Markers· Setting up several loggers· Setting up a default set of parameters· Starting a Logger· Stopping a Logger· Re-Using a Logger· Starting Auto Mode Operation· What the LEDs on the logger tell you· Using the button on the logger to mark an event· Using the button on the logger to start and stop logging

7.1

Programming a Logger's Parameters
Before a Temprecord logger is used to record temperature, it is usually programmed first. This is not necessary, but unlessthe default parameter settings suit your application, you will generally want to change them.
In the case of the multi-trip and scientific loggers, which can be used more than once, you may wish to change theparameters after the logger has been reused.
The following parameters can be programmed:
Logging Temperature, Humidity, or BothUser Data
Sample Period
Start Delay
Start Time and Date
Password
Lower and Upper Limits
Enable Safe Range
Limit Delay
Loop Overwrite
Start and Stop with Button
Allow Markers

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

105

Other topics of particular relevance to programming parameters in the logger are:Named Parameter Sets
Designated Use Loggers
Factory Restore Operation

You can program the parameters for the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on thisspeed button

7.2

on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

Program Parameters Dialog
This dialog allows you to set up the Temprecord logger before it is started.
· When you have finished changing the parameters, click the ‘OK’ button to save the parameters to the logger and exit
this dialog.
· If you have more than one logger to set up with the same or similar parameters, click the ‘Apply’ button to save theparameters to the logger and leave this dialog open.
· Click the ‘Cancel’ button to exit this dialog without changing the logger parameters.
· Click the ‘Defaults’ button to set all the parameters (except for the ‘Password’ and ‘Confirm’ fields) from the default
options.
· You can load the parameters from a Named Parameter Set, and optionally set the color associated with the parameterset.
You can change the following parameters:
Logging Temperature, Humidity, or Bothuser data
sample period
start delay
password.
lower and upper limits
limit delay
start time and dateenable safe range
safe range delay (LCD logger only)
safe range limit (LCD logger only)
loop overwrite
start and stop with button
allow markers

See also
Default parameters
Named Parameter Sets

7.3

Logging Temperature, Humidity, or BothIf your logger is capable of logging Humidity, you can choose whether it logs temperature, Humidity, or both. This is known as
the Logging Mode For more information see the topic Setting Up Humidity Loggers
If you select Temperature and Humidity, the number of samples available is halved, as one each of both temperature andhumidity values are logged each sample period. The display of logging duration will change to reflect this.

See also:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

106

Temprecord Help

Setting Up Humidity Loggers

7.4

Setting Up Humidity Loggers
Logging Humidity
If your logger is capable of logging Humidity, you can choose whether it logs temperature, humidity, or both in the Program
Parameters dialog.
If you select Temperature and Humidity, the number of samples available is halved, as one each of both temperature andhumidity values are logged each sample period. The display of logging duration will change to reflect this.

Humidity Lower and Upper Limits
Temprecord Humidity loggers have the ability to compare the logged humidity against lower and upper limits, and report
whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED’s on the logger.
The Program/Parameters form allows you to specify these limits. When Temprecord reads the data from a humidity logger
and displays it in graph view mode, the limits that were programmed in the logger are shown on the graph. These limits arealso used in the values view to change the displayed color of the values, and in statistics view when calculating the timespend outside the limits.

When displaying the data from a humidity logger in graph view or values view, you can alter the upperand lower limit and the displayed data and it's statistics will alter accordingly. The limits programmed
into the logger are not changed however.

See also:
Temprecord Humidity Loggers

7.5

User Data
The user data is intended to provide a means of annotating the logger with details of the monitored environment, productbeing shipped etc. The user data is stored in the logger and cannot be altered once the logger has been started.
In Mk3 loggers the user data consists of up to five lines of up to 40 characters each.
In the Mon-T logger up to 159 characters can be entered. Each line can be any length as long as the overall length is 159
characters.
In the LCD logger up to 255 characters can be entered. Each line can be any length as long as the overall length is 255
characters.

Don't confuse the user data with the comment fields. The comment fields are stored in the data files
that Temprecord saves on disk and can be edited after the data has been read and saved. The user
data cannot be changed after the logger data has been read.

Earlier Temprecord loggers provided for six lines of 40 characters each. The sixth line has been
removed to allow for information to be stored at manufacture.

7.6

Meta-strings in user data
User data in Temprecord loggers sets may contain meta-strings. These are special predefined
identifiers that are expanded whenever the logger parameter data is saved to a logger, and expanded
again when the logger is started using the TRW program.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

107

An example of their use is shown below:

When the logger data is saved to the logger, the meta-strings will be expanded, so that the user data actually stored in thelogger is equivalent to:

and any printed reports or datafiles saved from the logger will show this expanded meta-data.
The meta-strings shown in the table below are available everywhere it is possible to use them, i.e. in file and folder
specifications, in the subject and body fields of an email message, in printed report headers and footers, and in the user data
fields of the parameters dialog and the default options. The example show the meta-string, and what the meta-string would
be expanded into:
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Version%

TRW software
version (full)"Printed with
v%Version%"

Printed with v5.28.0.2533%Build%TRW software
version (build
number)"Saved with build%Build%"Printed with build 2533

%User%

logged inWindows user

"Printed by user %User%"

Printed by user Fred

%Computer%computer name"Printed from PC %Computer%"

Printed from PC Fred's
Workstation%Workgroup%

computerworkgroup"This file is from the %Workgroup% group"This file is from theAdministration group%Company%organization
name%Company%

My Company Ltd%Date%

Inserts the datein the users shortdate format"Reception %Date%"

Reception 23-8-2012%Time%

Inserts thecurrent time inthe user's longtime format"Saved at %time%"

Saved at 15_09_26

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

108

Temprecord Help

%DateTime%

Inserts the date
and time in theusers short dateand long time
format"Saved %DateTime%"

Saved 23-8-2012 15_09_26%%<env var>%%environment
variable"%%TEMP%%"

C:\DOCUME~1\jrm\LOCALS~1\Temp\

If you read the data from back from the logger after saving user data with meta-strings, Temprecord"reverts" the expanded data in the logger back to the meta-strings that generated it.

Each line of the user data is limited in the logger to 40 characters. If the expansion of the meta-strings
results in a line longer than this, the excess characters are lost. You should also bear in mind that
TRW adds another 4 invisible "house-keeping" characters to the expanded meta-strings, so the actual
limit for the expanded line of user data with one item of meta-data in it is 36 characters, 32 charactersif there are two meta-strings, etc.

The meta-strings are not expanded again if the logger is started using the button. If this occurs, themeta-strings will contain the expanded data at the time the parameter data was last saved to thelogger.

See also:
Meta-strings
Meta-strings in file and folder names
Meta-strings in email messages
Meta-strings in printed reports headers and footers
Meta-strings in parameter sets

7.7

Sample Period
The sample period determines the time between samples. Enter the time you wish to elapse between each Temprecord
sample.
With the Mk3 and Mon-T loggers you can set the sample period in multiples of 2 seconds. You can enter any value between 2
seconds and the upper limit of 24 hours. These loggers have an internal time resolution of 2 seconds. This means thatwhatever value you enter must be a multiple of 2 seconds. The time is specified in hours, minutes, and seconds.
With the LCD logger you can set the sample period in multiples of 1 second. You can enter any value between 1 second andan upper limit of 18 hours and 12 minutes and 15 seconds.
If you enter a sample period greater than these values, it will be limited to these values within the logger. The screen also
calculates the logging duration, being the time to fill the logger based on the current sample rate.
The sample period is normally set at manufacture to the following values:· 2.5 minutes for the inland model· 5 minutes for the export model· 2.5 minutes for the multi-trip model· 5 minutes for the scientific model· 2.5 minutes for the Mon-T logger
When you have entered all the data you wish to alter, click on 'OK' to update the parameters and exit the form.
Click on 'Apply' instead if you want to update the data in the logger, but not exit the form. This can be useful where you haveseveral loggers to set up, each with the same or similar parameters.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

109

Once the logger has been started, you cannot alter the user data, password, sample period or start
delay. Check that these are correct before you start the logger.

The sample period also affects the behaviour of the limit delay and Safe range. These parametersboth use units of the number of samples taken, so the time delay before they act is dependent on thesample period.

When a logger is reused, the sample period that was in effect for the previous use is retained. If you require a different
sample period, this should be programmed after the logger has been reused.
If the logger is a humidity logger, and both humidity and temperature are enabled, the sample period applies to both, i.e. if you
set a sample period of one minute, a temperature and humidity sample pair will be taken every minute. In this case thenumber of samples taken before the logger is full (the logging duration) will be halved.

See also:
Sample rate issues
Logging duration
Start delay
Start time and date
Start and stop with button
Limit Delay
Enable safe range
User data
Password
Re-using a logger

7.8

Logging Duration
This is the time that will elapse before the logger is full, based on the current sample period. This time will change as you
enter a new sample period, so you can adjust the sample period rate so that the logger fills over a specific time interval if you
desire.
If you are logging both Temperature and Humidity, the logging duration will be halved.

See also:
Sample period
Sample rate issues
Start delay
Start time and date
Start and stop with button
Enable safe range
User data
Password
Re-using a logger

7.9

Start Delay
The start delay determines how long after the logger is started before the first sample is actually taken. The primary reason
for the start delay is to allow for situations where the logger is started at room temperature, and then later placed in acontrolled environment.
Enter the time you wish to elapse between starting of the Temprecord and the taking of the first sample. This is normally set
at manufacture to one minute, but you can alter it to any value between 10 seconds and 24 hours.
Temprecord has an internal time resolution of 2 seconds. This means that whatever value you enter will be rounded to thenearest multiple of 2 seconds. The time is specified in hours, minutes, and seconds.
When you have entered all the data you wish to alter, click on 'OK' to update the parameters and exit the form.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Help110

Click on 'Apply' instead if you want to update the data in the logger, but not exit the form. This can be useful where you haveseveral loggers to set up, each with the same or similar parameters.

Once the logger has been started, you cannot alter the user data, password, sample period or start
delay. Check that these are correct before you start the logger.

When a MultiTrip or Scientific Temprecord logger is reused, the sample period that was in effect for the previous use isretained. If you require a different sample period, this should be programmed after the logger has been reused.

When a logger is reused the start delay is set back to the value it was programmed with for the last trip
- i.e. the value is preserved. This behaviour is different to the behaviour with versions prior to
5.28.0.2360. In versions prior to this the start delay was set to the value programmed in the defaults
options when a logger is reused. Regardless, you can still alter the start delay to a different value
before starting the logger however

See also:
Sample rate issues
Logging duration
Start time and date
Start and stop with button
Enable safe range
Sample period
User data
Password
Re-using a logger

7.10

Start Time and Date
Temprecord Mk3 Loggers
Instead of using the start delay to determine how long after starting before the logger starts recording samples, you canprogram Temprecord to start at a particular time and date.

In the Program/Parameters form, you must check the box 'Enable Start on Date Option' before youcan enter a time and date to start logging from.
The logger will start recording samples from within a few seconds of the time and date specified. The
time and date you specify must be in the future or an error will result.

It is still possible to start the logger by any of the other means, i.e. with the button, or by using theProgram/Start Logger function of Temprecord. It is possible to program the logger so that it cannot be
started with the button (see the topic start and stop with button for more information).

If the logger is started by any of these means (by the button), the programmed start time and date is ignored.

Temprecord Mon-T Loggers
The Mon-T logger does not support starting at a specific time and date.

Temprecord LCD Loggers
Temprecord LCD loggers can be programmed to start at a specific time and date, but there are important differences:· The start time and date is achieved by setting a start delay as appropriate and then starting the logger. For example if
a start time and date is programmed for 3 weeks into the future, the start delay is programmed to be three weeks andthe logger is started automatically when the parameters are applied to the logger.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

111

· Once the parameters are saved to a logger with a start time and date programmed, the logger starts counting down
the start delay, and it is not possible to access the logger parameters from that point on.

Remember, once the parameters are saved to a LCD logger that has a start time and dateprogrammed, the logger is started and begins counting down the start delay. There is no way of"recovering" a logger that has inadvertently had a very long start delay programmed. You will bewarned of this fact when you save or apply the parameters to the LCD logger.

See also:
Sample rate issues
Logging duration
Start delay
Start and stop with button
Enable safe range
Sample period
User data
Password
Re-using a logger

7.11

Password
Temprecord loggers can be protected with a password (actually a "pass phrase") - this can be any combinationof letters, digits and punctuation characters (including spaces) up to 32 characters).
If a logger password has been set, it is not possible to edit the parameters, stop, or reuse the logger.
If you enter the digit zero (0) as the password, this is equivalent to no password, and anyone will be able to alter the user data
, start delay or sample period.

The pass-phrase is case-sensitive, and leading and trailing spaces are ignored (but embedded spaces
are not ignored). So the pass-phrases:
My Password
MY PASSWORD
my password
my password
are all different. Be careful when typing (and remembering!) your pass-phrases.
.The password will not display as you type it. You must enter the password twice, once in the 'Password' field, and again in
the 'Confirm' field. These two passwords must match. You do not need to specify a minimum number of characters, but
obviously the more the better. Passwords should be easy to remember, and difficult to guess.
If you leave both the password fields blank, the current password will not be changed.

WARNING! Do not forget your pass-phrase!
If you do, you will be unable to alter the user data, start delay or sample period, stop the loggers, andin the case of the Multi-trip and Scientific models, and the Mon-T and LCD loggers, you will be unable
to reuse them. You can still start or stop these loggers using the button if start with button or stop withbutton respectively have been enabled.
Temprecord are unable to reset passwords or determine what they have been set to. A logger with an
unknown password can still be read, but it cannot be reused.

When you have entered all the data you wish to alter in the Program/Parameters form, click on 'OK' to update the user dataand exit the form.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

112

Temprecord Help

Click on 'Apply' instead if you want to update the user data in the logger, and not exit the form. This can be useful where you
have several loggers to set up, each with the same or similar user data.

Once the logger has been started, you cannot alter the user data, password, start delay or sample
period. Check that these are correct before you start the logger.

Removing a Password
To remove or clear a password, i.e. to allow anyone to access the logger without a password, edit the parameters, then entera value of 0 (zero) into the password and confirm fields. Then save the parameters to the logger as normal and the password
will be cleared. If the password and confirm fields are both blank when the parameters are saved, the password is notchanged.

Earlier releases of the Temprecord software only allowed numeric passwords to be used. This
restriction has been removed for all loggers, and pass-phrases up to 32 characters can be used with
Temprecord Mk3, Mon-T and LCD loggers.

Mk3 and Mon-T loggers that have had their passwords set using earlier versions of Temprecord(version 5.xx and earlier) will still function correctly when read with the newer versions of Temprecord they will accept the same numeric password as before. If the logger has the password altered with thenewer version of Temprecord (version 6.xx and later) however, you will be unable to carry out any of theoperations that require a password with the earlier versions of Temprecord.

See also:
Password specification errors
User data
Sample period
Start delay

7.12

Password Required
The logger you are attempting to program, stop or reuse is protected with a password. The password can be phrase of up to
32 characters.
To access the logger, enter the logger password and click the ‘OK’ button. If you do not want to access the logger, or you
cannot because you do not know the password, click the ‘Cancel’ button.

See also:
Password Specification Errors

7.13

Lower and Upper Limits
Temprecord Mk III has a the ability to compare the logged temperature and humidity values against lower and upper limits,and report whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger.
The Program/Parameters form allows you to specify these limits. Enter the limits in the same units as the current setting of
the units option (°C or °F). In the case of the humidity the units are % RH (percentage relative humidity).

Temprecord will complain if you try to enter an upper or lower limit that is outside the operating rangeof the logger. Earlier versions of the Temprecord program allowed you to enter limits outside theoperating range. This is inadvisable as the logger will not detect instances of the temperature
exceeding the limits.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

113

When Temprecord reads the data from a logger and displays it in graph view mode, the limits thatwere programmed in the logger are shown on the graph. These limits are also used in the values viewand statistics view. See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more
information

In some situations, the logger must be started while the temperature and/or humidity are outside thelimits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as such. Also, there are applications wherea brief excursion outside the limits may be expected, and is not to be reported as an out-of-range
error. See the parameters enable safe range and limit delay for more information.

See also:
Limit delay
Enable safe range

7.14

Limit Delay
Temprecord Mk III has a the ability to compare the logged temperatures and humidity against upper and lower limits, andreport whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger. In some situations, the logger must
be started while the temperature/humidity is outside the limits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as atemperature/humidity outside of the limits. Also, there are applications where a brief excursion outside the limits may be
expected, and is not to be reported as an out-of-range error.
To accommodate these situations, Temprecord allows you to set a limit delay parameter. The limit delay is used in two
ways - it affects the behaviour of both the safe range, and also the lower and upper temperature and humidity limits.
· The limit indicators (upper temperature exceeded, lower temperature exceeded, upper humidity exceeded, lower
humidity exceeded) are only set when the number of continuous samples exceeding the respective limit is greater thenthe limit delay parameter. In other words, the limit delay specifies how many consecutive samples are tolerated
outside the limits before an out-of-limits condition is flagged.
To have the limit indicators set (and therefore the red LED flash) as soon as any single sample exceeds the respective
limit, set the limit delay to 0.
· If the enable safe range option is checked, comparison of the temperature (and/or humidity) values starts as soon as
the number of samples taken inside the safe range exceeds the value specified in the limit delay parameter. In otherwords, the limit delay specifies how many consecutive samples are tolerated inside the limits before checking of thesamples against the limits begins. For example, if the limit delay is set to 5, the checking of temperatures and/or
humidity against limits will not start until more than five successive samples have been recorded as inside the safe
range.
To have comparison against the limits begin as soon as a sample is inside the safe range, set the limit delay to 0.

In the Mk3 Temprecord loggers, the value of the delay (in samples) also sets the safe range delay, i.e.
setting the limit delay in the Mk3 logger also sets the safe range entry delay, and the limit delay in turnis shared between the temperature and humidity channels, whereas in the G4 (LCD) logger theseparameters are separate and can also be independently programmed for each humidity or
temperature channel.

See also:
Enable safe range
Lower and upper limits

7.15

Enable Safe Range
Temprecord loggers have the ability to compare the logged temperatures and humidity against upper and lower limits, andreport whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger. In some situations, the logger must
be started while the temperature/humidity is outside the limits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as atemperature/humidity outside of the limits. Also, there are applications where a brief excursion outside the limits may be
expected, and is not to be reported as an out-of-range error.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

114

Temprecord Help

To accommodate these situations, Temprecord allows you to set a safe range enable, and an associated limit delay.
If the enable safe range option is not checked, logger samples are checked against the limits from the time when the logger
is started. If the option is checked, the temperature/humidity must enter the 'safe range' (i.e. it must be less than the upper
limit and greater than the lower limit) before it will be checked against the limits.
If humidity only is being logged, then the above comments apply to humidity instead of temperature.
If both temperature and humidity are being logged, then both the temperature and humidity must be within their respective
safe ranges

If this parameter is disabled with the G4 LCD logger the safe range delay will be set to zero for thatchannel when the logger is updated. This is because the logger itself does not implement a separate
control for safe range enable, but instead implements the function by setting the safe range delay tozero (which is equivalent).
In the Mk3 loggers, the safe range enable is shared with temperature and humidity channels, whereas
the G4 LCD logger has separate enables for each channel.

If the enable safe range option is checked, comparison of the temperature (and/or humidity) values starts as soon as thenumber of samples taken inside the safe range exceeds the value specified in the limit delay parameter. For example, if thelimit delay is set to 5, the checking of temperatures and/or humidity against limits will not start until more than five successive
samples have been recorded as inside the safe range.
To have comparison against the limits begin as soon as a sample is inside the safe range, set the limit delay to 0.

Enabling the safe range entry option does NOT mean that the logger does not start taking samples
until the conditions for safe range entry are met. Enabling safe range entry means that the samples
taken are not COMPARED against the limits until the conditions for safe range entry are met. The
logger still takes samples from the time the start delay expires (or from the start time and date, if this isenabled).

See also:
Limit delay
Lower and upper limits

7.16

Safe range delay (LCD logger only)
The safe range delay sets the number of samples that must elapse while the logger is between the limits before the logger isconsidered to have entered the safe range, and can be checked against limits.

This parameter is only available in the G4 LCD logger. The Mk3 Temprecord loggers also implementa safe range delay, but the value of the delay (in samples) is shared with the limit delay, i.e. setting thelimit delay in the Mk3 logger also sets the safe range entry delay, and the limit delay in turn is shared
between the temperature and humidity channels, whereas in the G4 (LCD) logger these parameters
are separate and can also be independently programmed for each humidity or temperature channel.

7.17

Safe range limit (LCD logger only)
The safe range limit sets the number of samples that must elapse before the logger has entered the safe range before a safe
range entry error condition is signalled. In other words, if the safe range limit is set to 20 samples, then the logger must havereached the safe range before 20 samples have been taken.

This parameter is only available in the G4 LCD logger. The Mk3 Temprecord loggers also implementa safe range delay, but the value of the delay (in samples) is shared with the limit delay, i.e. setting thelimit delay in the Mk3 logger also sets the safe range entry delay, and the limit delay in turn is shared
between the temperature and humidity channels, whereas in the G4 (LCD) logger these parameters
are separate and can also be independently programmed for each humidity or temperature channel.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

7.18

115

Loop Overwrite
Normally when Temprecord has taken a number of samples equal to the logger capacity, recording of samples stops. It is
possible however to program the logger so that when it is filled, the next sample taken overwrites the oldest sample. The
logger will from that time on therefore always contain a record of the most recent 7937 samples (inland and multi-trip loggers)or 32513 samples (export and scientific loggers). If you are logging both temperature and humidity, these figures are 3969
samples and 16257 samples respectively
You can turn the loop overwrite option on and off in the Program/Parameters form. If this option is not checked, the logger willstop recording when it fills up. If this option is checked, after the logger has filled, subsequent samples taken overwrite theoldest sample.

7.19

Start and Stop with Button
You can determine whether the logger can be started and/or stopped with the button in the Program/Parameters form. If you
want to be able to start the logger with the button, check the option marked 'Start with Button'. If you want to be able to stop
the logger with the button, check the option marked 'Stop with Button'.

The button on the logger is used for both starting and stopping the logger, and also for recording
markers in the sample record. See the topics using the button on the logger to mark an event andusing the button on the logger to start and stop logging for more information.

See also:
Starting a logger
Stopping a logger
Allow markers

7.20

Allow Markers
You can determine whether pressing the button can be used to insert markers into the temperature record in the Program/
Parameters form. If you want to be able to insert markers by pressing the button, check the option marked 'Allow Markers'.

the button on the logger is used for both starting and stopping the logger, and also for recording
markers in the sample record. See the topics using the button on the logger to mark an event andusing the button on the logger to start and stop logging for more information.

See also:
Starting a logger
Stopping a logger
Allow markers

7.21

Mon-T Temperature Logging Range Parameters
The parameters discussed here are only present in the Temprecord Mon-T logger. When theparameters for Temprecord Mk1 through Mk3a loggers are edited, these parameters do not apply andwill not show in the parameters dialog.

The Mon-T logger allows the user to trade off temperature resolution against temperature range. This is achieved by allowing
the user to specify the minimum temperature logged and the resolution. If a small value of resolution is specified, e.g. 0.05C,
the logger will only record over a smaller range. The table below shows the temperature logging range that results fromvarious settings of these controls

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

116

Temprecord Help

Minimum Temperature

Resolution

Range

-40
-20
-15
-5

0.50
0.20
0.10
0.05

-40.00 to +86.50-20.00 to +30.60-15.00 to +10.30- 5.00 to +7.65

Minimum TemperatureThis is the lowest temperature the Mon-T logger can record. It can be set to any value within the specified temperature rangeof the logger. It serves as the starting point for the logging temperature range.

Resolution
The size of the steps between one temperature and the next. The higher the resolution, the smaller the logged temperature
range. The resolutions available depend on the logger temperature units:
Resolution

Range (Celsius)

Range (Fahrenheit)

1.00
0.50
0.20
0.10
0.05

not available
126.50 C
50.60 C
25.30 C12.65 C

253.00 F
126.50 F
50.60 F12.30 Fnot available

Maximum TemperatureThis is the highest temperature the Mon-T logger can record. It is calculated from the Minimum Temperature and the
Resolution. It is calculated using the formula:
Tmax = TMin + (Resolution * 253)
As you change the minimum temperature, resolution , or logger units, the maximum temperature is calculated and displayed.

Logger Units
This parameter determines the units (Celsius or Fahrenheit) used to set the Minimum Temperature and Resolution
parameters.

Don't confuse the display units with the Mon-T Logger Units. The Mon-T Logger Units determine what
units are used when programming the Mon-T - specific parameters (Minimum Temperature, andResolution). The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord program

When a Mon--T logger is read, the display units are set to the Mon-T programmed logger units. I.e. if
you program a logger in Fahrenheit units and read the logger with Temprecord set to display
temperatures in Celsius, the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger's
temperature data.
Also, when parameters are updated to a Mon-T logger (or to a G4 LCD logger), the temperature
display units are set to the units that were programmed into the logger.

Warnings
Temprecord will warn you if you attempt to set the upper or lower limits outside the Minimum and Maximum Temperatures as
defined above.

When the Mon-T logger is recording temperatures outside the logging range, the temperature actually
recorded will be limited to the minimum or maximum temperature specified. This has implications forcalculated statistics. It is important to make sure the range between the Minimum and Maximum
Temperatures is greater than the expected temperature range.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

117

These settings can only be adjusted if the option Show Mon-T - specific settings is enabled. If thisoption is not enabled, the fields for Minimum Temperature, resolution, and Logger Units do not appear
and the logger temperature range and resolution are displayed in their place.

7.22

Setting up several loggers
If you have several Temprecord loggers to set up in a single session, Temprecord makes it easy for you. The button marked'Apply'' in the Program/Parameters form updates the information in the form to the logger, but leaves the form open.
To set up several loggers with the same or similar programmed data:
1. Place the first logger into the reader interface.
2. Select the Program/Parameters menu item. After a few seconds the Program/Parameters form will open with theparameters for that logger.
3. Make any changes you want to the user data, sample rate, etc.
4. Click on 'Apply'. A window will open while the Temprecord parameters are updated and after this is done you will be
returned to the Program/Parameters form.
5. Remove the logger and insert the next one.
Repeat steps 3, 4 and 5 as many times as necessary to set up your loggers, then click on 'OK' to update the last logger andclose the Program/Parameters form

Temprecord will not allow you to set up a logger that is protected with a password unless the
passwords on all subsequent loggers matches the original logger, or the password on the subsequent
loggers is zero.

Temprecord will only allow you to set up loggers of all the same type in this way. You cannot set up(for example) an inland logger, then a scientific logger

See also:
Setting up a default set of parameters
Auto Mode Operation

7.23

Setting up a default set of parameters
If you have a particular set of parameters that are frequently programmed into your loggers, you can create a 'default' set ofparameters, which you can load into the Program/Parameters form simply by clicking on the 'Defaults' button.
To set up and use a set of default parameters:· Select the Options/Defaults menu item. This will open the default options form, which looks very similar to theProgram/Parameters form, except that there is no 'password' field.'· Enter the parameters. You might for example have a particular set of user data, which remains the same for all
loggers apart from one line, being the destination of produce being shipped. You would leave that line blank here.
· Click on OK.
To use the default set of parameters:· Place a logger into the reader interface.
· Select the Program/Parameters menu item. After a few seconds the Program/Parameters form will open with theparameters for that logger.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

118

Temprecord Help

· Click on the 'Defaults' button. This will load the user data with the defaults you programmed previously.
· Make any changes you want to the user data, sample rate, etc. In the example mentioned above, you would key thedestination into the line left blank.
· Click on 'Apply' or 'OK'.
· Remove the logger.

See also:
Setting up several loggers
Options Menu
Default options
Auto Mode Operation

7.24

Starting a Logger
Use the Program/Start Logger function to start the Temprecord logger. Before starting, you should configure the logger if you
wish to set the user data, alter the sample period or start delay, or change any of the other parameters
The Temprecord logger status must be READY in order for it to be started. Once started, the start delay begins timing. After
this start delay period has elapsed, the Temprecord unit will begin to log temperature. The Temprecord logger will flash whenstarted, and again when the start delay has expired and logging begins. If you have recently read a Temprecord logger andnot yet saved the contents to a disk file, you will be prompted to save the data first.

Inland and Export loggers can only be started by snapping off the tabs.

Starting a logger does not necessarily mean it will begin taking temperature readings. Logging oftemperatures will not start until the start delay has counted down. While the start delay is counting
down, the green LED will flash briefly very ten seconds. After the start delay has expired the green
and red LEDs flash to indicate the state of the limits.

When you use the Program/Start Logger function, you will be asked to confirm that you want to do
this. If you prefer not to be asked this question, you can uncheck the option 'Prompt before starting' in
the General Options form.

You can also set up a logger so that it can be started by the button on the logger, or by a programmed
start time and date

You can start the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button
toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

See also:
Stopping a logger
Reusing a logger
Sample period
Start delay
Start time and date
Limit Delay
Lower and Upper limits
Loop Overwrite
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

on theProgram Menu

119

Start and stop with button
Allow markers
Auto Mode Operation
Saving a file

7.25

Stopping a Logger
Use the Program/Stop Logger function to stop the Temprecord logging temperature samples. The Temprecord logger status
must be LOGGING in order for it to be stopped.
The Temprecord logger will flash the red LED four times in quick succession when logging is stopped.
If you have recently read a Temprecord logger and not yet saved the contents to a disk file, you will be prompted to save thedata first.

When you use the Program/Stop Logger function, you will be asked to confirm that you want to do this.
If you prefer not to be asked this question, you can uncheck the option 'Prompt before stopping' in
the General Options form.

You can also stop loggers by pressing the button on the logger.

If a logger has a password or pass-phrase programmed, and Stop with button is not enabled, thepass-phrase will be required.

Inland and Export loggers can only be stopped by snapping off the tabs.

You can stop the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button
toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window

on theSee also:
Starting a logger
Reusing a logger
Sample period
Start delay
Start time and date
Limit Delay
Lower and Upper limits
Loop Overwrite
Start and stop with button
Allow markers
Auto Mode Operation
Saving a file

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

120

Temprecord Help

7.26

Reusing a Logger
The Program/Reuse Logger function allows Multi-trip or Scientific Temprecord loggers to be reused. The Temprecord logger
must be in the 'stopped' state. If the Temprecord unit has been password-protected, you will be asked to enter the password
before the unit can be restarted. If you wish to change the password, use the Program/Parameters function after you havereused the logger . If you have recently read a Temprecord logger and not yet saved the contents to a disk file, you will beprompted to save the data first.
When a Temprecord is reused, the current sample period is retained. If you want to set a different sample period, use theProgram/Parameters function after you have reused the Temprecord logger.

When you use the Program/Reuse Logger function, you will be asked to confirm that you want to do
this. If you prefer not to be asked this question, you can uncheck the option 'Prompt before reusing' in
the General Options form.

When a logger is reused the start delay is set back to the value it was programmed with for the last trip
- i.e. the value is preserved. This behaviour is different to the behaviour with versions prior to
5.28.0.2360. In versions prior to this the start delay was set to the value programmed in the defaults
options when a logger is reused. Regardless, you can still alter the start delay to a different value
before starting the logger however

You can reuse the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button
toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window

on theSee also:
Starting a logger
Stopping a logger
Sample period
Start delay
Start time and date
Limit Delay
Lower and Upper limits
Loop Overwrite
Start and stop with button
Allow markers
Auto Mode Operation
Saving a file

7.27

What the LEDs on the logger tell you
The Mk III Temprecord logger has two visible LED's (light-emitting diodes). These are used to both to provide a confirmation ofoperation of the logger, and to provide information about the temperature limits stored in the logger.
Logger Status

Red LED

Green LED

Ready to be started

off

off

When started

flashes 4 times

offCounting start delay

off

flashes briefly
every 10 seconds

When start delay expires

flashes 4 times

off

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

Logging, stopped

off

flashes briefly
every 10 seconds

Logging or stopped, if lower or upper
limit exceeded

flashes briefly
every 10 seconds

off

When communicating

off

flashes briefly

121

The Mon-T Temprecord logger also has two visible LED's, but their operation is different. The logger status can only be
determined by pressing the button on the logger.
Logger Status

Red LED

Green LED

Ready to be started

off

off

On startingoff

6 flashes

Counting start delay

off

off

On start delay expiry

off

6 flashes

Logging, stopped (only when buttonpressed)3 flashes if logger
out of limits

3 flashes if logger
inside limits

On stoppingoff

6 flashes

See also:
Starting a logger
Stopping a logger
Start delay
Start time and date
Limit Delay
Lower and Upper limits
Start and stop with button
Allow markers

7.28

Using the button on the logger to mark an event
Temprecord has the ability to record markers along with the temperature data. A marker is simply an indication of an event no other information is stored other than the fact that the button was pushed, and the time it was pushed. The time recorded
is that of the most recently taken sample.

To insert a marker, you must hold the button down for at least 2 seconds. The red LED on the logger
will flash twice to confirm that a marker has been recorded.

This feature must be enabled by checking the allow markers option in the Program/Parameters form.
If this option is not checked, pressing the button has no effect, unless stop with button is also checked,
in which case pressing the button (for at least 10 seconds) will stop the logger taking samples.

Once the marker has been recorded (i.e. when the LED flashes), be sure to release the button
immediately. Remember that the logger can also be stopped by holding the button down for at least
10 seconds!

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

122

Temprecord Help

You can enter as many markers into the logger as you wish, but the Temprecord program only
displays the first 100 markers recorded.

Each marker occupies a sample position - i.e. for every marker you insert, the sample capacity of thelogger is reduced by one for that use.

See also:
Stopping a logger
Start and stop with button
Allow markers
Using the button on the logger to start and stop logging

7.29

Using the button on the logger to start and stop logging
You can use the button on the logger to start and stop logging. This feature must be enabled by checking the start and stopwith button options in the Program/Parameters form.

If this option is not checked, pressing the button has no effect, unless allow markersis also checked,
in which case pressing the button (for at least 2 seconds) will insert a marker if the logger is taking
samples

See also:
Starting a logger
Stopping a logger
Start and stop with button
Allow markers
Using the button on the logger to mark an event

7.30

Changing Logger Parameters
Make any changes you want to the logger parameters. When you have finished, click on 'OK' and the logger will be updated
and the Program/Parameters form will close.
If you have several loggers to program, clicking on 'Apply' will update the logger, but leave the form open. You can theninsert another logger and program that.
If you click on 'Default', the Program/Parameters form will be filled in with the parameters specified in the Options/Defaults
form.

See also:
User Data
Sample Period
Start Delay
Start Time and Date
Password
Lower and Upper Limits
Enable Safe Range
Limit Delay
Loop Overwrite
Start and Stop with Button
Allow Markers
Auto Mode Operation

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

7.31

123

Accuracy and Resolution
There is often confusion over the difference between the accuracy of monitoring devices, and the resolution of monitoring
devices.
'Accuracy' refers to the range of uncertainty that applies to a given temperature measurement, i.e. the temperature value
logged by the device as compared to the true temperature. The accuracy of the Temprecord logger is around 0.6°C (1.0°F)
over the measurement range.
'Resolution' refers to the number of decimal places to which the temperature values are recorded, and also displayed. The
resolution of the logger varies with temperature, but at 0C it is around 0.01°C (1 one-hundredth of a degree). The displayed
resolution in Temprecord is usually 0.01°C. While it may not seem sensible to record and display the temperature values to agreater resolution than the accuracy of the logger, it can be in fact quite useful. Temprecord is able to record and display verysmall fluctuations in temperature - changes that would be much smaller than the resolution of other loggers, which often havea resolution of as much as 2.0°C.
The humidity values are normally displayed to a resolution to 0.01 %RH. The accuracy of the humidity measurements isdependent on the grade of logger. Please see the specification sheet for more details.

See also
Sample period
Sample rate issues

7.32

Differences between the displayed temperature and the logged temperature
Temprecord G4 loggers include a LCD display which shows the result of the most recently measured temperature. This is
updated each time the logger takes a sample. The displayed value is the most recent measurement, but this value is subject
to further processing before it is stored in the logger. Under most conditions, the displayed value will be the same as thevalue that was stored in the logger, but there are some circumstances where they will differ.
If the temperature is changing rapidly in between sample instants, the stored value may "lag behind" the displayed
temperature. This effect is transient, in that it will normally never persist for longer than one sample past the interval while thetemperature was rapidly changing. Under conditions of normal use this effect will not be noticed, and we only bring it to user's
attention because it might be noticed in artificial environments.
As an example, consider a test where a G4 logger is being validated. The logger is programmed with a sample period of 1
minute and started. Every minute, the value shown on the display is noted down. During the test the logger is subjected to a
burst of hot air from a heat gun (not a treatment we recommend!). At the end of the test the logger is read and the logged
values compared with the values noted from the LCD display.
The following table shows the test results.

Time

Displayed
Value

LoggedValue

Difference

00:00

25.70

25.70

0.00

01:00

25.86

25.86

0.00

02:00

26.83

26.82

0.01

03:00

27.10

27.10

0.00

04:00

32.12

32.03

0.09

05:00

41.71

41.80

-0.09

06:00

36.51

36.48

0.03

07:00

33.34

33.36

-0.02

08:00

31.31

31.31

0.00

09:00

29.80

29.80

0.00

10:00

28.83

28.84

-0.01

11:00

28.02

28.01

0.01

12:00

27.60

27.60

0.00

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

124

Temprecord Help

13:00

27.30

27.30

0.00

14:00

27.13

27.13

0.00

15:00

27.13

27.13

0.00

16:00

27.16

27.16

0.00

17:00

27.15

27.15

0.00

18:00

27.13

27.13

0.00

19:00

27.04

27.04

0.00

20:00

26.91

26.91

0.00

See also:
Sample Period
Sample Rate Issues
Accuracy and Resolution

7.33

Sample Rate Issues
The sample rate determines how often the Temprecord logger measures and stores the temperature.
With Temprecord, this is specified by the sample period, which is the time that elapses between samples. Bear in mind thatwhile a longer sample period will increase the length of time the logger will run before the memory is filled, you should
consider the effects of undersampling. This situation arises when the samples are too infrequent to pick up changes in thetemperature. As an example, if the sample period is set to 1 hour, you cannot guarantee to pick up instances where thetemperature exceeds a maximum value for a period of only ten minutes.
This discussion also applies to humidity, if humidity is being logged instead of temperature, or if both are being logged

See also:
Sample period
Accuracy and resolution
Differences between the displayed temperature and the logged temperature

7.34

Auto Mode Operation
Auto mode operation allows you to carry out a sequence of operations on a batch of loggers. For example, you can stop,
read, save, reuse, program the parameters, and start a logger in sequence by doing nothing more than placing the logger in areader. Temprecord detects when the logger has been inserted, programs it, then waits for it to be removed before waiting for

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

125

the next logger.
You can determine what operations are carried out by changing the Auto Mode Options
To start Auto Mode, select Auto Mode from the Program menu. Once the Auto Mode window is displayed, you can click on
the Start button and Temprecord will wait for a logger. When one is inserted into the reader it will be detected and thesequence of operations defined by the Auto Mode Options will be carried out. When the operations are complete Temprecord
waits for the logger to be removed.
To end logging mode click the Stop button. Click the Exit button to close the Auto Mode window.

Never remove the logger from the reader while Auto Mode operations are underway. Wait until
operations have finished and REMOVE LOGGER is displayed. If you need to remove a logger while
processing is underway, click on the Stop button first and wait until Auto Mode has stopped.

You can also start Auto Mode operation by clicking on this speed button
along the top of the Temprecord main window.

on the toolbar displayed

See also:
Auto Mode Options

7.35

Kiosk Mode Operation
The "Kiosk" mode operation of Temprecord is intended for environments where the sender of a shipment monitored by
Temprecord loggers wants to impose limits on the range of operations that can be performed on the logger.
An example is where the Temprecord user programs loggers which are dispatched to a remote location and the condition of
the shipment is then assessed by examining the LED indicators. If a problem is indicated, the receiver would read the logger
and email the data file back to the sender. Kiosk mode (often in conjunction with auto mode operation) allows the shipper torestrict the receiver to carrying out a certain subset of operations.
In kiosk mode the user is only able to perform the following operations:· start the logger.
· stop the logger.
· read the logger.
· save the logger data.
· save a PDF report.
· email the TRX data file.
· email a PDF report file.
· exit the Temprecord program.
The user cannot:· select values or graph views.
· reuse the logger.
· alter any of the options.
Temprecord Kiosk Mode can only be started by providing a command line option at startup.

7.36

Designated Use Loggers
Temprecord provides special manufacture runs of their loggers to suit particular customers. These loggers, called
designated use loggers are programmed with a particular named parameter set, and that parameter set is tied to the ownerand case color of that logger.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

126

Temprecord Help

Temprecord will issue a warning if any attempt to is made to alter the parameters in a designated use logger. The user canagree to this warning and alter the parameters, but the Temprecord program "knows" that this logger was a designated use
logger and has had its parameters changed. The logger then becomes available for general use.
A general use logger can be reverted again to a designated use logger by using the factory restore function. The factory
restore function is carried out from the parameters dialog, but the button to initiate this is only visible if the logger was
originally a designated use logger.

See also:
Factory restore operation
Named parameter Sets

7.37

Factory Restore Operation
Temprecord provides special manufacture runs of their loggers to suit particular customers. These loggers, called
designated use loggers are programmed with a particular named parameter set, and that parameter set is tied to the ownerand case color of that logger.

Temprecord will issue a warning if any attempt to is made to alter the parameters in a designated use logger. The user canagree to this warning and alter the parameters, but the Temprecord program "knows" that this logger was a designated use
logger and has had its parameters changed. The logger then becomes available for general use.
A general use logger can be reverted again to a designated use logger by using the factory restore function. The factory
restore function is carried out from the parameters dialog, with the button labeled Restore.

The Restore button visible on the dialog if the logger was originally a designated use logger. If the
button is visible but disabled, it indicates that the logger is already configured for designated use.

See also:
Designated use loggers
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

127

Named parameter Sets

7.38

Named Parameter Sets
We call the collection of settings that are applied to a Temprecord logger (sample period, overwrite enabled, and so on) a
parameter set. We have extended this concept so that the user can have various parameter sets and refer to them by name.
Named parameter sets (or NPS for short) are accessed and managed by controls that have been added to the Program/
Parameters dialog and the Default options.
When the Program/Parameters dialog is displayed, it is possible to load any parameter set by name. You can create, rename, edit, and delete parameter sets just like files - in fact they are files, and can be renamed, moved, deleted, emailed andbacked up, just like any other file.

Loading a named parameter set from disk into the Program Parameters dialog does not update thelogger. If you want to program a logger with a named parameter set, the following steps should be
carried out:
Place the logger in a Reader Interface.
Click on Program/Parameters to open the dialog.
Click on the small button to the right of the Named Parameter Set control.
Select the Named Parameter Set file you want to load.
Click on the Open button to load the Named Parameter Set into the parameter controls.
Make any changes you want.
Click on the Apply button or the OK button to update the parameters in the logger.

See also
Parameter Sets and reading parameters from a logger
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.1 Loading a parameter set
You can load a parameter set from disk when the Program/Parameters dialog is displayed by clicking on theright of the parameter set field:

button to the

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

128

Temprecord Help

If you choose a file and exit the Load Parameter Set File dialog with the Open button, the contents of the NPS file will be readand the data in the parameters dialog will be replaced with the file contents.
In addition to this, Temprecord inserts the name of the NPS file that the data came from to the 5th line of the user data.
Temprecord uses this item to assist in its management of NPS's.

Don't edit or delete this part of the line. You can add user data in the unused part of the line (to theright of the NPS name) if you want. While you can delete the NPS identifier information in the user
data, it means that Temprecord will be unable to match up the logger with an NPS file at a later date(and this can have some disadvantages, particularly where the logger is traveling to different
destinations).

Temprecord works with NPS files on the basis that they are all stored in one folder. You can navigate
to other folders to load or save NPS files, and you can copy or move NPS files to other folders, but
Temprecord always opens the load file dialog positioned in its default NSP folder at C:\Documents
and Settings\All Users\Documents\Temprecord\NPS.

See also
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

129

7.38.2 Creating a new parameter set
A new parameter set is created by loading an existing parameter set and saving the data to a new name. This process ismore or less the same as creating a new document using the "Save As.." function of a word processor. The new NPS will beidentical to the one used to save the copy, and you can then edit the NPS as required.

The NPS is automatically saved to a file when you exit the Program/Parameters dialog with the OK
button, or use the Apply button to update the data in the logger without closing the dialog. If you exit
the dialog with the Cancel button, changes that you have made since last saving it will be lost, and no
prompt will be issued

See also
Loading a parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.3 Editing a parameter set
To edit an existing named parameter set file, click on the
button in the Named Parameter Set field of the Options/Default
tab, select the NPS from the dialog, and exit the dialog with the Open button. The NPS will be loaded into the default options.

Note that the contents of that NPS file will from that point on become the default options, and those settings will be used if thedefault parameter set is selected for Auto Mode operation, or the Load from Defaults button is clicked in the Program/
Parameters dialog.

See also
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.4 Renaming a parameter set
Renaming a parameter can be achieved by:· Loading the parameter set and saving it to a different name· Renaming the NPS file directly

See also
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

130

Temprecord Help

Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.5 Deleting a parameter set
To delete a named parameter set file, use the same techniques as you would for any other file, i.e. navigate to the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\Temprecord\NPS with Windows Explorer and delete the file<name>.NPS.

See also
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.6 Parameter sets and the default options
The default options are used whenever a logger is reused in Auto Mode and the Load Default Parameters checkbox isenabled, and when the Load Defaults and Save Defaults buttons are clicked in the Program/Parameters dialog.
With named parameter sets the default parameters work in exactly the same way as before, except that you can load any of
the available NPS files as your default parameters.

Once you have done this (loaded a NPS file into the defaults), the NPS file and the defaults are nolonger connected. If for example you load fred.nps into the defaults, any changes you make to tofred.nps from that point on will not be reflected in the defaults, and changes to the defaults will not bereflected in the file fred.nps

Temprecord saves the default parameters to a file called defaults.nps. This is just like any other
NPS file, but bear in mind that Temprecord always saves the contents of the default parameter
options to this file when it exits, and loads them again on startup.

See also
Default options
Auto Mode
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.7 Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
When a logger is processed using Auto Mode, it is possible to optionally load the logger parameters with the default settings.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Program Menu

131

With named parameter sets, this has been extended so that you can load either the default parameter set, or a NPS file ofyour choosing.

If the option to load a NPS is selected If the NPS can't be found, auto mode will stop with an error.

See also
Auto Mode
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.8 Parameter Sets and reading parameters from a logger
Temprecord takes special steps when you are editing the parameters in a logger that has previously been programmed with aNamed Parameter Set.
When Temprecord saves a named parameter set to a logger, it adds a "tag" to the 5th line of the user data. This tag contains
the name of the NPS, and is used by Temprecord when the logger user data is read at a later date.
Specifically, Temprecord carries out the following extra actions:· When parameters are read from a logger to initialize the Program Parameters dialog, the 5th line of the user data ischecked.
· If a NPS name is found there, Temprecord looks for a corresponding NPS file on the user's computer.
· If one is found, it is loaded into the parameters dialog, effectively overwriting what was read from the logger.
The purpose of this behaviour is to "refresh" the parameters, so that if they have been changed in the meantime, the logger
can be quickly updated with the newer NPS.

When Temprecord saves a named parameter set to a logger, it adds a "tag" to the 5th line of the user
data:
This tag contains the name of the NPS, and is used by Temprecord when the logger user data is readat a later date.
DO NOT edit this tag. If it is modified in any way Temprecord will not be able to associate the logger
with a Named Parameter Set.

See also
Named Parameter Sets
Loading a parameter set

7.38.9 Meta-strings in parameter sets
When the user data contains meta-strings they are saved as part of the user data when a named parameter set is saved to a
file. They are saved in their "reverted" form, i.e. exactly as they are displayed in the user data when the parameters dialog or
default options are displayed.
See the topic meta-strings in user data for more information.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Meta-strings
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

132

Temprecord Help

Meta-strings in file and folder names
Meta-strings in email messages
Meta-strings in printed reports headers and footers
Meta-strings in user data
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Named Parameter Sets technical information

7.38.10 Named Parameter Sets technical information
Files
Temprecord Named Parameter Sets are XML files and as such can be edited with traditional text editing tools, though thisshouldn't be necessary. The functions of the various nodes within the XML tree should be obvious from the name. The files
have the extension .NPS and it is necessary that this is preserved for correct operation.

FolderParameter set files are always stored in the folder C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Documents\Temprecord\NPS\. While it is possible to store them elsewhere, Temprecord is "hard-wired" toalways look in this folder when it is attempting to match a parameter set name in the user data to the corresponding NPS file.

User Data
When a named parameter set is loaded, the name of the NPS (called the NPS identifier, or NSP ID) is stored in the last (5th)line of the user data with a '#' character in column 1 as a prefix. The name stored is the filename part (no path, no extension,
no period) of the NPS file. If the filename contains spaces, it will be surrounded by quotation marks.

Temprecord Scientific Logger%Company%%User%#"Chilled Carcasses"
If there is no correctly formatted NPS name in the start of the 5th line of user data, no NPS processing will be performed, andno error issued.

Correct operation of named parameter sets depends on Temprecord being able to find a correctly
formatted NPS identifier in the user data. The NPS ID can in fact be at the start of any line in the user
data, but Temprecord will always move it to be at the start of the 5th line should it be found.
As a general rule, you shouldn't mess with the NPS ID.

See also
Loading a parameter set
Creating a new parameter set
Editing a parameter set
Renaming a parameter set
Deleting a parameter set
Parameter sets and the default options
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

8133

View Menu
Use the View menu to display the logged temperature data and change the format in which it is displayed.
· Toolbars· Status Icons· Summary View
· Statistics View
· Values View
· Graph View
The Sample Cursor
Changing the view mode
Viewing Temperature, Humidity, or Both
Getting the same file displaying in 2 or more windows
Getting data read from the logger displaying in 2 or more windows
Viewing Temperature, Humidity, or Both
· Units· Go to Functions
Find Trace
Go to First, Go to Last Sample
Go to Start, Go to End
Go to Next, Go to Previous Marker
Go to Min, Go to Max Sample
Set as Start, End Markers
Using the Start and End Markers
Using the Min and Max Markers
Using the User Markers· Zoom Functions
How zooming works
Horizontal Zoom
Vertical Zoom
Zoom Between Start and End markers
Zoom All
Zooming with the Mouse
Zoom Window to Presets
Zoom all Windows to Presets
Assign Presets from Window
Edit Presets· View Info
· Cascade· Tile Vertically· Tile Horizontally· Close

8.1

Toolbars
You can enable or disable the display of the four toolbars Program, Copy, Graph and Go to Sample. The File toolbar
cannot be hidden or closed.
If you close a floating toolbar by clicking on theit will no longer be displayed:

You can however make the toolbar visible again by either

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

134

Temprecord Help

· exiting Temprecord and starting it again, or· Clicking on the View/Toolbars main menu entry and checking the menu entry corresponding to the toolbar you wish
to make visible.

These toolbars can be dragged from their docking position and sit as a small window in front of the
Temprecord main window. You can also dock them to any of the four edges of the main window.

See also
Toolbars and Speed Buttons
Toolbar Options

8.2

Status Icons
Temprecord displays status icons at the top right-hand corner of all data windows. These icons provide an at-a-glance displayof status of various parameters of the loaded logger data set.

Battery Status
This icon shows the estimated remaining capacity of the logger battery. Hovering the mouse over the icon will display theremaining capacity in percent.

The battery remaining capacity is between 35 and 100%.
..
The battery remaining capacity is between 25 and 35%. This is a warning that you should monitor theremaining battery capacity.
The battery remaining capacity is critical and less than 25%. It is not advisable to use the logger. It
should be discarded or returned to Temprecord.
The battery remaining capacity is less than 5% and the battery should be considered to be exhausted.
The logger should be discarded or returned to Temprecord.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

135

The battery remaining capacity is a 'best estimate' only, based on the age of the logger, the total
number of samples taken, the total number to trips, and the total number of data downloads.
The battery status may not be available for some logger types (e.g. the Mon-T logger).
The display of the battery status can be disabled in the General options tab.

Comments Status
This icon indicates whether comments are present in the dataset and whether the display of comments is enabled.
· If the yellow comment test balloon appears partially transparent ((), there are no comments in the file. If it is opaque), there are comments present.

· If there is a diagonal stroke ( ) through the yellow comment test balloon, comments display is disabled. If it is notpresent, comments display is enabled.

No comments are present in the dataset, and display of comments is disabled.

One or more comments are present in the dataset, but display of comments is disabled so they will not
be visible on the graph.
No comments are present in the dataset, but display of comments is enabled.

One or more comments are present in the dataset, and display of comments is enabled so they will bevisible on the graph.

The comments status icon will only be visible when the graph view tab is selected.
Adding a comment to a graph will automatically enable the display of comments.

Dataset Status
This icon shows the status of the dataset, providing general information about the file or logger data. Hovering the mouse overthe icon will display a brief synopsis of the dataset.

Digest Status
This icon shows the status of any digest associated with the dataset. Hovering the mouse over the icon will display a detailed
explanation of the current dataset digest.

The digest status could not be determined

An internal error occurred calculating the digest of the datafile

The datafile was derived from a legacy Temprecord datafile and that datafile had an incorrect CRC(earlier Temprecord datafiles were protected against tampering and damage by a 32-bit Cyclic R
edundancy Check or CRC. This method of detecting file damage and tampering is not as robust as thecurrently used SHA256 digest).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

136

Temprecord Help

The datafile was derived from a legacy Temprecord datafile and that datafile had a correct CRC.

The datafile has no digest.

The datafile has a digest but the format of the digest is not known by the version of Temprecord you arerunning. Contact your dealer about an upgrade.
The datafile has a digest included, but there is no local passphrase specified, so the file's digest cannot
be checked.
The datafile has a digest included, but it does not match the digest calculated using the local
passphrase. Either the local passphrase is not the same as the passphrase used to save the file, or the
file has been damaged or deliberately modified in some way.
The datafile has a digest included, and it matches the digest calculated using the local passphrase. The
integrity of the file can be guaranteed to the level of confidence offered by the SHA256 digest, assumingthat the passphrase used was robust.
The dataset is from a logger and no digest has yet been calculated. When the dataset is saved to a filethe digest will be calculated (if the Include Digest option is enabled).

Saturation Status
This icon shows the status of any saturation condition that has been detected in the logger data.

The upper logging limit of one of the enabled channels has probably been exceeded. The statistics for
maximum, mean and standard deviation values for the channel are unreliable, and if the channel is atemperature channel then the derived statistics such as TTV, MKT, etc will also be unreliable.
The lower logging limit of one of the enabled channels has probably been exceeded. The statistics forminimum, mean and standard deviation values for the channel are unreliable, and if the channel is atemperature channel then the derived statistics such as TTV, MKT, etc will also be unreliable.
The upper and lower logging limits of one or either of the enabled channels has probably been
exceeded. The statistics for maximum, minimum, mean and standard deviation values for the channels
concerned are unreliable, and if any channel is a temperature channel then the derived statistics such as
TTV, MKT, etc will also be unreliable.

Saturation is detected by scanning the data and checking these are no more than two successive
samples at the maximum or minimum range of the logger. It is possible or course (but highly unlikely)that "real" genuine sample data could exhibit such behaviour.
The saturation status icon does not display if no saturation was detected in any enabled channel.

8.3

Summary View
The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes. These are summary view,
statistics view, values view and graph view. The summary view displays the user data, logger serial number, sample period,
etc. You do not need to read the logged temperature data to see the summary view of the logger. Using the File/Query
Logger function reads the summary data and changes the view mode of the window to summary view.
You can select the summary view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on 'Summary'.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

137

The time that is annotated First Sample in the summary display is the time of the first sample in thelogger. If the logger is not overwriting, this corresponds to the time the logger took the first sample
after it was started, but if the logger is overwriting, it corresponds to the time of the earliest sample in
the logger. Every time the logger takes another temperature sample and stores it, the oldest sample isoverwritten and lost, and the time of the first sample will advance by one sample period.

The number of samples in the logger in the summary display is an estimated value. If user markers
are also present in the sample record, they occupy sample places also, and will inflate the number ofsamples displayed in the summary screen.

You can also change the view mode from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the righthand mouse button.

See also:
Changing the view mode
Statistics view
Values view
Graph view

8.4

Statistics View
The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes. These aresummary view, statistics view, values view and graph view. The statistics view displays an analysis of thetemperature data in relation to the display lower and upper limits, and the start and end samples. You need toread the logged temperature data to see the statistics view of the logger. Using the File/Query Logger function
only reads the summary data.
You can select the statistics view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on 'Statistics'.

When the logger is recording temperatures outside its logging range, the temperature actually
recorded will be limited to the minimum or maximum temperature specified, and in the case of the
Mon-T logger the temperature will be limited to the values specified or displayed on the Mon-T
parameters. This has implications for calculated statistics, as the values used in the calculations do
not reflect the actual temperatures the logger was subjected to.

Take care when interpreting statistics
from Mon-T loggers that have exceeded
the programmed Minimum or Maximum
temperature range, and in general wheninterpreting temperatures outside thespecifications of the logger

General Statistics
The statistical information displayed consists of:· the mean temperature (i.e. the average temperature)· the standard deviation· the maximum temperature reached· the minimum temperature reached· the number and percentage of samples that were above the display upper limit.
· the number and percentage of samples that were below the display lower limit.
· the number and percentage of samples that were both above the display upper limit and below the display lower limit.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

138

Temprecord Help

If Humidity was logged instead, these statistics are available for the logged humidity samples. If both Humidity andTemperature were logged, these statistics are available for both. You can select between them by using the View/
Temperature, View/Humidity, and View/Temperature and Humidity menu options.
The general statistical information is presented for up to three separate groups - all samples, samples between start and end
markers, and samples in the visible graph window.

Statistics for all Samples
The statistical information is presented for all samples in the logger. This group is always presented in the statistics viewon screen and in the printed report, if the Show General Statistics option is checked.

Statistics for Samples Between Start and End Markers
If you have set start and end samples that are different from the first and last samples in the logger, the above
parameters are calculated again using only those samples between the start and end samples. The statisticalinformation is then presented for those samples. This group also is presented in the printed report, if the Show General
Statistics option is checked.
This is useful when you want to exclude a portion of the data record, e.g. the time when the logger was not in a controlledenvironment.

Statistics for Samples Visible in the Graph View
If you have the graph view of the logger samples displayed, and the displayed range is not the whole sample record, andthe displayed range is different to the range between the start and end markers, different the above parameters arecalculated again using only those samples that are visible on the graph view window. The statistical information is thenpresented for those samples. This group also is presented in the printed report, if the Show General Statistics option ischecked.

The averaging functions built into Temprecord exporting make it relatively easy to generate a report ofdaily temperature averages. See Exporting daily average temperatures for more information.

TTV (Total Temperature Value) Statistics
Temprecord can also calculate and display TTV (Total Temperature Value) statistics. To enable this facility, click on Options/
Statistics, and make sure Show TTV Statistics is checked. The TTV statistics are displayed after the statistics for all samples
and statistics for samples between the start and samples are displayed. The TTV statistics are calculated for one or more
periods starting from the start sample. The temperature limits, duration and number of TTV periods are set using thestatistics view options
For more information on the derivation and application of TTV statistics, see the topic Total Temperature Value. There arealso options that control whether the TTV statistical data is shown, printed or exported. See Graph View Options, Printing
Options, and Export Options for more details.

PHI Statistics
Temprecord can also calculate and display PHI (Process Hygiene Index) statistics. To enable this facility, click on Options/
Statistics, and make sure Show Growth Statistics is checked. The PHI statistics are displayed after the statistics for all
samples and statistics for samples between the start and samples are displayed. The PHI statistics are calculated between
the start and end samples only.

The PHI statistics are presented as a guide only. They do not represent any actual measured growthof organisms present in the monitored environment. The statistics calculated are based on
information and techniques developed by the Meat Research Institute of New Zealand.

For more information on the derivation and application of PHI statistics, see the topic Process Hygiene Index.

Mean Kinetic Temperature (MKT)
Mean Kinetic Temperature (MKT) is a way of expressing the overall effect of temperature fluctuations during storage or transitof perishable goods with a single temperature value, the Mean Kinetic Temperature.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

139

MKT is a calculated, single temperature that is better represents the effects of temperature variations over a period of timethen a simple averaging of the temperatures.
Temprecord calculates the MKT value for the samples between the start and end samples and displays the value on thegraph view and Statistics view.
For more information on MKT, see the topic Mean Kinetic Temperature.

Refrigeration Index (RI) Statistics
Temprecord can also calculate and display RI (Refrigeration Index) statistics. To enable this facility, click on Options/
Statistics, and make sure Show Refrigeration Index Statistics is checked. The RI statistics are displayed after the PHI
statistics. The RI statistics are calculated between the start and end samples only. Remember that if a file has just been
loaded the start sample is set to the first sample and the end sample to the last sample.
The RI value is calculated for each sample and is cumulative. If the temperature falls below 7.0 degrees C the RI value at thispoint is reported. The RI value is also reported at the end sample, regardless of whether the 7.0 degree C temperature wasreached.
The time interval taken for the temperature to fall to 7.0 degrees C is also reported.
The RI value displayed is a logarithmic value, and represents the base 10 log of the number of generation increases over thetime period.
If the Show Refrigeration Index Statistics option is checked the refrigeration index is also plotted on graph view. See
Refrigeration Index Graph View for more information.

The RI statistics are presented as a guide only. They do not represent any actual measured growth oforganisms present in the monitored environment. The statistics calculated are based on informationand techniques developed by Meat and Livestock Australia.

For more information on the derivation and application of RI statistics, see the topic Refrigeration Index.
The settings of the lower and upper limits affect how the statistical data is displayed. See the topic how the limits are used
when Temprecord displays data for more information.

You can also change the view mode from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the right-handmouse button.

See also:
Changing the view mode
Summary view
Values View
Graph view
Total Temperature Value
Mean Kinetic Temperature
Graph View Options
Statistics View Options
Printing Options
Export Options
Exporting daily average temperatures
Process Hygiene Index
Refrigeration Index

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

140

8.4.1

Temprecord Help

Total Temperature Value (TTV)In many applications the is a need to evaluate thermal performance - how well was a certain temperature band maintained
over time. In some applications the ideal ambient temperature changes over time. At any given time there is an optimum
temperature range for best results.
This optimum temperature profile - sometimes called the zone of thermal neutrality - can be modeled as a single or aseries of equal length time periods, where each period has a lower an upper temperature. An index can be calculated for that
period based on the distance the actual temperature strays outside the two limits. The total temperature value (TTV) for that
period is calculated as the sum of the number of degrees outside the limits for each temperature sample in the period.
Samples that are within the limits are not counted - only samples where the temperature is outside the limits are counted, andthe further outside the limits the sample is, the higher its contribution for the TTV value for that period. The TTV value is thus
a temperature-time integral of the deviation from the ideal range.
Temprecord allows you to specify up to 20 TTV periods of any duration, and then specify a lower and upper temperature limit
for each period. The TTV value is calculated separately for the lower and upper limits for each time period, and total TTV
results are also calculated.

If the number of samples corresponding to the TTV periods specified exceeds the number of samples
between the start sample and the last sample, the number of periods actually shown may be less than
the number specified. Also, this may mean that the number of samples used to calculate the TTV
value for the last shown TTV period is less than a full TTV period’s worth. In this case the TTV value
for the final period will have less relevance.

The units of the TTV values are degree-samples, because the method of calculation involves
summing the temperature deviation for each sample. This means that the displayed value depends on
both the sample rate and the selected units (degrees F or degrees C). When comparing TTV values
from different data records, the sample rate, selected units, and TTV period should be the same forboth files.

The TTV statistics are shown in the statistics view. The TTV statistics can also be printed and exported.

See also:
Changing the view mode
Statistics view
Statistics View Options
Printing Options
Export Options
Process Hygiene Index

8.4.2

Mean Kinetic Temperature (MKT)
Mean Kinetic Temperature (MKT) is a way of expressing the overall effect of temperature fluctuations during storage or transitof perishable goods with a single temperature value, the Mean Kinetic Temperature.
MKT is a calculated, single temperature that is better represents the effects of temperature variations over a period of timethan a simple averaging of the temperatures.
Temprecord calculates the MKT value for the samples between the start and end samples and displays the value on thegraph view and Statistics view.
Technically speaking, MKT is an expression of cumulative thermal stress experienced by a product at varying temperaturesduring storage and distribution. In other words, MKT is a calculated, single temperature that is analogous to the effects oftemperature variations over a period of time.
MKT is not a simple weighted average. The calculation of MKT gives the higher temperatures a greater weight when
computing the average than would a simple numerical average or an arithmetic mean. This weighting is determined by ageometric transformation--the natural logarithm of the absolute temperature.

8.4.3

Product Integrity Profile (PIP)
A frequent use of Temprecord data loggers is to monitor the temperature of a shipment with passive refrigeration, i.e where
cooling of the product is achieved by adding refrigerated ballast such as ice packs to the consignment. The temperature
profile thus starts off at a relatively higher temperature, falls to a minimum, then warms back to ambient. The goal is toensure the product cools quickly and remains in the safe storage temperature zone for the anticipated duration of the journey.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

141

Blood products tend to use this type of refrigeration where the container is made from expanded polystyrene foam.
If a Temprecord logger is included with the shipment, the Temprecord program provides the ability to quickly analyse atemperature record and determine key indicators via the Product Integrity Profile. The information is presented in the form ofannotations on the graph, and a report as part of the statistics. Both of these functions can be enabled with the Show ProductIntegrity Statistics option.

Definitions
PIP

Product Integrity Profile

Cool zone

the desired temperature range in which the
product should remain

Above cool zone orambient

temperatures above the cool zone, i.e. where
the product is too warm

Below cool zone

temperatures below the cool zone - i.e. where
the product is too cold

Time to cool

the time taken for the temperature to cool fromthe start until the upper limit of the cool zone

Time in cool zone

the time the product spent inside the coolzone. If the product cooled below the lower
limit, the time in the cool zone will be shown as
two sections: the time taken to cool from theupper temperature limit down to the lower
temperature limit (when the temperature enters
the blow cool zone), and the time taken towarm from the lower temperature limit up to
the upper temperature limit (when thetemperature enters the above cool zone orambient). The time when reported in thestatistics report is the sum of these values.

Time below cool zone

the time spend below the lower temperature of
the cool zone

Time warming

the time taken for the temperature to reach theend after exiting the cool zone

The Product Integrity Profile statistics are intended for situations where the temperature does not enterand leave the cool zone repeatedly. In an environment where the temperature was cycling due to theaction of a thermostat, and the temperature was repeatedly crossing the upper or lower limit, the PIP
statistics are less likely to be relevant and should be used with care.

The start sample sets the start position of the PIP analysis. The end sample sets the end position. For a logger or file thathas just been read the start and end samples are set to the first and last samples. This may be appropriate or you canchange them at any time, and the PIP statistics will be recalculated and displayed for the data between the new start and end
samples.
The upper temperature limit sets the upper boundary of the cool zone and the lower temperature limit the lower boundary. For
a logger or file that has just been read these limits are set to the limits the logger was programmed with. You can change thelimits at any time, and the PIP statistics will be recalculated and displayed for the new upper and lower limits.
In the example below, the upper and lower limits are set to 10C and 2.3C, and the start and end samples are set to the firstand last samples.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

142

Temprecord Help

To avoid small temperature variations near the limits causing confusing results, the average of the last
three temperature samples is used when determining if the temperature has progressed from one
zone to the next. For this reason, there can be a delay of several samples before the temperature
progresses to another zone.
You should bear this in mind when comparing the temperature limits with the reported times.

8.4.4

Process Hygiene Index
Introduction
The following text is based on a document supplied by The Meat Research Institute of New Zealand. It describes how toapply the PHI values calculated by Temprecord.

Microbes and meat
Meat at slaughter is sterile (Gill, 1979). Microbes that can cause food poisoning and/or spoilage begin their activities after
contaminating the exposed surfaces of meat. A typical organism often found associated with meat is Escherichia coli. This
organism is an important pathogen. It also has growth characteristics that are similar to other mesophilic pathogens (viz.
organisms that grow well in warm environments) such as the salmonellae. Measuring the ability for E. coli to grow on meat istherefore a useful indication of the potential for mesophilic pathogens to grow generally.

Bacterial growth
Bacteria grow and multiply on the meat surface at a rate determined by physiological capacity and the availability of water,
space and nutrients. Fresh meat provides a moist and nutritious environment for bacteria to grow on. This means thatbacterial growth will be effectively limited only by the cells physiology. Having said this, meat surface drying is sometimes
used to control growth. However, it is difficult to prove effective application of drying on a non-uniform product such as fresh
meat. Furthermore, the effect of drying is difficult to quantify. It should be assumed then, unless proven otherwise, that there
will always be areas on the surface of meat that can allow unrestricted growth of bacteria. Control is then best effected bymanipulating the physiological growth capacity of the organisms. This is best done using temperature.
Generally speaking, bacteria grow faster as the temperature rises. The faster they grow, the faster they can reach numbersthat can result in disease or spoilage. Thus, by minimizing initial bacterial numbers (using hygienic processing techniques),
cooling meat quickly, and maintaining low storage temperatures food safety and storage potential will be maximized. To haveconfidence in the product such techniques need to be ‘measured’. Initial bacterial numbers can be minimized by good

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

143

manufacturing practice and assessed by classical microbiological techniques. The ability for the bacteria to grow during
processing can be assessed by re-assaying meat at the process end. This is, however, a slow process and does not give an
indication as to how each processing step contributes to the overall microbial bio-load. An alternative method uses predictive
microbiology in the form of the Process Hygiene Index (PHI).

The Process Hygiene Index
PHI is a means of assessing the potential growth of a microbial indicator organism during a process. The PHI is a numericalvalue that is equivalent to the growth of a microbial indicator organism (E. coli) over a process temperature history collectedby an electronic data-logger. The higher the index value, the greater the potential for E. coli growth. For example, an index of
0 (zero) indicates no growth potential, 10 indicates a potential for 10 generations of growth (i.e. an E. coli cell has the potential
to reproduce 10 times).

The probe
A special probe is manufactured for use in PHI applications. The logger probe is tapered and composed of Teflon. This
allows easy insertion and retrieval from product (especially after freezing when other materials may stick). Teflon also is apoor conductor of heat so the probe tip, which contains the sensor, will allow a faithful measurement of the local temperature.

Positioning the probe
The probe is positioned to measure temperature at a site that reflects the process’s greatest ability to allow bacterial growth.
This means that the logger’s probe must be attached to the warmest meat surface site (where bacterial contamination occurs)
and the monitored meat must follow the process through its warmest path. Deep tissue temperature, whilst warmer than thesurface during the initial carcass cooling phase, is NOT used because deep tissue is sterile and bacterial growth does nottherefore need to be considered. If the warmest path is not known, or is variable, a number of samples (e.g. carcasses) aremonitored that are representative of the load. For a carcass the slowest cooling site is adjacent to the aitch-bone pocket(bovine) or within the cavity adjacent to the 5th and 6th lumbar vertebrae (ovine). After cold boning, the probe should beplaced on the surface of a small cut, which has the ability to re-heat at the fastest rate. After warm/hot boning a large cut isused because it will cool the slowest. After packaging (including offals) the probe is placed at the thermal centre of the load (e.
g. between two cuts at the centre of a box in the centre of the load). Further specifications can be tailored for your own
process or obtained from the appropriate regulatory literature.

Types of processes
Before calculating a process PHI an operator must decide what type of process they have monitored. This involves two
considerations. Firstly, is the process one or two-phase? Secondly, is the process aerobic, anaerobic, or a mixture of the two?

One-phase or Two-phase?
Processes such as carcass cooling and offal cooling are termed ‘single phase’ processes because they are composed of asingle cooling period containing no periods where product is handled requiring removal of the temperature logger. A
temperature history is collected simply by attachment of the probe to the slowest cooling site. For surface sites, the probe isinserted into a stainless steel disc which is then pinned to the meat surface using a non-heat conducting (i.e. Teflon®) staple.
The logger should be placed with the product as soon as possible. There may be regulatory requirements relating to yourprocess describing when and where probes are placed. For carcass cooling, the surface temperature should be above 25° Cat the beginning of the process and below 7° C at the end (which is the minimum temperature for E. coli growth). At the end of
the process the logger is interrogated and a PHI produced. Note that 2 models of disc are available - one for beef and one formutton.

Temprecord expresses PHI values both with and without lag. This lag refers to the period of time thatbacteria need to adjust to a new environment before they can start to grow. For use with fresh meat
processing DO NOT USE VALUES EXPRESSED AS ‘WITH LAG’. This is because bacteria that
contaminate meat are considered to have resolved their lag phase by the time process monitoring iscommenced.

When a single-phase process is followed by a second operation the overall process is termed ‘two-phase’. An example iswhere a carcass is cooled (first phase), boned and the packaged cuts chilled (second phase). During this operation thetemperature logger is used to measure the first phase as described for the single-phase operation. The logger is thenremoved for the boning operation and then placed with the packaged product to continue the monitoring process. There may
be a regulatory limit on the maximum length of time the logger can be absent from the product between the phases (e.g. one
hour for carcass/cuts assessment). The PHI value for a two-phase process can be calculated as follows:

Remember that you must have the Statistics option 'Show Growth Statistics' checked in order for
Temprecord to display PHI statistics.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

144

Temprecord Help

1. In Graph View, mark the start and end of the first phase of cooling. You can do this quickly by positioning the sample
cursor at the start of the first phase of cooling, and pressing F7. Then position the cursor at the end of the first phase ofcooling and press F8.
2. Switch to Statistics View. Temprecord will then show a value for the PHI for the first phase. The expressed PHI will
either be for aerobic growth (e.g. carcass cooling) or anaerobic growth (e.g. offal cooling- although this will be a onephase process only).
3. Repeat step 1. for the second phase of cooling.
4. Repeat step 2. for the second phase. The PHI will be either for anaerobic growth (e.g. warm-boned bulk packed meator vacuum packaged cuts) or aerobic growth (e.g. unwrapped cuts).
5. Manually calculate the potential for aerobic growth during the inter-phase period. This is done by firstly choosing the
maximum temperature occurring at either the end of the first phase or the start of the second phase and then calculating
the amount of potential aerobic growth for the inter-phase period using the following formula, used by the PHI softwarealgorithm and presented in the paper of Reichel et. al. (1991).
Y = (0.0513x - 0.17)2, when x is between 7 and 30°C
Y = (0.027x + 0.55)2, when x is between 30 and 40°C
Y = 2.66, when x is between 40 and 47°C and
Y = 0 when x is <7°C or >47°C

Example:If the first phase ends at 7° C and the second phase starts 0.75 hr later at 12° C, you need to calculate 0.75 hours aerobic
growth at 12° C.
((0.0513 x 12) -0.17)2 = 0.2 generations potential growth per hour.
The inter-phase PHI is therefore 0.75 x 0.2 = 0.15
6. The three PHI values (first phase, second phase and inter-phase) are then added together to give a process PHI.
7. For two-phase processes that contain an aerobic first phase followed by an anaerobic second phase, results that are
marginally (e.g. within 0.2 generation) above specified upper limits for the process, can be recalculated taking into
consideration the short aerobic-to-anaerobic lag period during which cells cease to grow while converting their
metabolisms to anaerobic respiration. This method is described in Reichel et al. It is a tedious process to accomplish
manually and may not significantly influence your result - however it is an option for those operators who want to keep
their results faithful with those generated by MIRINZ AP1 software (presently incompatible with Temprecord loggers). A
future release of Temprecord will produce a PHI value for a two-phase process and will calculate the lag automatically.

Uses for PHI
In addition to establishing if a process allows a potential for E. coli proliferation that is within certain guidelines the PHItechnique can be used for:· comparing processes (e.g. chiller runs).
· assessing the effect of process modifications on allowing microbial growth.
· HACCP (Hazards Analysis Critical Control Points) applications.

Inappropriate applications of PHIPHI is not a method to calculate actual bacterial growth on product. A PHI value reflects the maximum potential for a process
to allow the growth of E. coli and similar organisms. There may be reasons why actual E. coli growth is lower. For example,
some product may have a pH unfavorable for maximum growth, some product may dry sufficiently to retard growth, whileother product within the process may not be contaminated with E. coli.

Further Notes (provided by MIRINZ - the Meat Industry Research Institute of New Zealand)
Growth of micro organisms is measured in the number of times they multiply. If they stop multiplying, then they are
considered to have stopped growing. If the part of the product where any E.coli are located is below 7degC they will stop
growing/multiplying. A PHI of 3.5 doesn't mean 3.5 Log per hour; it means 3.5 generations/hour. A generation is a doubling, a
Log is a factor of ten. So starting with one cell, a generation of growth will give us 2 cells, whereas a Log growth will give us 10
cells.
The PHI only tells you the number of generations of growth that would occur if the product is at that temperature for one hour.
If the temp is changing with time then you have to work out the number of generations of growth in separate time steps. For
example, the first hour is 37degC so the PHI might be 6 generations / hr for that hour, the second hour at 35degC so the PHI= 4.8 generations / hr for that hour. If we add the two hours of growth together we get 10.8 generations (these PHI figures are
just made up).
We can extend this to minutes too: If at 37degC for 1 minute gives PHI of 6 generations / hr then must be (6/60) = 0.1

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

145

generations / minute, then at 35degC for 1 minute gives PHI of 4.8 generations / hr then must be (4.8/60) = 0.08 generations /minute. Hence in the two minutes we have 0.18 generations of growth.
To convert generations to a straight multiplication factor, just multiply by 2 to the power of the number of generations.
For example, 10 generations = 2 to the power of 10 = 1024. So the number of micro organisms has increased by a factor of1024. You can see that this is about the same as 3 Logs, 10 to the power of 3 = 1000.

The Future
MIRINZ and Temprecord International Ltd. are continuing to develop and improve software and hardware for extending thescope of the PHI. In addition to pursuing this application of predictive microbiology for food safety, they are also working on asimilar application for predicting the growth of spoilage organisms. This will allow processors to monitor and optimize storage
processes to minimize the growth of spoilage organisms and thus maximize the storage life of chilled product.

References/Further reading· Gill CO, Intrinsic bacteria in meat. Journal of Applied Bacteriology 47, 367-78, 1979.
· Gill CO, Harrison JCL, Phillips DM. Use of a temperature function integration technique to assess the hygienic
adequacy of a beef carcass cooling process. Food Microbiology 8, 83 - 94, 1991.
· Jones RJ. The establishment of provisional quality assurance guidelines for assessing the hygienic adequacy of thelamb carcass cooling process. New Zealand Veterinary Journal 41, 105-10, 1993.
· Jones RJ. Establishment of Provisional Quality Assurance Guidelines for Assessing the Hygienic Adequacy of Beef
Side Cooling Regimes. Meat Science, 43, 345-349, 1996.
· Jones RJ, Phillips DM. A HACCP-based Process Control Plan using Predictive Microbiology. Proceedings of theInternational Symposium of the Institute of Refrigeration, Quimper, France, 1997 (in press).
· Reichel MP, Phillips DM, Jones RJ, Gill CO. Assessment of the Hygienic Adequacy of a Commercial Hot Boning
Process for Beef by a Temperature Function Integration Technique. Intl. J. Food Micro., 14, (1991), 27-42.

8.4.5

Refrigeration Index
Introduction
Temprecord can calculate and display Refrigeration Index values. The Refrigeration Index is calculated from the start sample
to the end sample, or over the whole sample record if these have not been set. See Refrigeration Index Graph View for
details.
The following text is based on a document supplied by Meat Livestock Australia. It describes how to apply the RI values
calculated by Temprecord.

Lag phase
A lag phase may occur when a bacterium moves from one environment to another, especially if it has to adjust to a newenvironment. The hot boning work described above demonstrated a good correlation when 5 generations of lag wereintroduced to the equation. 5 generations of growth (1.5 log10) can be subtracted from the calculated refrigeration index insituations where a lag may occur.
The question ‘the starting temperature is hot’ determines whether a lag is applied. If the meat is hot or warm, then it isassumed that E. coli has recently been introduced to the meat surface and a 5 generation lag is allowed. If the meat is cold,then it is assumed that E. coli may already be present on the meat, has adjusted to the environment and is ready to grow assoon as the temperature rises.
The lag phase can be programmed from the RI options.

Temperature
Temperature is the only parameter that can be entered by the user. Temprecord uses the temperature samples from the Start
Sample and calculates the RI value cumulatively from then on until the end sample is reached. If the temperature record
cools to below 7C the RI value at this point is recorded also.

The Predictive Model
The predictive model used in this calculator was developed by Dr Tom Ross and colleagues at the University of Tasmania.
The model has been published (Ref. 1 below).
An evaluation of the model against data in the literature has also been published (Ref. 2 below).
The use of these models in hot boning applications and validation data has been described in an MLA publication that
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

146

Temprecord Help

accompanies the Hot Boning Index Calculator CD ROM (Ref 3 below).

Remember that you must have the Statistics option 'Show Refrigeration Index Statistics' checked inorder for Temprecord to display RI statistics

References/Further reading
1. Ross, T., Ratkowsky, D. A., Mellefont, L. A. and T.A. McMeekin, T. A. (2003)
Modelling the effects of temperature, water activity, pH and lactic acidconcentration on the growth rate of Escherichia coli. Int.J.Food Microbiol. 82: 33-44.
2. Mellefont, L.A., McMeekin, T.A. and Ross, T. (2003) Performance evaluation of a model describing the effects oftemperature, water activity, pH and lactic acid concentration on the growth of Escherichia coli. Int.J.Food Microbiol. 82:
45-58.
3. Meat & Livestock Australia (2004) Validation of the chilling of hot boned manufacturing meat and primals. PRMS.020

8.4.6

Rate of Cooling
Rate of cooling statistics are a measure of the rate at which an environment or product cools after reaching a peak value.
Temprecord always calculates these statistics between the start (F7) and end (F8) marker samples, in the following way:
· The temperature record between the start and end samples is scanned for the maximum value.
· The interval between the maximum sample and the Zone 1 End temperature is called ‘Zone 1’ and is treated as thefirst rate of cooling interval.
· The interval between the point at which the Zone 1 End temperature is reached, and the point at which the Zone 2 End
temperature is reached is called ‘Zone 2’ and is treated as the second rate of cooling interval, and so on.
· The statistics (duration, rate of cooling in degrees per hour) are calculated for each interval.
· The statistics for these intervals are calculated until the end of the measurement period, which is until the number ofzones specified has been reached, until 5 zones have been done, or until the end (F8) sample is reached.

Temprecord also prints and displays two total durations after the rate of cooling values. The first total
is the time taken from the maximum temperature till the end of the measurement period. The second
total is the time taken from the end of zone 1 (i.e. from flag 2) until the end of the measurement period- i.e. it does not include zone 1

8.5

Values View
The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes. These are summary view,
statistics view, values view, and graph view. The values view displays the temperatures as a list of values in degrees C or
degrees F, depending on the setting of the Units option. You need to read the logged temperature data to see the values viewof the logger. Using the File/Query Logger function only reads the summary data.
The settings of the lower and upper limits affect how the values are displayed. See the topic how the limits are used when
Temprecord displays data for more information.
In values view mode, temperatures that are above the upper limit or below the lower limit can be displayed in a different color.
You can change these colors with the values view options. By default, these colors are set to red and blue respectively.
If you have Total Temperature Value (TTV) statistics enabled, then these limits determine the color used to display the TTV
values, rather than the lower and upper limits.
You can select the values view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on 'Values'.
If Humidity was logged instead, the values shown are for the humidity samples If both Humidity and Temperature were
logged, you can show the values for either or both. You can select between them by using the View/Temperature, View/
Humidity, and View/Temperature and Humidity menu options.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

147

You can also change the view mode from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the righthand mouse button.

See also:
Changing the view mode
Summary view
Statistics view
Graph view

8.6

Units
Changes the display units from degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit, or vice-versa.

You can quickly swap between degrees C and F with the Ctrl-U key. You can also set the units fromthe Options/General tab.

Don't confuse the display units with the Mon-T Logger Units. The Mon-T Logger Units determine
what units are used when programming the Mon-T - specific parameters (Minimum Temperature,
and Resolution). The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord
programWhen a Mon-T logger is read, the display units are set to the Mon-T programmed logger units. I.e. if
you program a logger in Fahrenheit units and read the logger with Temprecord set to display
temperatures in Celsius, the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger's
temperature data.

8.7

Graph View
The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes. These aresummary view, statistics view, values view, and graph view. The graph view displays the temperatures as agraph of temperature (in degrees C or degrees F, depending on the setting of the Units option) against time .
You need to read the logged temperature data to see the graph view of the logger. Using the File/Query Logger
function only reads the summary data.
When you read the data from a logger, the view mode of the data window is switched to graph view.
In graph view mode, the upper limit is shown as a dotted red line, and the lower limit as a dotted blue line, though you canchange the colors used if desired. See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more
information.
A vertical solid red line indicates the position of the sample cursor. You can move the sample cursor with the left and rightarrow keys, or by clicking on the graph. See the sample cursor topic for more information.
You can select the graph view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on Graph.
If Humidity was logged instead, the trace shown will be for the humidity samples If both Humidity and Temperature were
logged, you can show the trace for either or both. You can select between them by using the View/Temperature, View/
Humidity, and View/Temperature and Humidity menu options. See Setting the Display Mode for more information.
If the Show Refrigeration Index option is enabled, the graph is overlaid with the Refrigeration Index values calculated over therange of sampled specified by the start and end samples.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

148

Temprecord Help

You can also change the view mode from the pop-up menu that displays when you press the righthand mouse button.

Temprecord provides a powerful set of zooming functions for displaying and printing your temperature
data as a graph. See the topic Zoom Functions for more information

Need replacing
Temprecord displays key points on the graph with flags:
start sample (set by F7)
end sample (set by F8)
minimum temperature (F4)maximum temperature (F5)user marker position
start of rate of cooling zone 1
start of rate of cooling zone 2
start of rate of cooling zone 3
start of rate of cooling zone 4
start of rate of cooling zone 5
end of rate of cooling zones

See also:
Changing the view mode
Summary view
Statistics view
Values view
Zoom Functions
Using the Zoom Presets
Rate of Cooling

8.7.1

The Sample Cursor
The sample cursor is a vertical red line on the graph that you can position with the mouse, or any of the Go To
functions. At all times, the time and temperature at the sample cursor are displayed at the top of the
Temprecord data window.

The position of the sample cursor is also important when the zoom functions are used. See the topic
Zoom Functions for more information.

The following operations affect the sample cursor:· The left and right arrow keys. These move the cursor horizontally by one sample. If the sample cursor reaches theedge of the window, the window will scroll horizontally. Note that at lower horizontal zoom factors, more than one
sample can be represented by a display pixel. In this case, the arrow keys will change the sample under the cursor,
but the cursor may not necessarily move on the display.
· Clicking on the graph. If the graph view window is clicked, the cursor sample is set to the closest sample to thesample cursor. If the mouse button is held down, the sample cursor is ‘dragged’ along with the mouse cursor.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

149

· The Find Trace function. This function does not actually move the sample cursor from the sample it is currently on,
but instead shifts the trace vertically so that you are guaranteed of seeing the trace. It is useful when you have ‘lost’
the trace at higher zoom factors.
· The Go to First, Go to Last Sample functions. These move the sample cursor to the first and last sample respectivelyof the logged temperatures. Note that if loop overwrite was enabled when the logger was recording, the first sample inthe sample record will not necessarily be the first one taken by the logger.

You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key, and to the last sample with the End
key· The Go to Start, Go to End functions. These move the sample cursor to the start sample and end sample respectivelyof the logged temperatures.
The start sample and end sample are set to the first and last sample when a logger or file is read, but you can alterthem to select a particular range of samples. See Using the start and end markers for more information.

The start sample is marked on the graph with thegraph with theflag symbol. The end sample is marked on theflag symbol.

· The Go to Next, Go to Previous Marker functions. These move the sample cursor to the next user marker in therecord, or the previous user marker in the record, using the sample at the cursor as the starting point. If there are no
more markers from that point on, the cursor does not change. User marker are those inserted into the sample recordby pressing the button on the logger. The allow markers parameter must be checked before markers can be inserted
into the sample record.

You can quickly move to the next marker by pressing the Ctrl-N key (hold the Ctrl key down andpress the ‘N’ key. You can also move quickly to the previous marker with the Ctrl-P key.

The markers are shown on the graph with theflag symbol.

· The Go to Min, Go to Max Sample functions. These move the cursor to the minimum value sample and maximum
value sample respectively of the logged temperature and/or humidity values.
The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when both temperature and humidity traces are displayed. If the
cursor is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample, then the Go to Min.function moves
the cursor to minimum temperature sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go
To Min function moves it to the minimum humidity sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample
then the Go To Min function moves it to the minimum temperature sample. Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go To
Max function.

The maximum and minimum are only calculated between the start and end samples. When a file orlogger is first read, the start and end sample are set to the first and last sample respectively, so theminimum and maximum displayed are for the whole sample record. If the start and/or end samples
are altered however, the maximum and minimum are recalculated. See Using the start and end
markers for more information.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

150

Temprecord Help

The maximum and minimum are only calculated over the samples stored in the logger at the time thelogger was read or saved to a file. If loop overwrite is enabled, there may well be samples that havesince been overwritten that would have been below the minimum or above the maximum

You can move quickly to the minimum sample by pressing the F4 key, and to the maximum sample bypressing the F5 key.

The maximum sample is marked on the graph with themarked on the graph with the

8.7.2

flag symbol. The minimum sample isflag symbol

Setting the date and time format on graph view
When displaying the date on the horizontal axis of graph view, Temprecord uses the short date settings from the computer's
regional settings.

If your computer is running Windows 7 you may experience some problems getting the date to display
in the desired format. This is because Windows 7 does not correctly update this format in the regionalsettings under some circumstances.
If you find that the date format displayed in graph view does not match your regional settings, thefollowing procedure should remedy the situation:· Open your computer's Regional Settings by clicking on Start/Settings/Control Panel/
Regional and Language Options· On the first tab, make sure that the drop-down shows your country/language (e.g. "English(United States)").
· Click on the Customize button· Select the Date tab· Enter your desired date format for the graph view into the Short Date Format field.
· Click on OK· Click on Apply· (This step is required for Windows 7 users only). Select a different country/language to yourlocale (e.g. German (Germany)).
· (This step is required for Windows 7 users only). Click on Apply· (This step is required for Windows 7 users only). Select your correct country again.
· Click on OK· Start Temprecord. The date should be shown in the correct format for your locale.

When displaying the time on the horizontal axis of graph view, Temprecord uses the time format settings from the computer's
regional settings, but will only display the seconds part of a time if they are significant.

8.7.3

Changing the view mode
The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes. These are summary view,
statistics view, values view, and graph view.
You can change the view mode of a window by:· opening the view menu and clicking on the view mode you want to select.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

151

· opening the pop-up menu by clicking the right mouse button and clicking on the view mode you want to select.
· Using the File/Query Logger function. This always opens a data window and selects the summary view mode.
· Using the File/Read Logger function. This always opens a data window, reads the Temprecord logged data, andselects the graph view mode.

8.7.4

How the limits are used when Temprecord displays data
The appearance of the values view, statistics view, and graph view is affected by the display upper andlower limits:

These controls are visible whenever the graph, statistics, or values view tabs are displayed.
When using the lower and upper limit temperature and/or humidity values you need to bear in mind the following:· The display upper and lower limits for a data window that has data freshly read from the logger are always the sameas the logger's programmed lower and upper limits.
· If you adjust the lower and/or upper limits in a Temprecord data window the data in that window is altered to reflect the
new limit value. If the statistics view tab is displayed, any statistics item that is dependent on a limit (e.g. time above
upper limit) will change to reflect the new value for the limit.
· When you alter the lower and/or upper limits in a Temprecord data window, that change is 'local' to that window. The
limits programmed into the logger are not changed, and the limits as set in the default options are not changed. The
limits used to display the data in other Temprecord data windows are not changed, so It is quite possible then to havea file opened in two different Temprecord data windows and to have data from that file displayed in each, but with two
different sets of lower and upper limits, and these limits can be adjusted independently.

The datafiles saved from the Temprecord program "remember" the programmed limits of the logger
as well as the settings of the display limits. These values are not necessarily the same. When data isread from a logger the display limits are set from the programmed limits for the logger, but when dataread from a logger is saved to a .TRX file the logger upper and lower limits, and the display upper andlower limits, are both saved in the datafile separately. When data is read back from a .TRX file into theTemprecord program, the display limits are set to whatever they were set to when the file was saved.
So the potential exists for the display limits (and therefore the statistical information that depends onthe display limits) to be different to the logger's programmed limits.

The appearance of the display limits controls alter according to whether they are set to the same value
as the corresponding limit in the logger. For example, when the logger temperature lower and upper
limits are the same as the logger's programmed limits, the controls appear as:

When a display limit is not the same as the logger's programmed limits, that control appears with pinkbackground and red digits, i.e:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

152

8.7.5

Temprecord Help

Viewing Temperature, Humidity, or BothIf the logger or file contains both temperature and humidity data, you can choose to display either temperature, humidity, orboth in the statistics view, values view, or graph view modes. This is called the display mode.
To set the display mode, use the View/Temperature, View/Humidity, or View/Temperature and Humidity menufunctions. Alternatively, you can right-click in the window and select these functions from the pop-up menu.

You can't select a display mode that doesn't apply to the currently loaded logger data. For example, if
the logger data is from a logger which was configured to log only humidity, the menu entries for
Temperature and Temperature and Humidity will be disabled.

When humidity values are displayed on the graph, the Y axis in use for temperature is also used forhumidity. This means that a humidity value of 50%RH is shown at the same vertical position on thegraph as a temperature value of 50°C if the display units are set to Celsius, and is shown at the samevertical position on the graph as a temperature value of 50°F if the display units are set to Fahrenheit.
This means that the vertical position of the humidity trace will change according to the setting of thedisplay units.

The display mode setting also determines the following aspects of Temprecord display and reporting:If a logger contains humidity data (i.e. the logger was recording humidity, or temperature plus
humidity), the humidity trace, humidity values and humidity statistics will only display and print if thedisplay mode is Humidity or Temperature and Humidity.
If a humidity logger contains both temperature and humidity data (i.e. the logger was recording
temperature plus humidity), the temperature trace, temperature values, temperature statistics, andalso the derived temperature statistics such as TTV (Total Temperature Value), PHI (Process
Hygiene Index), Rate of Cooling, Product Cooling Alert, Refrigeration Index, MKT (Mean Kinetic Index), and Product Integrity Profile will only display and print if the display mode is Temperature or
Temperature and Humidity..

8.7.6

Displaying the same file in 2 or more windows
It is sometimes useful to see the data from a file displayed as both a graph, and as a list of values, or to see the statistical
data along with the graph. You can switch from one view mode to another within a window, but this does not allow you to see
the two display modes at the same time.
To see a data file displayed twice, you simply open the same file again. You then have two windows with the same data fileloaded and you can change the view mode of either of them to whichever view mode you require. There is no limit to thenumber of data files you can have open (other than the amount of memory your computer has available).

When Temprecord opens another data window, it will normally be opened over the top of any existing
windows. To have Temprecord arrange the windows so that they do not overlap, use the View/Tile
Vertically or View/Tile Horizontallyfunctions. To have Temprecord arrange all of the open windows asa cascade of overlapping windows, use the View/Cascade function.

See also:
Tile Vertically

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

153

Tile Horizontally
CascadeZoom Functions
Using the Zoom Presets
Displaying data read from a logger in 2 or more windows

8.7.7

Displaying data read from a logger in 2 or more windows
It is sometimes useful to see the data read from a logger displayed as both a graph, and as a list of values, or to see thestatistical data along with the graph. You can switch from one view mode to another within a window, but this does not allow
you to see the two display modes at the same time.
To see the data read from a logger displayed in two different windows, you need to save the data from one of them first as afile. This is because Temprecord will only ever allow one window to be opened containing data from a logger.
These are the steps involved in displaying the data from 2 or more different loggers:· Use the File/Read Logger function to read the first logger. Temprecord will open a window (if there is not already awindow open with data read from a logger - if there is, this one will be used) and display the temperature data as agraph.
· Use the File/Save function to save the logger data to a disk file. You can use the filename provided by Temprecord(which will be derived from the serial number of the logger), or you can type in a new file name of your choice.
·

Use the File/Read Logger function to read the data from the second logger. This will open another window anddisplay the data from that logger in graph view.

These are the steps involved in displaying the data from the same logger in 2 windows:· Use the File/Read Logger function to read the first logger. Temprecord will open a window (if there is not already awindow open with data read from a logger - if there is, this one will be used) and display the temperature data as agraph.
· Use the File/Save function to save the logger data to a disk file. You can use the filename provided by Temprecord(which will be derived from the serial number of the logger), or you can type in a new file name of your choice.
· Use the File/Open function to read the file again This will open another window and display the data from that logger
in graph view.

When Temprecord opens another data window, it will normally be opened over the top of any existing
windows. To have Temprecord arrange the windows so that they do not overlap, use the View/Tile
Vertically or View/Tile Horizontallyfunctions. To have Temprecord arrange all of the open windows asa cascade or overlapping windows, use the View/Cascade function.

See also:
Tile Vertically
Tile Horizontally
CascadeZoom Functions
Using the Zoom Presets
Displaying the same file in 2 or more windows

8.7.8

Go to Functions
Temprecord provides a comprehensive array of functions for moving quickly to important points on the graph. You canaccess these functions from the view menu or from the pop-up menu that displays when you click the right-mouse button.
· Go to Any Sample· Go to First, Go to Last Sample· Go to Start, Go to End· Go to Next, Go to Previous Marker· Go to Min, Go to Max Sample· Using the Start and End Markers· Using the Min and Max Markers

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

154

Temprecord Help

· Using the User Markers

See also:
Moving about the graph8.7.8.1

Find Trace
Use the View/Go To/Find Trace function to shift the vertical axis of the graph view so that the trace is near the middle ofthe data window. This function is useful when you have ‘lost’ the trace at higher zoom factors. The horizontal position,
sample cursor position and zoom factor are not changed.

8.7.8.2

Go to Sample
Use the View/Go To/Sample to position the sample cursor at a sample specified by number. When you use this function
focus is transferred to the Goto Sample toolbar. If this toolbar is not visible it is made visible and appears "floating" over the
top of the Temprecord main window. You can enter a sample number in this dialog and press Enter. Temprecord numbers
samples starting from 1. If you enter a sample number less than 1 or greater than the number of samples the cursor ispositioned at the first or last sample respectively.
After you have finished with it, the Goto sample toolbar can be closed, moved out of the way, or "docked" on any of the 4sides of the Temprecord main window.

You can also quickly open the Go To Sample dialog with the ^G key (Hold the Ctrl key down andpress the G key).

The View/Go To Sample function also works in values view mode, where it positions the sample atthe top of the window to be sample of interest.

You can leave the View/Go To Sample dialog open while you work and still access the menus andopen and close files etc. The Go To Sample function always operates on the window that last had
focus.

8.7.8.3

Go to First, Go to Last Sample
Use the View/Go To/First Sample and View/Go To/Last Sample to position the sample cursor at the first sample and last
sample in the sample record.

Don’t confuse the first and last samples with the start and end samples. The first and last samples
always refer to the first sample in the record and the last sample in the record respectively. The startand end samples refer to the position of the start and end markers, which are used in the calculation of
statistical information.

You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key, and to the last sample with the End
key

The View/Go To/First Sample and View/Go To/Last Sample functions also work in values view mode,
where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the first or last sample.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

8.7.8.4

155

Go to Start, Go to End
Use the View/Go To/Start Sample and View/Go To/End Sample to position the sample cursor at the start marker sample andend marker sample in the sample record.

Don’t confuse the first and last samples with the start end samples. The first and last samples always
refer to the first sample in the record and the last sample in the record respectively. The start and end
samples refer to the position of the start and end markers, which are used in the calculation of
statistical information.

You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key, and to the last sample with the End
key

The start sample is marked on the graph with thegraph with theflag symbol. The end sample is marked on theflag symbol.

You can set the current sample under the cursor as the start sample with the F7 key, and as the end
sample with the F8 key.

The View/Go To/Start Sample and View/Go To/End Sample functions also work in values view mode,
where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the start or end sample.

8.7.8.5

Go to Next, Go to Previous Marker
Use the View/Go To/Next Marker and View/Go To/Previous Marker to position the sample cursor at the next user marker or
the previous user marker with reference to the current sample cursor position.

You can also move quickly to the next user marker with the Ctrl-N key, and the previous sample with
the Ctrl-P key

The user markers are shown on the graph with theflag symbol.

The View/Go To/Next Marker and View/Go To/Previous Marker functions also work in values viewmode, where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the next or previous sample witha user marker.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

156

8.7.8.6

Temprecord Help

Go to Min, Go to Max Sample
Use the View/Go To/Minimum and View/Go To/Maximum functions to position the sample cursor at the maximum or minimum
temperature between the start and end markers.
The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when both temperature and humidity traces are displayed. If the cursor
is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample, then the Go to Min function moves the cursor tominimum temperature sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go to Min function
moves it to the minimum humidity sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample then the Go to Min
function moves it to the minimum temperature sample. Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go to Max function.

The minimum and maximum functions only pertain to the samples between the start and end markers.
Be sure to set the start marker position to the first sample and the end marker position to the last
sample if you want to see statistical data for the whole temperature record

You can move quickly to the minimum sample by pressing the F4 key, and to the maximum sample bypressing the F5 key.

You can also move directly to the minimum sample by clicking on this speed buttonon thetoolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that
displays when you press the right-hand mouse button.

You can also move directly to the maximum sample by clicking on this speed buttonon thetoolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window, or from the pop-up menu that
displays when you press the right-hand mouse button.

The maximum sample is marked on the graph with themarked on the graph with theflag symbol. The minimum sample isflag symbol

The View/Go To/Minimum and View/Go To/Maximum functions also work in values view mode, where
they position the sample at the top of the window to be the minimum or maximum valued sample.

8.7.9

Select all samples
The Select all samples function sets the start and end markers to the beginning and end of the logged samples. Use thisfunction if you want to copy all the samples to the clipboard when the Copy function is used.
You can select all the samples by:· Clicking on Select All speed button on the graph toolbar.
· Pressing the Ctrl-A key when in graph view.
· Right-clicking while in graph view and selecting Select All from the menu.

See also:
Copy to clipboard

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

157

Copy to Excel

8.7.10 Copy to Clipboard
When you are in Graph view, you can use the Copy function to place sample values into the clipboard. From the clipboard
the sample values can be transferred to other Windows applications such as word processors and spreadsheets.

The explanation below is for copying a range of samples to the Windows clipboard. This is of general
use when importing sample data into other applications. For the specific task of importing samples
into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, it is recommended you use the Copy to Excel function. This
creates a .XLS file directly and is much more convenient.

As an example, to copy a range of samples to a table in a Microsoft Word document, follow the steps below:· In Graph view, select the start sample on the trace of the range you wish to transfer. Click on the sample, and thenpress the F7 key.
· Now select the end sample of the range. Click on the sample, and press the F8 key. The range of samples selected
is shown on the graph in a different colored background.
· Open the Graph right-click menu by clicking the right-hand button on your mouse.

· Select Copy from the menu.
· Open the Microsoft Word document that contains the table you wish to copy the samples to.
· Select the column in the table where you want to paste the data (the entire column should show as black when it isselected)

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

158

Temprecord Help

· Right-click on the mouse and select Paste from the right-click menu.

The data will be pasted into the table.

· If you are displaying humidity data the humidity values will be copied instead. If both humidity
and temperature are displayed you will get two columns of values in the clipboard.
· You can also enable the include date in copy to clipboard option and the date and time will be

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

159

copied as well.
· You can also use the Ctrl-C key or the Copy to clipboard speed buttonsame result

to achieve the· You don't need to close Temprecord after you copy the samples to the clipboard and before
you open Word. If you do close Temprecord, the samples you copied to the clipboard will still
be available on the clipboard to copy into other applications until they are replaced by anothercopy operation.

holding the shift key down and selecting Copy from the right-click menu will copy the mean
temperature (and/or humidity) between the start and end samples to the clipboard.

See also:
Select all samples
Copy to Excel
Copy to Clipboard Options

8.7.11 Copy to Excel
When you are in Graph view, you can use the Copy to Excel function to create a new Excel spreadsheet and place theselected sample values (samples between the start and end samples) into the spreadsheet. There are options that allow youto:· include or exclude the date column.
· prompt for the filename of the XLS file, or default to using a file with thee same name as the .TRX file, but with anextension of .XLS
· prompt before overwriting an existing XLS file of the same name.
· open the XLS file with Microsoft Excel after it is created (requires Excel to be installed on the computer).

The explanation below is for copying a range of samples directly to Excel. To copy a range of times/
samples to other applications, such as Microsoft Word, see the Copy to clipboard function.

To copy a range of samples to Excel, follow the steps below:· In Graph view, select the start sample on the trace of the range you wish to transfer. Click on the sample, and thenpress the F7 key.
· Now select the end sample of the range. Click on the sample, and press the F8 key. The range of samples selected isshown on the graph in a different colored background.
· If you want to copy all the samples into the spreadsheet, type Ctrl-A to select all the samples.
· Open the Graph right-click menu by clicking the right-hand button on your mouse.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

160

Temprecord Help

· Select Copy to Excel from the menu.
The data will be pasted into the spreadsheet as one to three columns:
1. The date and time of the sample. This column can be suppressed if required.
2. The temperature of the sample (in the selected display units) if temperature was logged.
3. The humidity of the sample, if humidity was logged.
The temperatures will be copied in the current display units (C or F).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

You can also use the Ctrl-E key or the Copy to Excel speed button
result161

to achieve the same

When Temprecord copies your data to an Excel spreadsheet, it makes choices for you as to how thedata should be displayed. You can alter these formatting choices on your spreadsheet if you wish but
there should be no need to do so.
· When a temperature or humidity value is copied to the spreadsheet, the display format is set to
2 decimal places. Temprecord uses a format specifier of "0.00" for these cells.
· When a date is copied to the spreadsheet, the display format is set to show the date according
to the users local regional settings short date format, and the time as a fixed setting.
Temprecord uses a format specifier of "<users short date format> hh:mm:ss AM/PM"
for these cells.
· When a duration is copied to the spreadsheet, the display format is set to show the duration inhours, minutes and seconds, with the number of hours increasing past the value of 24 asnecessary. For example:
a duration of 4 hours will display as 4:00:00
a duration of 1 day will display as 24:00:00
a duration of 1 week will display as 168:00:00
Temprecord uses a format specifier of "[h]:mm:ss;@" for these cells.
· Any other field copied to the spreadsheet that is not one of the above formats is generally astring (a collection of characters) and the display format is set to "general".
Note that dates and durations are represented within Excel as numbers, being the number of days fordurations, and the number of days since 31 December 1899 for dates. Although these dates anddurations are displayed in non-numeric formats, you can still reference the cell as a value if you wish
and use dates and durations in calculations.

See also:
Select all samples
Copy to Clipboard
Copy to Excel Options

8.7.12 Set as Start, End Markers
Use the Set as Start and Set as End functions to define the region over which Temprecord will calculate statistics.

A quick way of defining a region on the graph with the mouse is:· Click on the graph where you want the start sample to be.
· With the Shift key held down click on the graph where you would like the end sample to be.

See also:
Using the start and end markers

8.7.12.1 Using the Start and End Markers
The start and end markers are provided as a convenient way of defining an area of interest of the graph. The information
presented in statistics view mode normally pertains to the sample record as a whole, but if the start sample marker is notplaced at the first sample, or the end sample marker is not placed at the last sample, the same statistics are also presented
for the samples defined between the start and end samples.
The start sample is marked on the graph with theflag symbol. The end sample is marked on the graph with theflag
symbol. You can set any sample to be the start sample by positioning the graph sample cursor at that sample, and using theView/Set as Start Sample, function or by pressing F7. You can set any sample to be the end sample by positioning the graphsample cursor at that sample, and using the View/Set as End Sample, function or by pressing F8.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

162

Temprecord Help

The start and end samples can also be used to quickly determine the daily average temperatures of asample record.

A quick way of defining a region on the graph with the mouse is:· Click on the graph where you want the start sample to be.
· With the Shift key held down click on the graph where you would like the end sample to be.

8.7.12.2 Set as Start Sample
Use the View/Set as Start Sample function to make the start sample the same as the current sample cursor sample.
The start sample is used in conjunction with the end sample to define an area of the sample record to be used for calculationof statistical data such as the mean, maximum and minimum.

You can also set the start sample to the current sample cursor position with the F7 key.

A quick way of defining a region on the graph with the mouse is:· Click on the graph where you want the start sample to be.
· With the Shift key held down click on the graph where you would like the end sample to be.

The start sample is marked on the graph with theflag symbol.

See also:
Using the start and end markers
Set all windows start and end samples from this one

8.7.12.3 Set as End Sample
Use the View/Set as End Sample function to make the end sample the same as the current sample cursor sample.
The end sample is used in conjunction with the start sample to define an area of the sample record to be used for calculationof statistical data such as the mean, maximum and minimum.

You can also set the end sample to the current sample cursor position with the F8 key.

A quick way of defining a region on the graph with the mouse is:· Click on the graph where you want the start sample to be.
· With the Shift key held down click on the graph where you would like the end sample to be.

The end sample is marked on the graph with the

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

flag symbol

View Menu

163.

See also:
Using the start and end markers

8.7.12.4 Using the Min and Max Markers
The minimum and maximum markers displayed on the graph indicate the extremes of the temperature between the start andend samples If you have just read a logger or file, the start and end markers are set to the first and last samples, so theminimum and maximum pertain to the whole sample record. If you move the start or end markers, the minimum andmaximum positions will be recalculated and displayed.
The sample corresponding to the maximum temperature is marked on the graph with theflag symbol. The minimum

sample is marked on the graph with theflag symbol. You can position the graph sample cursor at the minimum value
with the View/Go To/Minimum, function or by pressing F5. You can position the graph sample cursor at the maximum value
with the View/Go To/Maximum, function or by pressing F6.
The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when both temperature and humidity traces are displayed. If the cursor
is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample, then the Go to Min.function moves the cursor tominimum temperature sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go To Min function
moves it to the minimum humidity sample. If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample then the Go To Min
function moves it to the minimum temperature sample. Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go To Max function.

8.7.12.5 Using the User Markers
The user markers are events recorded in the logger data record by the pressing of the button on the front of the logger.
These events are logged along with the temperature data, and each event takes up the equivalent space of one logged
sample.
When the graph is displayed, samples with user markers attached are displayed with theflag symbol.

You can use these markers to indicate when key events occurred while the logger was sampling, for example when the logger
was placed in a controlled environment, or to indicate when some unexpected event was observed that you suspect might beinfluencing the temperature.

See also:
Using the buttons on the logger to mark an event

8.7.12.6 Set all windows start and end samples from this one
It is sometimes useful to assign the start and end samples in one window to another window. As an example, say you have
employed several loggers to record data at various points in a room, and you wanted to know the mean daytime temperature(say between 8am and 4pm) at each point. You could accomplish this easily with thye following sequence:· Read all the loggers and display the graphs in Temprecord.
· Pick one and set the start sample to 8am and the end sample to 4pm on the day of interest.
· Right click the window and select Set all windows start and end sample from this one from the pop-up menu.
Alternatively use the shortcut key Ctrl-F10.
Now all the windows will have the start and end samples set from the first window. It is then a simple matter of reading themean temperatures between the start and end samples.

Note that this function does not assign the start and end sample number, but instead chooses the
sample that is closest in time to the time of the sample in the first window.

It is not possible to use this function when the open windows contain a mixture of data from TRX files
and data from "legacy" TR files. This is because time information was recorded differently for TR files
and timezone information was not recorded.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

164

Temprecord Help

8.7.13 Zoom Functions
Temprecord provides various methods for changing the horizontal (time axis) and vertical (temperature axis) zoom factors.
How zooming works
Horizontal Zoom
Vertical Zoom
Zoom Between Start and End markers
Zoom All
Zooming with the Mouse
Zoom Window to Presets
Zoom all Windows to Presets
Zoom All Windows To This One
Assign Presets from Window
Edit Presets

See also:
Moving about the graph8.7.13.1 How zooming works
Temprecord provides a rich array of zooming functions to help you "drill down" into your data quickly and accurately.
When a file or logger data is first read, the horizontal axis is scaled so that the entire sample record occupies the width of thedata window. Similarly, the vertical axis is scaled so that the height of the data window corresponds to the span from theminimum temperature to the maximum temperature.
Horizontal zoom and vertical zoom with the view toolbar zoom speed buttons always work relative to the sample cursor
position. After a zoom operation, Temprecord always attempts to position the view window so that the graph sample cursor isin approximately the same location in the window after the window has been zoomed. Horizontal and vertical zoom can bechanged independently.
Zooming is also possible with the mouse, by clicking and dragging to select an area of the graph, and with the mouse wheel (ifyour mouse is fitted with one).

If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers, the Zoom Window to Presets
function is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes. See the topic
Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

See also
The Sample Cursor and Mouse Cursor
Zooming with the mouse
Zooming with the mousewheel

8.7.13.2 The Sample Cursor and Mouse Cursor
Temprecord uses the concept of two cursors when dealing with the graph view:
The sample cursor is a vertical red line the indicates a given sample. The sample cursor always remains "attached" to asample when the graph view is scrolled, unless an attempt is made to scroll it past the edge of the screen, in which case it isconstrained to the edge.
· The sample cursor is used whenever the Set as start sample and Set as end sample functions are used.
· When the Goto sample function is used, the sample cursor is always moved to the new sample position.
· When the horizontal and vertical zoom functions are used, the zoom operation always takes placed centered on thegraph position indicated by the intersection of the sample cursor and the graph trace.
The mouse cursor always indicates the current position on the screen of the mouse, and when the mouse is positioned overthe graph, the cursor changes to a cross-hair.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

165

· The mouse cursor is used to mark out a rectangular area when zooming with the mouse is carried out.
· Whenever the left mouse button is clicked, the sample cursor is changed to the position of the mouse cursor.
· When the mousewheel is used to zoom, the zoom is always carried out centered on the mouse cursor.

See also:
Zooming with the mouse
Zooming with the mousewheel

8.7.13.3 Zooming with the mouse
Using the mouse it is possible to zoom in about an arbitrary area of the graph.

To zoom with the mouse you mark the area of the graph you wish to zoom about by clicking and dragging with the mouse with
the Ctrl key pressed.
· Press the Ctrl key and keep it pressed· Click at the top-left corner position of the rectangular area on the graph you wish to zoom about. The cursor willchange from a cross-hair to· Holding the Ctrl key and the mouse button down, "drag" the mouse cursor to the bottom-right corner position of thedesired zoom area. The active zoom area will be shown on the graph as a dotted rectangle.
· Release the mouse button. The graph view will change to show only that portion of the graph that you marked out withthe mouse.
· release the Ctrl key
The area displayed on screen will be changed to be the same as that area described by the zoom function.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

166

Temprecord Help

If you don't press the Ctrl key, instead of zooming, dragging the mouse cursor will carry out a "pan"operation, that is, the graph will "drag" along with the mouse cursor.

If you change your mind you can abandon the zoom with the mouse operation in one of two ways:· release the Ctrl key before you release the mouse button.
· make the zoom are as small as possible and then release the mouse button.
The current zoom settings will not be changed.

You can quickly return the graph view to show all of the trace by pressing the F4 (Zoom All) key or byclicking the Zoom All

speed button.

8.7.13.4 Zooming with the mousewheel
If your mouse has a "wheel" you can use this to quickly zoom about an arbitrary position on the graph.
Normally the mousewheel is used to scroll the graph vertically. To use it to zoom the graph view, hold the Ctrl
key down.
When you press the Ctrl key, the mouse cursor will change to· If the mouse wheel is moved away from you, the graph is "zoomed in" about the position of the mouse cursor.
· If the mouse wheel is moved towards you, the graph is "zoomed out" about the position of the mouse cursor.
Each click of the mousewheel results in a change of approximately 25% in the zoom factor. The zoom factor cannot be
increased or decreased past certain limits. When these limits are reached, turning the mousewheel has no effect.

See also
Zooming with the mouse
How zooming works

8.7.13.5 Horizontal Zoom
In graph view mode, you can alter the horizontal zoom factor with the Shift-plus and Shift-minus keys (hold the shift key down
while you press the plus (+) and minus (-) keys).
You can also access the horizontal zoom functions from the view menu (View/Zoom/X+ and View/Zoom/X-), or from the
pop-up menu that displays when you click on the right-mouse button.

You can also zoom in horizontally (expand the time axis on your displayed graph) by clicking on thisspeed buttonon the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

You can also zoom out horizontally (compress the time axis on your displayed graph) by clicking on
this speed button

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

View Menu

167

If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers, the Zoom Window to Presets
function is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes. See the topic
Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

On computers with reduced keyboards (such as notebook computers), use the equals (=) key insteadof the plus (+) key.

8.7.13.6 Vertical Zoom
In graph view mode, you can alter the vertical zoom factor with the plus and minus keys.
You can also access the vertical zoom functions from the view menu (View/Zoom/Y+ and View/Zoom/Y-), or from the pop-up
menu that displays when you click on the right-mouse button.

You can also zoom in vertically (expand the temperature axis on your displayed graph) by clicking on
this speed buttonon the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

You can also zoom out vertically (compress the temperature axis on your displayed graph) by clicking
on this speed buttonon the toolbar displayed along

If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers, the Zoom Window to Presets
function is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes. See the topic
Using the Zoom Presets for more information.
the top of the Temprecord main window.

On computers with reduced keyboards (such as notebook computers), use the equals (=) key insteadof the plus (+) key.

8.7.13.7 Zoom Between Start and End markers
Use the View/Zoom/Between Start and End function to set the horizontal zoom factor so that the start sample is at the lefthand side of the data window and the end sample is at the right-hand side. The vertical zoom factor is not altered.

You can also zoom between start and end markers with the F9 key.

8.7.13.8 Zoom All
Use the View/Zoom/All function to adjust the zoom factors so that the trace exactly fills the data window. This is equivalent tothe setting of the horizontal and vertical zoom factors that takes place when a new file is opened or a logger is read.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

168

Temprecord Help

You can also perform the zoom all function by clicking on this speed button
displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window.

on the toolbar

You can also perform the ‘Zoom All’ function with the F4 key.

If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers, the Zoom Window to Presets
function is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes. See the topic
Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

8.7.13.9 Zooming with the Mouse
You can zoom about arbitrary areas of the trace by using the mouse. To do this:· Position the mouse cursor at the top-left corner of the area you wish to zoom about.
· Press the Ctrl key and hold it down
· Press the left-hand mouse button and hold it down.
· Drag the mouse cursor to the bottom right corner of the area you wish to zoom about and release it.
The window will be zoomed so that the top-left corner of the data window is set to where you started dragging from, and thebottom-right corner where you stopped dragging from (released the mouse button).

You can extend the zoom about area past the window edges. If you try to drag the mouse past thewindow edge while zooming, the zoom area will continue to extend to the mouse position outside thewindow border.

The mouse zoom action is only carried out if the area marked is greater than a certain size. If you
decide to abandon the mouse zoom operation after you have started dragging, make the zoom
rectangle as small as possible before you release the mouse button and no zooming will occur.

If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers, the Zoom Window to Presets
function is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes. See the topic
Using the Zoom Presets for more information

8.7.13.10 Zoom Window to Presets
Use the View/Zoom/Zoom Window to Presets function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes for the current Temprecord
data window to the time and temperature span specified in the Graph View Options settings.
When this function is used, the displayed graph will be scaled so that the temperature at the top and bottom of the graph willbe those specified in the Preset Zoom Y fields of the graph view options. The span of the date and time across the displayed
graph will be set to the dates and times specified in the Preset Zoom X fields of the graph view options.
This function is very useful when you read the data from two or more loggers and wish to align them so that the same
temperature and time range is displayed for each. Provided the 'Visible Window' printing option is selected, the printed
graphs will also be similarly aligned in time and temperature.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

169

This function has no effect unless a data file is loaded or data has been read from the logger.

You can also zoom to the presets by clicking on this speed button
the top of the Temprecord main window.

on the toolbar displayed along

The preset zoom function will not work unless the corresponding enables are checked in the Graph
View Options page. There are two enables, one for each of the X (time) and Y (temperature) axes. If
only the X zoom preset is enabled, using the zoom to presets function causes the X axis span to bereset, but not the Y axis. If only the Y zoom preset is enabled, using the zoom to presets function
causes the Y axis span to be reset, but not the X axis.

See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

8.7.13.11 Zoom all Windows to Presets
Use the View/Zoom/Zoom all Windows to Presets function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes for open Temprecord
data windows to the time and temperature span specified in the Graph View Options settings.
This function behaves the same as the Zoom Window to Presets function, except that all open Temprecord data windows arezoomed. It provides a quick way of setting the horizontal and vertical axes to the same values.

See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

8.7.13.12 Zoom All Windows To This One
Use this function to quickly change the X and/or Y limits of all the graphs that are open to the current window. This function isthe equivalent of the following sequence:· Use the Assign Presets From Window function in the window you wish to zoom all others to.
· Then, use the Zoom all windows to Presets function.
This function is also available via the F10 key.

8.7.13.13 Assign Presets from Window
Use the View/Zoom/Assign Presets from Window function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes preset values from thecurrent Temprecord data window.
This function is useful when you wish to align a second displayed or printed graph to the axes settings of an existing graph.
You can also directly set the presets from the Graph View Options page.

See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

170

Temprecord Help

8.7.13.14 Using the Zoom Presets
The 'Zoom Presets' are a powerful tool for aligning and comparing your Temprecord data. It provides a means of setting thehorizontal (time and date) and vertical (temperature) axes of the displayed or printed graph to match the axes in anotherwindow, or to set the axes to arbitrary values.

Example 1 - Displaying a fixed region of data
Assume you have data loaded from several loggers displayed in several Temprecord data windows. The loggers all havedata that covers the time and temperature range you are interested in, but the loggers have differing sample periods and start
times, and the temperature range recorded by each is different. By default, when a logger's data is read, Temprecord will
scale the graph of data from each logger to fully occupy the window, so the scaling of the graph view will depend on thetemperature range of the data and the number of samples taken. The following procedure will align any or all displayed
windows to a set temperature and time range:· Select one of the Temprecord data windows and determine from the graph which date and time and temperature
range you wish to display.
· Open the Graph View Options page.
· Enter the date and time you wish to appear at the left-hand side of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis 'From' date
and time fields.
· Enter the date and time you wish to appear at the right-hand side of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis 'Until' date
and time fields.
· Enter the temperature you wish to appear at the top of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis 'Upper Temperature' field.
· Enter the temperature you wish to appear at the bottom of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis 'Lower Temperature'
field.
· Click on 'OK'.
· Select a Temprecord data window.
· Select graph view mode.
· Click on View/Zoom/Zoom Window to Presets.
The graph displayed in the window will be scaled to the values you entered into the graph view options Preset Zoom fields.
You can the last step for each remaining window, or you can force all windows to be scaled to these preset settings at onceby using the View/Zoom/Zoom all Windows to Presets function.

Example 2 - Matching the axes of one graph to another.
The situation frequently arises where you have data from two or more loggers displayed and you wish to compare them either on-screen or as printed graphs. The following procedure will align two or more displayed graphs to another displayed
graph.
· Select the first graph of interest.
· Get the graph displaying the region you wish to compare. You can do this by using the normal zoom functions, or byzooming with the mouse.
· Click on View/Zoom/Assign Presets from Window. This function assigns the presets in the graph view options pagefrom the axes settings for the current Temprecord data window. Once assigned, these presets are remembered until
the assign function is used again.
· Select another Temprecord data window.
· Select graph view mode.
· Click on View/Zoom/Zoom Window to Presets.
The graph displayed in the window will be scaled to the values you entered into the graph view options Preset Zoom fields.
You can force all windows to be scaled to these preset settings at once by using the View/Zoom/Zoom all Windows to Presets
function.

The zoom presets are also applied to the printed graph, but only if the 'Print Visible Window' printing
option is selected.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

171

The preset zoom function will not work unless the corresponding enables are checked in the Graph
View Options page. There are two enables, one for each of the X (time) and Y (temperature) axes. If
only the X zoom preset is enabled, using the zoom to presets function causes the X axis span to bereset, but not the Y axis. If only the Y zoom preset is enabled, using the zoom to presets function
causes the Y axis span to be reset, but not the X axis.

To quickly zoom all windows to match one particular window, you can use the Zoom all Windows to This One function.

8.7.14 Moving about the graph
You can move about the graph ("pan") by any one of several methods. Most involve the arrow keys on the numeric keypad,
but often the quickest way of repositioning the graph is to click on it and "drag" the graph to the new position:
Key
Left-arrow

Actionmoves the graph cursor left one sample
Ctrl-Left-arrow moves the graph X-origin (the date-time at the left-hand edge of the visible graph) back one
minor graticule. Thus if the graph was zoomed such that each division on the X-axis was one
minute, the left arrow key would move the graph one minute earlier in time.
Shift-Left-arrow moves the graph X-origin (the date-time at the left-hand edge of the visible graph) back one
major graticule.
Right-arrow
moves the graph cursor right one sample
moves the graph X-origin (the date-time at the left-hand edge of the visible graph) forward one
Ctrl-Rightminor graticule.
arrow
moves the graph X-origin (the date-time at the left-hand edge of the visible graph) forward one
Shift-Rightmajor graticule.
arrow
Up-arrow
Shift-Up-arrow
Down-arrow
Shift-Downarrow
Home
End
Page Up
Page Down
Mousewheel
Click and dragGoto control

increases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) one
minor graticule.
increases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) one
major graticule.
decreases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) one
minor graticule.
decreases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) one
major graticule.
positions the graph at the first sample.
positions the graph at the last sample.
increases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) by theheight of the screen, i.e. it displays the next "page" up of the graph.
decreases the graph Y-origin (the temperature at the bottom edge of the visible graph) by theheight of the screen.
using the mousewheel is the equivalent of using the up and down arrow keys - i.e. it scrolls
the graph vertically.
moves the graph origin in step with the mouse cursor
moves the sample cursor to an arbitrary sample position.

See also
Zoom functions
Goto functions

8.7.15 Tile Vertically
Use the View/Tile Vertically function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they do not overlap and are tiled sideby-side.

See also:
Tile Horizontally
CascadeClose

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

172

Temprecord Help

8.7.16 Tile Horizontally
Use the View/Tile Horizontally function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they do not overlap and are tiled one
above the other.

See also:
Tile VerticallyCascadeClose

8.7.17 Cascade
Use the View/Cascade function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they overlap and are cascaded down thescreen.
This function is useful because all the data window title bars are visible and you can click on whichever one you want toexamine.

See also:
Tile Horizontally
Tile VerticallyClose

8.7.18 Close
Use the View/Close function to close the currently selected Temprecord data window. If you have read the data in the window
from a logger and not yet saved it, or you have edited the comment fields and not yet saved the data, you will be asked if you
wish to save the data first.

See also:
Tile Horizontally
Tile VerticallyCascade8.7.19 View Info
If this menu entry is checked, the right-hand side of the Temprecord Window is used to display extra information about theoperation of Temprecord.

Email Queue
This tab indicates the state of the email queue.. When files are sent by SMTP, they are placed in a queue and sent from thequeue in the background, allowing you to continue working while the emails and their attached files are sent. The queue
contents are saved when you exit Temprecord, and sending of the queued items resumes when Temprecord is next started.
Once an email has been sent, it remains in the queue until it is past a certain age, after which time it is removed.

Event Log
Temprecord records significant events and writes them to an event log. Such events as starting and exiting Temprecord,
sending email attachments etc. are logged.

Startup Log
As Temprecord starts up, information is written to the startup log recording the steps carried out. It can be useful to examine
the startup log when troubleshooting Temprecord operation.
The startup log is a text file (Startup Log.txt) and is normally written to the Windows temporary files folder.

You can quickly toggle the display of the extra information tabs with the Ctrl-I key.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

View Menu

173

8.7.20 Refrigeration Index Graph View
Temprecord can also calculate and display RI (Refrigeration Index) statistics. To enable this facility, click on Options/
Statistics, and make sure Show Refrigeration Index Statistics is checked. The RI statistics are calculated between the startand end samples only. Remember that if a file has just been loaded the start sample is set to the first sample and the end
sample to the last sample.
The RI value is calculated for each sample and is cumulative. If the temperature falls below 7.0 degrees C the RI value at thispoint is reported. The RI value is also reported at the end sample, regardless of whether the 7.0 degree C temperature wasreached.
The time interval taken for the temperature to fall to 7.0 degrees C is also reported in the statistics view.
The RI value displayed is a logarithmic value, and represents the base 10 log of the number of generation increases over thetime period.
The Y axis for the refrigeration index is shown on the right-hand edge of the graph view. It is always scaled so that the trace
occupies the whole graph.
You can change the colors of the refrigeration index graticule and trace in options.

See Also
Refrigeration Index in Statistics View
Options

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

174

9

Temprecord Help

Options Menu
The Options menu allows you to alter the settings that affect how Temprecord behaves, and customize Temprecord to suit
your own preferences.
· How the Options work
· General Options· COM Port Options· File Saving Options· Summary Options· Values Options· Statistics Options· Graph Options· View Options· Printing Options· Export Options· Default Options· Email Options· Language Options· Web Options· Auto Mode Options· Date Formatting Options· Web Options· System Options

9.1

How the Options work
The Options dialog consists of several ‘pages’. You can select any page by clicking on the name of the page on the left-handside of the dialog:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

175

GeneralCOM Port
File saving
ExportSummary
Statistics
Graph
Values
View
Defaults
Print/PDF
Auto Mode
Email
Web
Language
SystemDiagnostics

You can make changes to any of the fields on any page. When you click on OK or Apply, each page is checked and if anerror is found, that page will be displayed, with the focus applied to the field where the error was found.
If you click on ‘Cancel’, the Options pages will close and no changes will be made.

If you click on Apply instead of OK, the changes are applied (and the underlying data windows
refreshed) but the Options dialog remains open. This is useful for seeing the effect of the different
display options and still remaining in the Options dialog.

Any changes you make are remembered the next time you start Temprecord. If you are running Temprecord on a network,
you can install Temprecord so that each network user has their own set of options. See Installing Temprecord on Networks
for more information.

9.2

Font Dialog
Select the font you wish to use to print or display text with.
If you are selecting the font for the summary view, statistics view, or values view, only the fixed (non-proportional)
fonts available are displayed.
If you are selecting the font for the graph view, you can choose from any of the screen fonts installed on yourcomputer.
If you are selecting the font for the printed report text, you can choose from any of the fixed (non-proportional) printerfonts installed on your computer.
If you are selecting the font for the printed report graph axis annotation, you can choose from any of the printer fonts
installed on your computer.
To use the new font you have selected, Click on the 'OK' button.

9.3

General Options
Use the Options/General page to set general preferences for Temprecord operation.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

176

Temprecord Help

Units

Use the units setting to determine how Temprecord displays temperature. You can also set the display units from the main
menu, from the data window popup menu, and with the Ctrl-U shortcut key.

DisplayShow Mon-T - specific settings in summary
If this setting is checked Temprecord will display Mon-T settings in the summary view when a Mon-T logger is present in
the reader interface, or if the file being shown was from a Mon-T logger.

Show Mon-T controls in parameters dialog
If this setting is checked Temprecord will display the additional Mon-T setting controls in the parameters dialog when a
Mon-T logger is present in the reader interface.

Show battery status
If this setting is checked Temprecord will display the status of the battery in the logger.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

177

Warn when battery exhausted
If this setting is checked Temprecord will issue a warning message when an attempt is made to use a logger where thebattery is critically low.

The estimates of battery condition are a guide only. While Temprecord tries to model the battery
consumption of the loggers as accurately as possible, the actual battery usage is affected by thetemperature, sample rate, age of the logger, the number of times the data has been read from thelogger, and variabilities introduced by the battery manufacturing processes.

Datafile Folder

Remember current folder
Select this option if you want Temprecord to remember what folder you were last reading data files from when the program
exits. When Temprecord next starts the and the open file dialog is opened it will display files in this folder.

Always start in this folder
Select this option if you don't want Temprecord to remember what folder you were last reading data files from when the
program exits. When Temprecord next starts the and the open file dialog is opened it will display files in the folder specified
here.

Note that the current folder is always changed to the folder that a TRX or TR file was last loaded from.
If you load a data file from the command line, or have the option to open previous files on startup
enabled, the current folder will be set to the folder of the last file loaded.

Files to keep in history
This option sets the maximum number of files Temprecord will remember and display as the "most recently used" files list
when the File menu is opened.

Clear
Click this button to empty the existing recent files list.

StartupCheck for logger on startup
Check this option if you want Temprecord to check for a logger when it first starts. If a logger is found, the summary data will
be read and a window opened with the summary data displayed. If this option is not check, no attempt is made to check for alogger on startup. You can still check for a logger by pressing the spacebar or using the File/Query Logger function.

Open previous files on startup
Check this option if you want Temprecord to start with the files that were open when you last exited the program. If the file isa local file and it cannot be found it will be ignored and no error message will be displayed. If the file is a web file and it isn't
found, an error message will be displayed.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

178

Temprecord Help

Read T/H when querying logger
Check this option if you want Temprecord to measure the current temperature and/or humidity and update it whenever you
query the logger using the File/Query Logger function. If the logger is configured to record record humidity, this will be readand displayed also.

Miscellaneous Options

Lock Toolbars
Check this option if you want to prevent the toolbars being moved or undocked. If this option is checked, you cannot move a"docked" toolbar (one that it positioned inside the Temprecord main window at one of the 4 edges of the window), you cannot
close a floating toolbar, and any floating toolbars will remain floating and cannot be docked.
If this option is not checked (the installation default), toolbars can be moved, closed docked and undocked at will.

Each toolbar also has its own set of options which includes an option to lock the toolbar. This option
takes precedence over that option, i.e. this option can be considered a "global" toolbar lock.

If you close a floating toolbar by clicking on theit will no longer be displayed:

You can however make the toolbar visible again by clicking on the View/Toolbars main menu entry
and checking the menu entry corresponding to the toolbar you wish to make visible.

Audible Prompts

The default behaviour of Temprecord is to play a sound when an information, warning, or error message is displayed, mainly

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

179

so that workflows that involve working while not looking at the screen are aware of messages that appear.

The sound actually used is the one assigned to the Exclamation event in the Windows Sound
Settings. If you want to change the sound produced when Temprecord is signalling an audible alert,
you will need to alter this setting (in Windows XP go to Start/Settings/Control Panel/Sounds andAudio Devices/Sounds/Program Events/Exclamation).

Some messages that are displayed involve a modal dialog, some do not (a modal dialog is a window that appears andprevents any other interaction with the Temprecord program the window is closed. Error messages are always displayed
modally).
You can disable this sound for any or each of these conditions.

On Information Messages
Information messages are those that display for a non-serious condition.. Many of these are non-modal. Some information
messages are displayed in the right-most panel of the status bar:

These messages usually occur as a result of a key press at an inappropriate time. The messages will disappear after a few
seconds.
If this checkbox is not checked, no sound will be made when an information message is displayed.

On Warning Messages
Warning messages are always modal. They include those occasions where the user needs to supply an answer to a prompt.
An example is Temprecord asking if logger samples should be saved before Temprecord exits.
If this checkbox is not checked, no sound will be made when a warning message is displayed

On Error Messages
Error messages are always modal. These signal occasions where the user has requested an operation and that operation
has failed.
If this checkbox is not checked, no sound will be made when an error message is displayed.

Prompts

Prompt Before Starting
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the logger to be started. If this option is notchecked, then using the Program/Start Logger function will start the logger without any warning being displayed first

Prompt Before Stopping
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the logger to be stopped. If this option is notchecked, then using the Program/Stop Logger function will stop the logger without any warning being displayed first

Prompt Before Reusing
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the logger to be reused. If this option is notchecked, then using the Program/Reuse Logger function will reuse the logger without any warning being displayed first

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

180

Temprecord Help

Prompt Before Exiting Temprecord
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish to exit the Temprecord program. If this option is
not checked, then using the File/Exit Temprecord function will close the Temprecord program without any warning being
displayed firstIf you have read a logger and not yet saved the data to a file, or edited the comments but not yet saved the file, you will still
be given the opportunity to do this.

Prompt Before Overwriting TRX files
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before an existing Temprecord data file (a .TRX file) isoverwritten. If this option is not checked, any existing file of the same name will be replaced without warning.

Prompt Before Creating Folders
When formatted file specifiers are used for generating folder names, the folder name may not necessarily exists at the time afile is saved. Normally Temprecord will prompt the user to check it is OK to create the folder. Leave this checkbox clear ifyou don't want to be prompted and Temprecord will create the folder without warning.

Prompt for PDF Filename
Check this option if you want the opportunity to specify a PDF filename when Temprecord saved a report to a PDF file. If thischeckbox is cleared, Temprecord will generate a name automatically based on the PDF filename specifier.

Prompt Before Overwriting PDF
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before an existing Temprecord report file (a .PDF file) isoverwritten. If this option is not checked, any existing file of the same name will be replaced without warning.

Prompt to Save Edits
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you whether to save changes you have made to the comments ordisplay limits when a data file is closed (display limits are set by the controls at the top of each data window when the graph,values or statistics tab are displayed). If this option is not checked, a TRX file will be saved without warning if any changes
have been made to the comments or display units. See the topic Why does Temprecord keep asking me if I want to save myfile ? for more information

Prompt for Export Filename
Check this option if you want Temprecord to prompt you for the name of the file to be exported. If this option is not checked,
Temprecord chooses a filename based on the Temprecord data filename (or the logger serial number if the logger data has
been read but not yet saved as a file) and appends the ASCII filetype specified in the Export Options.

Prompt if Recal. of Logger Due
Check this option if you want Temprecord to warn you if a logger is due for recalibration. If this option is not checked, nowarnings are issued when the logger is accessed with the Temprecord program.

Prompt to Update NPS
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before an existing Named Parameter Set (NPS) is updated insynchrony with a logger that has been programmed from that NPS. If this option is checked, you will be given the opportunity
to indicate whether a NPS on the disk should be updated with any changed settings being programmed into a logger. If thisoption is not checked, any NPS with the same name as the name programmed into the logger's user data will be updated if
the parameters being programmed into a logger are different to the existing settings in the NPS.
If the parameters being programmed into the logger are the same as those in the NPS no prompt will be issued, regardless ofthe state of this option.

Prompt on "Start at this date and time"
Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before updating a LCD logger parameters when the "Start at thisdate and time" option is enabled, as once the parameters have been saved, LCD loggers are automatically started and must
proceed through the start delay and cannot be stopped until they have started taking samples. If this option is not checked,
Temprecord will not prompt you for confirmation when you try to apply the parameters to a LCD logger if the "Start at this date
and time" option is enabled.

9.4

COM Port Options
Use the Options/COM Port page to set the COM port you want Temprecord to use. Most older computers usually have atleast two, and sometimes up to four COM ports available. Newer computers may have only one COM port, or sometimes
none at all. If your computer is newer and has no available COM port, you can use a USB to serial adapter. Temprecord
Reader Interface units are now manufactured with a USB connector, so they can be used in any modern PC.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

181

Use This COM Port

Select this option if your computer is fitted with standard COM ports, and/or you know the COM port your Temprecord reader
will be connected to. Choose the COM port from the drop down list (COM1 through COM255).

Look for USB Reader

Select this option if you have a Reader with a USB connector. Temprecord will then look for the reader on the USB bus andfind out what COM port it has been assigned to, and set that as the COM port. If Temprecord is unable to find a compatible
USB device, when trying to open the port, it will use the COM port selected in Use this COM Port above.
If you experience difficulties, you can still select Use this COM Port, select a specific COM port from the drop-down list andforce Temprecord to use that COM port, even if you are using a USB-based COM port or reader.
Users with some older computer systems may experience difficulty with selection of the COM Port. See the topic COM Port
Conflicts for more information.

See also:
Options menu

9.5

File Saving Options
Important! The discussion below is necessarily detailed. TRW has a powerful filename andfolder naming facility that enables you to avoid virtually all of the drudgery and possibility of errors whennaming your data and report files. The good news is that we have arranged it so that the installation
defaults will most likely suit your needs. If you are feeling adventurous, you can play with thesesettings, but in the first instance, the existing installed "out-of-the-box" settings should be fine.
Introduction
The basic idea behind formatted file and folder names is that you can give your data and report files names which convey
information about when the file was created, and what logger it came from. You can similarly store the files in folders that areorganized by date or by logger serial number. Finally, you can incorporate numerous other variables into your file and folder
names, including such things as:· a unique sequence number· the timezone name· the timezone offset· the Windows logged-in user name· data extracted from the logger data set, such as the maximum temperature, or the number of samples taken.
See the topic Using the File and Folder Templates for a full list of these formatting options and examples of their use.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Help

182

See also:
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?
Also use these settings when I save the file manually
File Saving Options - Web Files
File Saving Options - Saved file format
File Saving Options - Encryption
File Saving Options - Date Formatting

9.5.1

File Saving Options - Web Files
These options determine the names automatically generated for files and folders when Temprecord data files and PDF reportfiles are stored on Temprecord's World-Wide Web servers.
In order to use this facility, you need to have a web account set up with Temprecord. Contact us for more information.
The file saving options for web files work in much the same way as they do for files that you save on your computer. See thetopics Using the File and Folder Templates and When are default filename and folders used? for more information.
There is no practical limit to the length of file and folder names, the number of folders, or the depth to which they can benested.
Your Temprecord Web storage facility provides you with a single folder. All data files and folders you save will be relative tothe "root" of this folder. If any folder you specify with these options does not exist it will be created at the time the file issaved.
Folders cannot be created manually, and any filenames created will always take on the name of the corresponding file theweb file was derived from. If the dataset was read from a logger, the filename used is determined by the web filenames
format string.

See also:
Saving files to the Web
Loading files from the Web
File Saving Options
File Saving Options - Encryption
File Saving Options - Saved file format
File Saving Options - Date formatting
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.2

File Saving Options - Saved File Format
This help topic may describe features of Temprecord products which are not all implemented at therelease date of this version (6.2 or thereabouts) of the software.

.
You can specify the file format used to save local TRX files and also TRX files saved to the web.

Save in Plain Text Format
Temprecord saves the data files in it's own proprietary format with a file type of TRX. These files can be saved in a "humanreadable" form (sometimes known as "plain text"), making the data within them available for other applications.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

183

XML
Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a language for describing data that defines a set of rules for encoding documents in aformat that is both human-readable and machine-readable. You can read more about it in this Wikipedia article. XML files
tend to be bulkier than the other formats and are only recommended for instances where another application requires XML
data.
No XML-Schema is employed.

JSON
JSON or JavaScript Object Notation, is another text-based open standard designed for human-readable data interchange. It isderived from the JavaScript scripting language for representing simple data structures and associative arrays, called objects.
You can read more about JSON in this Wikipedia article.

JSON (formatted)
The formatted JSON option generates the data in JSON still, but uses new lines and indentation to make the JSON
structure easy to understand. JSON represented in this way is sometimes known as "prettified" JSON. Developers of thirdparty applications to read the TRX files may want to save data files as formatted JSON to aid them in parsing and interpretingthe data.

Include Digest
Temprecord also allows you to include a digest with the files that you save. A digest is a small additional fragment of datathat is generated from both the logger data within the file, and a key - this is a passphrase that you supply. The passphrase
is normally only known to yourself and the recipient of the file, though the recipient need not know it. The important thing
about the digest is that changing anything in the logger data stored in the file, or in the digest - no matter how small thechange is - will result in the digest calculated from the data no longer agreeing with the digest stored in the file.

Although Temprecord can save TRX files in a number of formats, it can read them all. Unless you
have reasons not to to so, we recommend that you stick with the installation default format of JSON.
This format is compact, and faster to load and save.
If you require a TRX file in another format when you have already saved it in a particular format,
simply load the file again, change this option to reflect the file format you need, and save the file again.

See also:
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?
Also use these settings when I save the file manually
Common questions about file digests
File Saving Options - Web Files
File Saving Options - Encryption
File Saving Options - Date Formatting
XML - Wikipedia article (will show in browser)
JSON - Wikipedia article (will show in browser)

9.5.3

File Saving Options - Encryption
This help topic describes features of Temprecord products which are not implemented at the release
date of this version (6.2 or thereabouts) of the software.

Check this box if you want to encrypt your TRX Temprecord data files.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

184

Temprecord Help

Specify the encryption key to use. The encryption key is case-sensitive, and can include spaces. You must enter the same
key in both the Encryption Key" and the "Confirm Key" fields.

WARNING! Do not forget your encryption key!
If you lose the key, there is no way your data can be recovered. Temprecord are unable to recoverkeys or the data they have been used to encrypt.

See also:
File Saving Options
File Saving Options - Web Files
File Saving Options - Saved file format
File Saving Options - Date formatting
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.4

File Saving Options - Date Formatting
When Temprecord is saving a data file or a PDF report file and automatically generates a filename or a folder name, a date
and/or time can be specified.
This option determines whether the date and time used to format a file and folder name is:· the current date and time (i.e. "now")· the date and time of the earliest sample in the logger.
· the date and time of the most recent sample in the logger.
In addition to this, you can determine whether the time used is in the local timezone of your location (provided it has been set
correctly on your computer), or in UTC (Greenwich Mean Time).

See also:
File Saving Options
File Saving Options - Web Files
File Saving Options - Saved file format
File Saving Options - Encryption
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.5

When are default filename and folders used?
Temprecord has several rules it uses when saving data files and PDF report files.

Manually Saving a TRX Data File
When you read data from a logger and try to save it, a save file dialog will display. The initial name chosen for the filename isdetermined by the Default TRX filename. You can change the proposed filename at this point. The destination folder defaults
at installation to C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\. If you change thedestination folder in the save dialog, Temprecord remembers the new folder from then on.

Manually Saving a PDF Report File
When you try to save a logger's data manually to a PDF file, if the data has already been saved to a TRX data file, the initialname chosen for the PDF file is the name of the TRX data file, but with a PDF extension You can change the proposed
filename at this point. The destination folder defaults at installation to C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My
Documents\My Temprecord Files\pdf\. If you change the destination folder in the save dialog, Temprecord remembers
the folder for you, independently of the folder it last saved a TRX data file to.
When you try to save a logger's data manually to a PDF file, and the data has not already been saved to a TRX data file, youwill be prompted to save the TRX data file first. The initial name chosen for the PDF file is the name of the TRX data file, but
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

185

with a PDF extension You can change the proposed filename at this point. The destination folder defaults at installation to C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\pdf\. If you change the destination
folder in the save dialog, Temprecord remembers the new folder for you, independently of the folder it last saved a TRX data
file to.

Auto-Saving a TRX Data File
When you save a TRX data file from Auto Mode, Temprecord will never prompt you for the filename. Instead, it always uses
the Default TRX filename format specifier to construct the filename, and the Folder for .TRX files to determine the folder the
file is store in. Also, you will never be prompted if an existing file is about to be overwritten. It is important therefore that you
arrange for these specifiers to always produce a unique filename.

Auto-Saving a PDF Report File
When you save a PDF report file from , Temprecord will never prompt you for the filename. Instead, it always uses theDefault PDF Filename format specifier to construct the filename, and the Folder for .PDF Files to determine the folder the fileis store in. Also, you will never be prompted if an existing PDF file is about to be overwritten. It is important therefore that you
arrange for these specifiers to always produce a unique filename.

Emailing TRX Data Files From Auto Mode
Temprecord always automatically saves TRX data files or PDF report files before emailing them in Auto Mode. The TRX data
files are saved according to the Default TRX filename and the Folder for .TRX files. The PDF report files are saved according
to the Default PDF Filename and the Folder for .PDF Files. Temprecord then makes temporary copies of the files andgenerates attachments for the email. After the email has been sent the temporary files are deleted.

Take care with formatted filenames and folders. If careful attention is not paid to how they are used,
one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely-named files and folders!

See also:
Auto Mode
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
Also use these settings when I save the file manually

9.5.6

Also use these settings when I save the file manually

Each of the fields in the file saving options (TRX filename, TRX folder name, PDF filename, PDF folder name) has anaccompanying checkbox labeled Also use these settings when I save files manually. The effect of this checkbox is
discussed for each of the fields in turn. Bear in mind that this behaviour only applies when the data is being saved for the firsttime after reading the data from a logger. If the data is from a file, or from a logger which has already been saved to a file, thefilename of folder name presented to you when the dialog displays is based on the file and folder the data was previously
saved to.

TRX Filename
When the data loaded is from a logger and the Also use these settings when I save files manually checkbox ischecked, the initial filename presented when the Save file As... dialog is displayed will be determined by the format specifier
shown in the TRX Filename field. When the checkbox is not checked, the initial filename presented will be the filename
entered when the Save TRX file function was last used.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

186

Temprecord HelpTRX Folder
When the data loaded is from a logger and the Also use these settings when I save files manually checkbox ischecked, the initial folder presented when the Save file As... dialog is displayed will be determined by the format specifier
shown in the TRX Folder field. When the checkbox is not checked, the initial folder will be the folder where the last TRX file
was saved.

PDF Filename
When the data loaded is from a logger and the Also use these settings when I save files manually checkbox ischecked, the initial filename presented when the Save PDF file dialog is displayed will be determined by the format specifier
shown in the PDF Filename field. When the checkbox is not checked, the initial filename presented will be the filename
entered when the Save PDF file function was last used.

PDF Folder
When the data loaded is from a logger and the Also use these settings when I save files manually checkbox ischecked, the initial folder presented when the Save PDF file dialog is displayed will be determined by the format specifier
shown in the PDF Folder field. When the checkbox is not checked, the initial folder will be the folder where the last PDF file
was saved.
When you are saving the data from a logger to a file or a PDF report from an "automatic" source such as Auto Modeoperation, Temprecord uses the Folder for TRX files and the Folder for .PDF Reports settings in the File Saving Options todetermine the actual folder the file will be saved in, regardless of the state of the Also use these settings when I savefiles manually checkboxes. These folder specifications are very flexible and enable you to create folder "trees" based on
dynamic parameters such as the serial number of the logger, and the date.
When you are saving these files "manually" (using the File/Save File and File/Save to PDF functions), the folders used are
different, and "remembered", so that Temprecord will in general use the same folder the last file was saved to.
If this option is checked however, Temprecord makes different decisions when it comes to choosing the initial destination
folder for TRX and PDF report files. By default it saves to a folder determines by the Folder for TRX files and the Folder for .
PDF Reports settings in the File Saving Options, just as it does in Auto Mode.
This setting only applies in the following situations:· You are saving the data for the first time that has just been read from a Temprecord logger.
· You are saving data that was read from your Temprecord Web storage to a local file.
· You are saving data (from any source) to a PDF report file.
When a TRX file is saved from data that has been read from a logger and Also use these settings when I save files
manually is not checked, the initial folder chosen by Temprecord when the Save File dialog opens is the folder last used tosave a TRX file. The Folder for TRX files options setting is not used.
If the data loaded in Temprecord is from a local TRX file, the initial folder chosen when the Save File dialog opens is the folder
the file was read from.
If a PDF file is saved with the Also use these settings when I save files manually option off, the initial folder chosen for
the Save PDF dialog is the folder used for the last PDF save.

When this option is checked, you will still be able to adjust the folder the file is saved to. The Folder
for TRX files and the Folder for .PDF Reports only determine the initial folder presented to you when
the Save File dialog opens.

Creation of Folders
It may be that the Also use these settings when I save files manually is turned on, and the folder name chosen is one
that doesn't exist. For example, you might have a Folder for PDF Files setting of:"My Reports\"yyyy\mmm\
In this case the destination folder for the PDF report would be
C:\Documents and Settings\<user name>\My Documents\Temprecord\My Reports\2011which might not exist yet. If you try to save data as a PDF file and Also use these settings when I save files manually
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

187

is turned on, Temprecord will prompt you:

If you answer Yes, the folder will be created and the file save dialog opened in that folder. If you answer No or Cancel, thesave operation will be abandoned.

If you are happy to always have Temprecord create a folder and don't want to be bothered with thisprompt, make sure Don't ask me this again is checked before you close the confirm prompt dialog.

See also:
Auto Mode
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.7

Default TRX Filename
Default TRX filename
The default TRX filename determines the form of the initial filename TRW chooses when the data from a logger is saved to a
TRX file. It is important to note that what is specified here is a template for the filename, and the actual filename will not
usually be the same as what you enter here (though it can be if you want). When TRW chooses the filename, it uses thedefault filename template, but treats several characters as having special meaning. For example, the character L means "thelogger serial number", and the characters yyyy mean "the current year".

For a detailed discussion and examples of the way file and folder formatting characters work, see thetopic Using the File and Folder Templates.

If you want to have characters in the filename but don’t want them to be interpreted by the above rules, they must be enclosed
in double-quotes ("..."), thus to use a filename of My Logger.tr, you must enclose the filename in quotes, thus: “My Logger.
tr".

You do not need to specify the file extension (.TRX for Temprecord data files). If you want a different
extension you can enter it. Note also that you cannot use the characters “:” (colon), “/” (slash) and “\” (backslash) in your filename. If TRW finds any characters that are not valid in a filename, it will replacethem with underscores ("_"). If you want to specify a path as well as a filename, use the Folder for TRX
files option (see below). If TRW finds a path component specified in the default filename, it will beignored.

The panel below the Default TRX filename field shows you what filename would be used for the given file name format
specifier. As you type your filename format specifier the filename sample is updated.
The installation default specifier for the default TRX filename is L YYYY-MM-DD hh-nn-ss. This means that the default
filename for a datafile read from logger S1234567 at 12:34:56 on the 1st of June, 2009 would be S1234567 2009-06-01
12-34-56.tr. Note that the .tr extension is added automatically. If you want a different extension, you should enter it as part of
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

188

Temprecord Help

the format specifier. For example a specifier of L YYYY-MM-DD hh-nn-ss".dat" would result in a filename with theextension .dat. Note that the extension characters are surrounded by double quote characters ("...") to prevent them being
interpreted as formatting instructions. See the topic When are default filename and folders used? for more information.

Take care with formatted filenames and folders. If careful attention is not paid to how they are used,
one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely-named files and folders!

See also:
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.8

Folder for .TRX Files
Folder for .TRX files
Enter the folder name or path where you want to save your data files. Whatever filename entered in the Default TRX
filename field is appended to this folder name. The folder name specified can be used directly if it is enclosed in double
quotes ("..."), or it can be treated as a format template using the same rules as for the default TRX filename. See the topic
Using the File and Folder Templates for more information.
If you wish to save the files in a date-organized tree of folders the path should be specified here. You can also use thespecifiers for the logger serial number, and the sequence number in this field.
The panel below the Folder to save files to field shows you what folder would be used for the given file name format
specifier. As you type your folder format specifier the folder sample is updated.

Sometimes the folder name generated by the formatting is too long to fit in the display panel underneatheach field. In this case Temprecord shortens the displayed path name so that the start and end
characters are displayed, and a portion of the middle part is replaced by an ellipsis (...). If you want to
see the whole pathname, move the cursor over the sample panel and a hint will display with the fullpathname.

The installation default specifier for the default folder for .TRX files is a blank string. This is a special case that places the
TRX data files in folder C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\. If you were toenter a specifier of "Joes Files", the TRX data files would be saved in folder C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My
Documents\My Temprecord Files\Joes Files\. Note that the specifier is surrounded by double quote characters ("...") toprevent it being interpreted as formatting instructions. If Instead Joe wanted to store his files organized by month, he could
enter as the specifier "Joes Files for "mmmm yyyy. In this case the TRX data files would be saved in folder C:\Documents
and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\Joes Files for June 2009\ for any logger he read in thatmonth, Joes Files for July 2009 in the next month and so on. See the topic When are default filename and folders used? formore information.

When specifying the folder name used to save files, if you don't specify a path that starts with anabsolute pathname (one that includes a disk specifier such as C: or \\Server\, Temprecord assumes apath starting from your Temprecord data files folder (normally C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My
Documents\My Temprecord Files\).

Take care with formatted filenames and folders. If careful attention is not paid to how they are used,
one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely-named files and folders!

See also:
Default TRX filename
Default PDF Filename

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

189

Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?
Also use these settings when I save the file manually

9.5.9

Default PDF Filename
Default PDF Filename
The default PDF filename determines the form of the initial filename TRW chooses when How do I use the formatted file andfolder names?the data from a logger is saved to a TRX file. It is important to note that what is specified here is a template forthe filename, and the actual filename will not usually be the same as what you enter here (though it can be). When TRW
chooses the filename, it uses the default filename template, but treats several characters as having special meaning. For
example, the character L means "the logger serial number", and the characters yyyy mean "the current year".

For a detailed discussion and examples of the way file and folder formatting characters work, see thetopic Using the File and Folder Templates.

If you want to have characters in the filename but don’t want them to be interpreted by the above rules, they must be enclosed
in double-quotes ("..."), thus to use a filename of My Report.pdf, you must enclose the filename in quotes, thus: “My Report.
pdf".

You do not need to specify the file extension (.pdf). If you leave the extension off, ".pdf" is appended toany filename generated. If you want a different extension you can enter it. Note also that you cannot
use the characters “:” (colon), “/” (slash) and “\” (backslash) in your filename. If Temprecord finds any
characters that are not valid in a filename, it will replace them with underscores ("_"). If you want tospecify a path as well as a filename, use the Folder for PDF files option (see below). If Temprecord finds
a path component specified in the default PDF filename, it will be ignored.

The panel below the Default PDF Filename field shows you what filename would be used for the given file name format
specifier.
The installation default specifier for the default PDF filename is L YYYY-MM-DD hh-nn-ss. This means that the default
filename for a report printed from the data for logger S1234567 read at 12:34:56 on the 1st of June, 2009 would be S1234567
2009-06-01 12-34-56.pdf. Note that the .pdf extension is added automatically. If you want a different extension, you should
enter it as part of the format specifier. For example a specifier of L YYYY-MM-DD hh-nn-ss".rep" would result in a filenamewith the extension .rep. Note that the extension characters are surrounded by double quote characters ("...") to prevent them
being interpreted as formatting instructions. See the topic When are default filename and folders used? for more information.

Take care with formatted filenames and folders. If careful attention is not paid to how they are used,
one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely-named files and folders!

See also:
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Folder for .PDF Files
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?

9.5.10 Folder for .PDF Files
Folder for .PDF FilesEnter the folder name or path where you want to save your data files. Whatever filename entered in the Default TRX
filename field is appended to this folder name. The folder name specified can be used directly if it is enclosed in double
quotes ("..."), or it can be treated as a format template using the same rules as for the default TRX filename. See the topic
Using the File and Folder Templates for more information.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

190

Temprecord Help

If you wish to save the files in a date-organized tree of folders the path should be specified here. You can also use thespecifiers for the logger serial number, and the sequence number in this field.

When specifying the folder name used to save files, if you don't specify a path that starts
with an absolute pathname (one that includes a disk specifier such as C: or \\Server\,Temprecord assumes a path starting from your Temprecord data files folder (normally C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\).

The panel below the Folder to save files to field shows you what folder would be used for the given folder name format
specifier.

Sometimes the folder name generated by the formatting is too long to fit in the display panel
underneath each field. In this case Temprecord shortens the displayed path name so thatthe start and end characters are displayed, and a portion of the middle part is replaced byan ellipsis (...). If you want to see the whole pathname, move the cursor over the sample
panel and a hint will display with the full pathname.

The installation default specifier for the default folder for .PDF files is "pdf". This places and PDF files in folder C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\pdf\. If you were to enter a specifier of"pdf\Joes Reports", the PDF report files would be saved in folder C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My
Documents\My Temprecord Files\pdf\Joes Reports\. Note that the specifier is surrounded by double quote characters("...") to prevent it being interpreted as formatting instructions. If Instead Joe wanted to store his reports organized by month,
he could enter as the specifier "pdf\Joes Reports for "mmmm yyyy. In this case the PDF report files would be saved infolder C:\Documents and Settings\Joe Bloggs\My Documents\My Temprecord Files\pdf\Joes Reports for June 2009\
for any logger he read in that month, Joes Reports for July 2009 in the next month and so on. See the topic When are
default filename and folders used? for more information.

Take care with formatted filenames and folders. If careful attention is not paid to how they are used,
one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely-named files and folders!

See also:
Default TRX filename
Folder for .TRX files
Default PDF Filename
Using the File and Folder Templates
When are default filename and folders used?
Also use these settings when I save the file manually

9.6

Summary View Options
Use the 'Summary' tab of the options form to change the way the summary view is displayed.

Show Manufacture Date
If this option is checked, Temprecord will display the approximate date of manufacture of the logger in the summary view, andinclude it in any printed PDF reports that include the summary.

Show battery status
If this option is checked, Temprecord will display the approximate amount of battery capacity remaining as a percentage ofthe new battery capacity in the summary view, and include it in any printed PDF reports that include the summary..

When the remaining battery capacity falls below 25%, this icon will show to theright of the displayed percentage.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

191

When the remaining battery capacity falls below 5%, this icon will show to the rightof the displayed percentage.

When the remaining battery capacity falls below a level where the logger cannot
be expected to operate reliably, this icon will show to the right of the displayedpercentage.

Warn when battery exhausted
If this option is checked, Temprecord will display the warning dialog when any attempt is made to reuse, program, or start alogger whose battery capacity remaining is less than 5%. This option has no effect unless the Show battery status option
is checked.

The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly, but is calculated using Temprecord's
knowledge of the past use of the logger. The figure arrived at is conservative, i.e. you may well get
more use out of the logger than the displayed remaining battery capacity suggests. We do notrecommend this, however, and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed
from service.

Font
Use the 'Font' button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the summary view. You can only choose from thefixed spacing fonts installed on your computer. Proportional fonts are not available for the summary display.

Annotation Color
Use the 'Annotation Color' button to change the color used when displaying the annotation text - i.e. the text on the left of
the window that is the same each time.

Data Color
Use the 'Data Color' button to change the color used when displaying the summary data text - i.e. the text on the right of thewindow that changes for each file or logger that is read.
As an example, if you select blue as the annotation color and red as the data color, your summary text would look like this:Logger Type
Serial Number: scientific:00001766

Be careful when changing these colors. If you select a color that is the same as the background of thewindow, any text displayed in that color will be invisible!

See also:
Show Mon-T - specific settings
Values view options
Statistics view options
Graph view options

9.7

Show Mon-T - specific settings
Enable this option if you want to be able to set the Minimum Temperature, Resolution, or Logger Units of Mon-T loggers when
programming the parameters. This option also displays those parameters on the summary display when enabled.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

192

Temprecord Help

See also:
Programming Mon-T parameters

9.8

Values View Options
Use the 'Values' tab of the options form to change the way the values view is displayed.

Units
Check this option if you want the units displayed as a single character (C or F) after temperature values, or as %RH after
humidity values.

Degrees
Check this option if you want the degrees symbol (°) displayed after temperature values.

Comma
Check this option if you want a comma displayed between each pair of temperature/humidity values. This option has noeffect if only one of temperature or humidity is displayed.

Parentheses
Check this option if you want left and right parentheses displayed around each pair of temperature/humidity values. This
option has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is displayed.

Preview
As you alter the above options, the three preview panels show the effect the current set of options has on the display of eachtemperature value, humidity value, or temperature/humidity value pair.

Auto-wrap Columns
If you want Temprecord to display only as many values as will fit across the window, then 'Auto-wrap columns' should bechecked. If you want Temprecord to display a fixed number of columns across the window, whether they would fit or not, the 'Auto-wrap columns' should be unchecked. You can then change the number of columns in the 'Columns' field. This
option is useful when you wish each line of values to correspond to a particular time interval. If you specify a sample period of
5 minutes for example, and you set the number of columns to 12, then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples.

Columns
The columns option sets the number of columns displayed across the window. This option is useful when you wish each lineof values to correspond to a particular time interval. If you specify a sample period of 5 minutes for example, and you set the
number of columns to 12, then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples.

If you specify more columns here than will fit across the Temprecord data window, not all of thetemperature values will display. If you want all temperature values to be visible, make sure the 'Autowrap columns' option is on.

Font
Use the 'Font' button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the values view. You can only choose from the fixedspacing fonts installed on your computer. Proportional fonts are not available for the values display.

Date/Time Color
Use the 'Date/Time Color' button to change the color used when displaying the date and time text in the values viewwindow.

Above Limits Color
Use the 'Above Limits Color' button to change the color used when displaying those samples that exceed the upper limit. If
you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other samples, choose the same color as the 'In Range' color.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

193

If you have Total Temperature Value statistics display enabled, this color is used if the temperature of that sample exceeds
the temperature for that TTV period.

In Range Color
Use the 'In Range Color' button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are between the lower andupper limits.

Below Limits Color
Use the 'Below Limits Color' button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are below the lower limit.
If you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other samples, choose the same color as the 'In Range'
color.
There are separate colors defined for both temperature and humidity values.
If you have Total Temperature Value statistics display enabled, this color is used if the temperature of that sample is less than
the temperature for that TTV period.

The display option Show upper and lower limits needs to be checked for Temprecord to show values
above the upper limit or below the lower limit in different colors.

Marker Samples Color
Use the 'Marker Samples Color' button to change the color used when displaying those samples that have user markers
associated with them. If you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other samples, choose the same color
as the 'In Range' color.

Be careful when changing these colors. If you select a color that is the same as the background of thewindow, any text displayed in that color will be invisible!

See also:
Summary view options
Statistics view options
Graph view options

9.9

Statistics View Options
Use the 'Statistics' tab of the options form to change the way the statistics view is displayed.

Show General Statistics
If this option is checked, the general statistics (minimum, maximum, mean and standard deviation of samples, time spentinside and outside limits) are shown in the display and the printed reports.

If the start sample is not set to the first sample in the logger or the end sample is not set to the last
sample, the statistics will also be shown for the samples between the start and end samples.

If the first visible sample displayed on the screen in graph view is not the same as the first sample in
the logger or the start sample, or the last visible sample displayed on the screen is not the same as
the last sample in the logger or end sample, the statistics will also be shown for the samples displayedon screen.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

194

Temprecord Help

PHI (Process Hygiene Index) Growth statistics
Shows the bacterial growth information in the displayed and printed statistics

Product Integrity Profile
Product Integrity Profile is a means of determining how effective refrigeration of a shipment has been. When enabled, thegraph is annotated with the times taken to reach key points such as the minimum temperature, and transitions of the upperand lower limits. The duration taken is also displayed. The statistics view also shows a report from this data.

Product Cooling Alerts
When the product cooling alert function is enabled, the graph shows a flag when the temperature has risen a certain amountabove the minimum. The maximum temperature rise allowed before the alert is displayed can be specified.
This function is often used to determine whether blood products have been maintained adequately in a controlled environment

Show MKT Statistics
Check this box if you want the Mean Kinetic Temperature (MKT) statistics to be displayed and printed as well as the normal
statistical data.

This option must be checked in order for MKT statistics to be graphed, printed, or exported.

MKT Options - Delta H valueEnter the value of Delta-H or activation energy for your product. The nominal value used for this is 83.14472 kJ/mol , which issuitable for most materials. The calculated value of MKT varies with the activation energy entered here, but the variation is
not great and you should not need to alter this parameter. If you require very accurate MKT calculations, the value of Delta-H
should be determined for your monitored commodity. The activation energy for a particular commodity can be determinedby a procedure known as differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis.

Font
Use the 'Font' button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the statistics view. You can only choose from thefixed spacing fonts installed on your computer. Proportional fonts are not available for the statistics display.

Annotation Color
Use the 'Annotation Color' button to change the color used when displaying the annotation text - i.e. the text on the left of
the window that is the same each time.

Data Color
Use the 'Data Color' button to change the color used when displaying the statistics data text - i.e. the text on the right of thewindow that changes for each file or logger that is read.
As an example, if you select blue as the annotation color and red as the data color, your statistics text would look like this:MeanStandard Deviation
Maximum
Minimum: 20.71: 0.86: 24.53: 19.43

Be careful when changing these colors. If you select a color that is the same as the background of thewindow, any text displayed in that color will be invisible!

See also:
TTV statistics options
Refrigeration index statistics options
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

195

Rate of cooling statistics options
Summary view options
Values view options
Graph view options
Printing Options
Export Options
Total Temperature Value (TTV)
Process Hygiene Index
Mean Kinetic Temperature
Refrigeration Index

9.10

Graph View Options
Use the 'Graph' tab of the options form to change the way the graph view is displayed, and to set the axes
values used for the zoom preset function.

Graph Hints

Allow hinting on graph
Enable this option to allow Temprecord to display "hints" on the graph when the mouse cursor is hovered above items ofinterest. Specific hints are displayed when the mouse cursor is positioned over:· samples. The sample number, value, and date and time are displayed· the mean temperature between the start and end samples. The mean, mean kinetic temperature (if enabled),
duration and number of samples are shown.
· the minimum or maximum samples. The sample number, value, and date and time are displayed.

Allow hinting on comments
Enable this option to allow Temprecord to display "hints" on the graph when the mouse cursor is hovered above comments, orcomment off-screen indicators. The hint will show:· the comment summary (the comment summary normally displays on screen anyway but if the summary is longer thanthe maximum allowed on screen, or the comment itself is off-screen, the hint is a convenient way of displaying thesummary line in full).
· the author and date and time the comment was created· the editor and date and time the comment was edited (if the comment has been altered since it was created)· the comment dat and time position (if enabled)· the comment value position (if enabled)

Opacity
Comments are shown on the graph with variable transparency and this option allows you to adjust the opacity of the comment
summary. A value of 100% renders the comment completely opaque, and the graph under it will be completely obscured.
The minimum opacity is limited to 10%.

Graph Colors
Font
Use the 'Font' button to change the font Temprecord uses to display the axis annotation (the date and time on the horizontal
axis and the temperature on the vertical axis). You can choose from any of the fonts installed on your computer.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

196

Temprecord Help

Above Limits Color
Use the 'Above Limits Color' button to change the color used when displaying that part of the temperature trace thatexceeds the Upper limit. If you do not want the trace to appear differently from that part of the trace that is within the limits,choose the same color as the 'In Range' color. The color you choose here is also used to display the upper limit horizontal
line.`In Range Color
Use the 'In Range Color' button to change the color used when displaying that part of the temperature trace that is between
the Lower and Upper limits.

Below Limits Color
Use the 'Below Limits Color' button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are below the Lower limit.
If you do not want the trace to appear differently from that part of the trace that is within the limits, choose the same color as
the 'In Range' color. The color you choose here is also used to display the lower limit horizontal line.
There are separate colors defined for both temperature and humidity values.

If Show Limits is checked, and Show TTV Limits is not checked, the trace will display in the ‘above
limit’s color when the temperature is above the upper limit, and in the ‘below limit’s color when thetemperature is below the lower limit. Otherwise, the trace will display in the ‘in range’s color

If Show TTV Limits is checked the trace will display in the ‘above limit’s color when the temperature
is above the upper limit for the TTV period for that sample, and in the ‘below limit’s color when thetemperature is below the lower limit for the TTV period of that sample. Otherwise, (if the temperature
is in range for that TTV period, or the sample is prior to the first TTV period or past the last TTV
period) the trace will display in the ‘in range’s color. Note that you must also have Show TTV
Statistics checked for this to display.

Be careful when changing these colors. If you select a color that is the same as the background of thewindow, any part of the trace displayed in that color will be invisible

Axis Color
Use the 'Axis Color' button to change the color used when displaying axis annotation (the time and date, and temperature
values displayed along the left-hand and bottom edge of the graph).

Graticule Color
Use the 'Graticule Color' button to change the color used when displaying the graticule lines on the graph.

Cursor Color
Use the 'Cursor Color' button to change the color used when displaying the sample cursor.

See also:
Zoom and presets options
Copy to clipboard, Excel Options
Summary view options
Values view options
Statistics view options
Using the Zoom Presets
Printing Options
Export Options
Total Temperature Value (TTV)

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

197

9.10.1 Zoom and presets options
Preset Zoom X Axis
These fields set the date and time span that the X axis will be set to when the Zoom Window to Presets function is used. The'From' date and time fields determine the date at the left-hand side of the graph, and the 'Until' fields determine the date andtime at the right-hand side.

The preset zoom X values are not used unless the 'Enable' box is checked. If you want to zoom two
or more traces to the same Y (temperature) span, but do not want to alter the X axis (time) settings,
make sure this box is unchecked before you use the Zoom Window to Presets function.

Preset Zoom Y Axis
These fields set the temperature span that the Y axis will be set to when the Zoom Window to Presets function is used. The 'Upper Temperature' field determines the temperature at the top of the graph, and the 'Lower Temperature' field
determines the temperature at the bottom.

The preset zoom Y values are not used unless the 'Enable' box is checked. If you want to zoom two
or more traces to the same X (time and date) span, but do not want to alter the Y axis (temperature)settings, make sure this box is unchecked before you use the Zoom Window to Presets function.

If you want the graph to be printed to the same settings as the displayed window, make sure the 'Print
Visible Window' printing option is selected

See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information.

9.11

Export Options
Use the Options/Export page to set up the way ASCII files are saved. There are also options to determine whether you areprompted for an export filename, and whether you are prompted before an existing export file is overwritten. These options
can be found with the general options.

Temprecord can also export directly to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. See the topic Copying data to
Clipboard and Excel for more information.

Field Delimiter
This determines the character used to separate items on each line when the file is written. You can choose from a space, acomma, a tab character, or a semicolon. Choose whichever option suits the application that will be reading the ASCII file. If
you will be importing the file into a spreadsheet such as Excel or Lotus 123, comma-separated values are normally used. If
you will be importing data into a Microsoft Word table, use tabs.

ASCII Filetype
Use this option to set the default filetype used when the temperature data is written to a file.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

198

Temprecord Help

Columns
Use this option to specify how many columns are written to the ASCII file. If this value is set to 1, the file will consist of asingle column of values, one per line. If you do not want any line breaks in your file, set this to 99999.

AveragingUse this option to specify how many samples are averaged before a value is written to the ASCII file. If this field is set to 1,
no averaging is performed, and the 'raw' temperature values are written to the file. If this field is set to (say) 10, then a set of
10 temperatures is averaged and the mean value written to the file. In this case, there would be one tenth the number ofvalues in the exported file - i.e. if the original .TRX file contained 2000 samples then the exported file would contain 200
values.

Temprecord always rounds the exported values to 2 decimal places. This means the averagetemperature may not agree with the average as calculated by other means, e.g. a spreadsheet.
As an example, if you have a sample record of 8 samples and Temprecord is set up to average every
2 values :SampleValue

ActualAverage

Value
Exported

1

30.31

30.315

30.32

2

30.32

3

30.32

30.33

30.33

4

30.34

5

30.35

30.355

30.36

6

30.36

7

30.37

30.38

30.38

8

30.39

Here, the values for the first 2 samples are 30.31, and 30.32. The actual average is 10.315 but
Temprecord exports the value rounded to 2 decimal places, i.e. 30.32.

The averaging functions built into Temprecord exporting make it relatively easy to generate a report ofdaily temperature averages. See Exporting daily average temperatures for more information.

Date Format
Use this option to specify how the date is written to the ASCII file, if at all. The format chosen will depend on how yourapplication requires date and time information to be formatted.
· 'No date' specifies that no time or date information is to be written. The temperature values will be written to the file
without any preceding time and date information.
· 'Use local setting' specifies that the date and time are to be written in the format as selected with the 'International'
settings in Windows' Control Panel.
· 'MM:SS' specifies that the time is written in that format, e.g. 12:34. The date is not written.
· 'HH:MM:SS' specifies that the time is written in that format, e.g. 11:12:34. The date is not written.
· 'Seconds since 1980' specifies that the time and date are written as an integer being the number of seconds that havepassed since midnight on January 1, 1980.
· 'Days since 1900' specifies that the time and date are written as an floating point value being the number of days thathave passed since midnight on January 1, 1900. The integer part of this value gives the number of days, thefractional part gives the time as a fraction of a day. This format is normally the one most suitable for exporting data to
spreadsheets such as Microsoft Excel or Lotus 123.

Quoted Text
Check this option if you want all text in written annotation to be surrounded by quotes. Some applications require that text be
differentiated from numerical data in this way when they import data.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

199

Summary
Check this option if you want the summary written to the ASCII file as well. The summary includes information such as theuser data, the comment fields and their associated labels, the number of samples etc.

ValuesCheck this option if you want the individual sample values to be exported. If this option is checked, the sample values
corresponding to the specified sample range are written to the file.
Turn this option off if you want the sample values and nothing else in the exported file.

Markers
Check this option if you want the those data values with associated markers to be indicated as such when they are exported.
If this option is checked, those samples with associated markers will be written to the file with an appended ‘*’ character.
Turn this option off if the application you are using to analyse the exported data has trouble with the extra characters
appended to the sample values.

General Statistics
Check this option if you want the general statistics to be exported. The statistics exported always pertain to those between
the start and end samples. It is not affected by the sample range setting described below.

TTV Statistics
Check this option if you want the results of the Total Temperature Value (TTV) statistics calculations to be exported. If thisoption is checked, the TTV results as displayed in the statistics view are written to the export file.
Turn this option off if you do not want the TTV statistics in the exported file.

The ‘Show TTV Statistics’ option (on the Statistics Options tab) must be checked in order for the
TTV statistics to be exported.

When the field delimiter is set to a non-space character, extra delimiters are inserted when the TTV
totals are exported. This is so that the totals will align properly with the individual TTV period data andcolumn headers when the exported file is imported into a spreadsheet

MS Access TTV Statistics
Check this option if you want the results of the Total Temperature Value (TTV) statistics calculations to be exported in aformat more suitable for importing into Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel.. If this option is checked, the TTV results asexported as a series of rows as shown in the following example:"Serial No","Sample Period","Start Sample","Start Sample DateTime","TTV Period","Periods
Specified","Periods Shown","Period Number","TTV Below","TTV Above""S2222849","60","1","4/03/1997 17:20:36","0.041667","5","5","1","0","186""S2222849","60","1","4/03/1997 17:20:36","0.041667","5","5","2","0","663""S2222849","60","1","4/03/1997 17:20:36","0.041667","5","5","3","10","0""S2222849","60","1","4/03/1997 17:20:36","0.041667","5","5","4","0","990""S2222849","60","1","4/03/1997 17:20:36","0.041667","5","5","5","0","861"
The first line is only exported if the Include Header Row option is checked. To import in MS Access you should have atable defined with field names the same as those shown above. Each line will then be imported as a single record in thetable.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

200

Temprecord Help

The ‘Show TTV Statistics’ option (on the Statistics Options tab) must be checked in order for the MS
Access TTV statistics to be exported, and the Show Brief TTV Statistics option must not bechecked.

PHI Statistics
Check this option if you want the results of the PHI (Process Hygiene Index) statistics calculations to be exported. If this option
is checked, the PHI results as displayed in the statistics view are written to the export file.

The ‘Show Growth Statistics’ option must be checked in order for the PHI (Process Hygiene Index)
statistics to be exported.

Rate of Cooling Statistics
Check this option if you want the results of the Rate of Cooling (ROC) statistics calculations to be exported. If this option ischecked, the ROC results as displayed in the statistics view are written to the export file.

The ‘Show Rate of Cooling Statistics’ option must be checked in order for the ROC statistics to beexported.

Sample Range
Use this option to specify what samples are written to the ASCII file. This option only has an effect when the Values export
option is checked.
'Entire Record' specifies that all samples read from the currently loaded Temprecord file or the logger are to be written
to the ASCII file (or averaged and then written to the file, if Averaging is set to a value other than 1).
'Visible Window' specifies that only those samples displayed in the current Temprecord data graph view window are to
be written to the ASCII file (or averaged and then written to the file, if 'Averaging' is set to a value other than 1).
'From Start to End Markers' specifies that only those samples between the start and end samples are to be written to
the ASCII file (or averaged and then written to the file, if 'Averaging' is set to a value other than 1).

See also:
Graph view options
Statistics view options
Exporting daily average temperatures
Printing Options
Total Temperature Value (TTV)

9.11.1 Copy to Clipboard, Excel Options
Copying to the Clipboard
Temprecord can copy temperature data to the Windows clipboard. Once the data is in the clipboard it can be pasted to otherapplications such as Microsoft Word or NotePad.

Include date in copy to clipboard
Check this option if you wish the date and time to be copied to the clipboard when the Copy to Clipboard function is used.
The date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings for the display of date and time.

Exporting to Excel
Temprecord can export temperature data directly to Microsoft Excel. This is useful where you have additional data
manipulation to carry out.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

201

Include date in copy to Excel
Check this option if you wish the date and time to be copied to the clipboard or the Excel when the Copy to Spreadsheetfunction is used. The date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings for the display of date andtime.

Include "xxx" in copy to Excel
Check these other options if you wish the corresponding statistical data copied to the Excel when the Copy to Spreadsheetfunction is used.
· If the copied data is a date and time the date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings forthe display of date and time.
· If the copied data is a temperature value it is formatted with 2 decimal places.
· If the copied data is a duration it is formatted as a real number with 8 decimal places. The value of the real number isthe corresponding duration in days, which is how Excel represents date and time, thus a duration of 6:00:00 hours willshow as 0.25000000.

Named Ranges
When Temprecord exports spreadsheet data to an Excel file, it also sets up what are known as "named ranges". For
example, if the logger sample period is exported to the Excel file, a named range called "SamplePeriod" is also defined. This
allows you to reference the sample period in a formula by the name "SamplePeriod", rather than by using an absolute cellreference such as "$B$3". Using named ranges instead of absolute cell coordinates has the advantage that any calculations
you set up that reference this cell's value will still be correct if the position in the spreadsheet of the sample period changes.
As a rule, the exported parameters have named ranges defined that is the same as the annotation with the characters such as
spaces and periods (that are not permitted in Excel named ranges) removed. For example the 2nd line of User data has theannotation "User Data 2" and it's named range is "UserData2".
For the majority of named ranges, the defined range is just one cell, i.e. the named range for "SerialNumber" might be the cell
"B1". There are three named ranges defined that span a group of cells. These are called "Date", "Temperature" and"Humidity", and are defined as the first entry to the last entry in the respective column.

In order to see what the name of the named range is that Temprecord has assigned to a cell, export
your data to a spreadsheet and click in the cell of interest. If a named range has been defined, it willappear in the top left of the Excel window.
In the example shown below, the cell containing the lower temperature limit has been selected, andthe named range for that cell is shown as "LowerTemperatureLimit".

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

202

Temprecord Help

Prompt for spreadsheet filename
Check this option if you wish to be prompted for the spreadsheet (.XLS file) name when the Copy to Spreadsheet function isused. If this option is not checked, Temprecord will derive a name based on the current TRX data filename or if the current
logger data has not yet been saved to a file, based on the settings for the default filename.

Prompt before overwriting spreadsheet
Check this option if you wish Temprecord to prompt you when the spreadsheet file being saved already exists. If this option isclear, an existing file of the same name will be overwritten with no warning.

Open spreadsheet after copy
Check this option if you wish Temprecord to open the data saved to a spreadsheet with Excel after the save is completed.
Microsoft Excel must be installed on the machine.

See also:
Copy to Clipboard
Copy to Excel

9.12

Printing Options
Use the Options/Printing page to set up how your printed reports are formatted.

Summary
Check the 'Summary' option if you wish the summary to be printed. The information printed is the same as that shown inthe summary view window, except that there are options for independently determining whether the comment lines and user
data are printed.

User Data Lines
Specify the number of lines (zero through 5) of user data you wish to print.

Statistics
Check the 'Statistics' option if you wish the statistical data to be printed. The information printed is the same as that shownin the statistics view window.
If the start and end samples are not set to the first and last sample, an additional set of statistical information is printed for the
samples between the start and end markers.
If the data visible in the graph view is less than the entire record, an additional set of statistical information is printed for the
samples visible on the graph.
If the checkbox On new page is checked, the statistics data starts printing on a fresh page.

Graph
Check the 'Graph' option if you want the temperature data to be shown as a graph. Temprecord can allocate anything from
10% of the page (not very useful!) to the whole page for the graph of temperature data (see the following option 'Graph
Height'). If there is not this amount of space remaining on the page after the printing of any the previous data, the graph will
be printed on the next page. The samples that are printed depend on the settings of the 'Sample Range' below.
If the checkbox On new page is checked, the graph data starts printing on a fresh page.
If the checkbox Full page landscape is checked, the graph will be sized to occupy the whole page, and rotated so that it is in"landscape" view (with the longer edge of the paper horizontal). This option forces the graph to start on a new page. If a PDF
file is being produced or previewed and the PDF orientation is set to portrait, it is switched to landscape for the page the graphis on, then returned to portrait for any remaining pages. Similarly if the output is being sent to the printer and the printerorientation is set to portrait, it is switched to landscape for the page the graph is on, then returned to portrait for any remaining
pages.
If the checkbox Serial Number is checked, the logger serial number is printed above the graph. If the On new page option
is checked, the new page is forced before the serial number is printed. This option does not affect the printing of the serial
number as part of the report summary.
If the checkbox User Data is checked, the logger user data is printed above the graph. If the On new page option is

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

203

checked, the new page is forced before the user data is printed. This option does not affect the printing of the user data aspart of the report summary. The number of user data lines printed is determined by the User Data Lines summary option
described above.

The graph options Serial Number and User Data are intended for the production of single-page
reports where only the graph is required and serial number and the user data.

Graph Height
Use this option to specify the height of the graph printed in the report. This option is only used if the 'Graph' option describedabove is also checked. The height is specified in terms of a percentage of the available page height.

If you set the printer to Landscape orientation instead of Portrait, the graph height is measured relative tothe height of the landscape pageSample Range
Use this option to specify what samples are shown in the graph and/or values in the printed and PDF output. This option is
only used if the 'Graph' and/or 'Values' options described above are also checked.
· 'Entire Record' specifies that all samples read from the currently loaded Temprecord file or the logger are to beprinted.
· 'Visible Window' specifies that only those samples displayed in the current Temprecord data graph view window are to
be printed. If this option is used, the printed graph will have the same temperature and sample span as the displayed
graph view window, and the graticule positions will be the same.
· 'From Start to End Markers' specifies that only those samples between the start and end samples are to be printed.

When the 'Visible Window' option is selected, the vertical and horizontal axes may not display as they
do on the screen. See the topic Why doesn't my printed graph look the same as the one I see onscreen? for more information.

ValuesCheck the 'Values' option if you want the sample values to be printed as a list of numerical values, i.e. in tabular fashion.
The samples that are printed depend on the settings of the 'Sample Range' described above.
If the checkbox On new page is checked, the values data starts printing on a fresh page.

Only the samples between the start and end markers are included when you print the values in tabular
fashion. If you want all the samples to be printed, make sure all the samples are selected (use theSelect All function).

Be careful when using this option. Depending on the settings of the text font, the columns, and thesample range, you can generate a large amount of printout !

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

204

Temprecord Help

Auto-wrap Columns
If you want Temprecord to print only as many values as will fit across the page, then 'Auto-wrap columns' should bechecked. If you want Temprecord to print a fixed number of columns across the page, whether they would fit or not, the 'Auto-wrap columns' should be unchecked. You can then change the number of columns in the 'Columns' field.

Columns
The columns option sets the number of columns across the printed page when the temperature values are printed. This
option is useful when you wish each line of values to correspond to a particular time interval. If you specify a sample period of
5 minutes for example, and you set the number of columns to 12, then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples.

If you specify more columns here than will fit across the printed page, not all of the temperature values
will print. If you want all temperature values to be visible, make sure the 'Auto-wrap columns' option
is on.

Show Date/Time
Check this option to cause the date and time to be written at the left of the page. The date and time printed is that of thesample immediately following.

Show Day Transitions
Check this option to show the transitions from one day to the next to be shown as a new line. If this option is checked, only
the time is printed at the left-hand side of each line.

Units
Check this option if you want the units printed as a single character (C or F) after temperature values, or as %RH after
humidity values.

Degrees
Check this option if you want the degrees symbol (°) printed after temperature values.

Comma
Check this option if you want a comma printed between each pair of temperature/humidity values. This option has no effect if
only one of temperature or humidity is printed.

Parentheses
Check this option if you want left and right parentheses printed around each pair of temperature/humidity values. This option
has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is printed.

Preview
As you alter the above options, the three preview panels show the effect the current set of options has on the printing of eachof a temperature value, humidity value, or temperature/humidity value pair.

Set Print Colors
Click on this button to display or alter a matrix of the colors currently used in printed reports. See Set Print Colors for more
information.

Header and Footers, Paper Size
Click on this button to set the header and footers, and paper size and orientation used on the printed reports. See Header andFooters, Paper Size for more information.

See also:
Graph view options
Statistics view options
Export Options
Total Temperature Value (TTV)
Set Print Colors

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

205

Header and Footers, Paper Size

9.13

Set Print Colors
Some monochrome printers, particularly higher-resolution laser printers, will attempt to render colored text as varying shadesof gray, with the result that some graph features or text may not be readable.
Check the Monochrome Print option if you are printing on a black-and-white printer. Temprecord will not send any color
information to the printer. Any text or graphics which are non-white will be rendered in black on the printer.
Check the Use gray-scale option if you want Temprecord to use shades of gray with approximately the same density as thecolors defined. This can make reports printed on a monochrome printer easier to read.
You can also use these options if you have a color printer, but you do not want the printed output to be in color.
Check the Use screen colors on printer output option if you want Temprecord to use the same colors on the printed
reports as are used for the on-screen display of Temprecord data. If this box is checked then the color options on this options
page have no effect and they are disabled.

9.14

Header and Footers, Paper Size
Page Format
Select the paper size and orientation to be selected whenever a PDF report file is created or previewed.
Note that these settings will not apply to any reports printed directly from Temprecord. In this case the page format isdetermined by the settings for the current printer.
If a PDF file is previewed and printed from the PDF viewer, the page size and format assumed is determined by those of the
PDF itself.

Print Header and Print Footer Options
Check the Enable Print Header/Footer option if you want a page header/footer included with the PDF reports or printed
output.
Check the Use header/footer space for content option if you want the space on the page normally occupied by the header/footer to be included in the body of the printed report. If this option is not checked and the Enable Print Header/Footer
option is also not checked, the header/footer will not print, but the space normally occupied by the header/footer is left blank.
Fill in the three fields with the text you want displayed in the left-hand side, the center, and the right-hand side respectively ofthe header/footer. The left hand text is aligned with the left margin. The center text is centered between the left and rightmargins. The right-hand text is right-justified against the right-hand margin.
Any of the text fields may overflow into the adjacent fields, and it is your responsibility to make sure they do not overlap. Thus
it is possible to have a left-hand header or footer that extends right across the page, provided the corresponding center andright-hand header/footer are set to blank strings.

Meta-string Substitution
Header and footers may include "meta-strings". These strings are expanded (i.e. substituted by another string) at the time ofreport generation. There are meta-strings which are common throughout Temprecord software, and there are some which areparticular to print headers and footers. The meta-strings that are common are:Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Version%

TRW software
version"Printed with
v%Version%"

Printed with v5.28.0.2533.tr%Build%TRW software
build"Saved with build%Build%"Printed with build 2533.tr%User%

logged inWindows user

"Printed by user %User%"

Printed by user Fred.tr%Computer%computer name"Printed from PC %Computer%"

Printed from PC Fred's
Workstation.tr

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

206

Temprecord Help%Workgroup%

computerworkgroup"This file is from the %Workgroup% group"This file is from theAdministration group.tr%Date%

Inserts the datein the users shortdate format"Reception %Date%"

Reception 23-8-2012%Time%

Inserts thecurrent time inthe user's longtime format"Saved at %time%"

Saved at 15_09_26.tr%DateTime%

Inserts the date
and time in theusers short dateand long time
format"Saved %DateTime%"

Saved 23-8-2012 15_09_26.
tr%%<env var>%%environment
variable"%%TEMP%%"

C:\DOCUME~1\jrm\LOCALS~1\Temp\

Additional meta-strings which are valid inside header and footer specifications are:Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Page%'

current page

Page %Page%

Page 1%Pages%'total pages

Page %Page% of %Pages%

Page 1 of 4%SN%logger serial
numberLogger %SN%

Logger S1234567%User1%..%
User5%

logger user data

%User4%<logger user data line 4 will
be displayed>%Filename%the filename partof the .TRX fileassociated withthe data

File %Filename%

File S1234567.tr%NSP%

the name of any
namedparameter set
loadedParameters from "%NSP%.nsp"

Parameters from "Plasma.
nsp"%PrintDateTime%date and timereport printed

Printed on %PrintDateTime%

Printed on 1/2/2010
12:55:02%StartDateTime%date and time
the logger wasstarted

Logger started on %StartDateTime%

Logger started on
21/12/2009 15:00:56

The following meta-strings are expanded into various parameters and statistics from the logger data set:
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Samples%number ofsamples

Logger %SN%"(%Samples% samples)"Logger S1234567 (1778samples)%SamplePeriod%

sample period

Samples were %SamplePeriod% apart

Samples were 0:02:30 apart%Markers%

number ofmarkers%Markers% markers in file

17 markers in file

%StartDelay%

start delay

Logger start delay was%StartDelay%

Logger start delay was
0:01:00%StartSample%

start sample (F7key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%EndSample%

end sample (F8Statistics are for samples

Statistics are for samples 100

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

207

key)

%StartSample% to%EndSample%

to 199%StartDate%

date of startsampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%EndDate%

date of end
sampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%FirstDate%

date of firstsampleLogger first sample taken
was at %FirstDate%

Logger first sample taken was
at 12-11-2013 08:00:14%LastDate%

date of last
sampleLogger last sample taken
was at %LastDate%

Logger last sample taken was
at 13-11-2013 02:10:44%User1%..
%User5%Lines 1..5 ofuser data.

%User1%, %User2%

Contents: Frozen Lamb,
Origin: Auckland Coolstore%UserData%

All lines of user
data (only valid
inside the bodyof an email %UserData%
is not recognizedinside thesubject line of anemail)

User Data:%UserData%

User Data:
Contents: Frozen Lamb
Origin: Auckland Coolstore
Destination: Christchurch
Container: SKK2311%NPS%

name of any
programmed
Named
Parameter Set

Parameters: %NPS%

Parameters: Conditioned
blood products%SN%logger serial
numberLogger %SN%

Logger s1234567%Owner%programmed
owner nameReturn logger to%Owner%Return logger to Waikato%Firmware%version numberof logger
firmware.

%Firmware%

4.1.6.0%TMean%mean value oftemperaturesamples
between startand endsamples

Mean temperature between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean%Mean temperature between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was-18.311%TMax%

maximum
temperature
between startand end

Maximum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMax%

Maximum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -17.580%TMin%

minimum
temperature
between startand end

Minimum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was %TMin%

Minimum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -18.950%TMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%TMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

208

Temprecord Help

temperaturesample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%MKT%

mean kinetic
temperature
between startand endsamples

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples%StartSample%-%EndSa
mple% was %MKT%

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples 100-199
was -18.905%HMean%mean value ofhumidity
samples
between startand endsamples

Mean humidity between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean% %RH

Mean humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
64.2 %RH%HMax%

maximum
humidity
between startand end

Maximum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMax% %RH

Maximum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
70.0 %RH%HMin%

minimum
humidity
between startand end

Minimum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMin% %RH

Minimum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
58.5 %RH%HMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%HMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57%HMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57

See also:
Printer options
Meta-strings
Meta-strings in file and folder names
Meta-strings in email messages
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets

9.15

What about the Default Parameters?
Previous versions of Temprecord software implemented a "default" set of parameters that could be loaded into theparameters dialog when the settings were read from the logger. The defaults were more or less like a named parameter set,but there was only one of them, and they didn't have a name.
Although the parameter defaults have effectively been superceded by Named Parameter Sets, the original default parametersettings are still implemented. The way in which they are used has changed slightly, but it is unlikely the changes will bevisible, or affect how you use the Temprecord program.
· The defaults are now stored in a Named Parameters Set called (appropriately) Defaults, in a NPS file named

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

209

Defaults.nps.
· When Temprecord starts, if the Defaults.nps file isn't found, a new one is created, and the default parameters
initialized with whatever the existing parameter defaults were. This means that the first time you start this version of
Temprecord, it will read your existing default settings and assign them to the Defaults.nps file.
· The Default Options tab is still present, but has had additional controls to allow you to load default parameters froma Named Parameters Set and also save the default parameters to a Named Parameters Set.
· The button in the Program/Parameters dialog to load a logger's settings from the defaults is still present and still
behaves as it did before.
· The option to load a logger with the defaults when reusing a logger in Auto Mode is still present, and you also now
have the option of loading the logger's parameters from any Named Parameters Set in Auto Mode.

Remember: The default settings are still present and still work in the same way, but you now have theadded functionality of loading and saving the default settings to a Named Parameters Set.

See also
Managing Named Parameter sets

9.16

Managing Named Parameter Sets
Use the Options/Defaultss tab to manage your named parameter sets. Named Parameter Sets (NPS's) are collections oflogger settings that are stored in files on your computer and can be referenced by name (the name of the file).
The fields in this page and their layout are the same as those in the Program/Parameters form, apart from the password
fields. You cannot specify a password in your default parameters, and passwords are not stored in a NPS file.

All of the NPS-related functions possible in the Options/Defaults tab are also possible from theparameters dialog that is displayed when the settings are read from a logger. The difference is:· you don't need to have a logger in order to manage your NPS's.
· it is not possible to directly save these settings to a logger.

Once you have set up your defaults, you can load them into the Program/Parameters form by clicking on the Defaults button.

The start delay default value specified here is also used whenever a logger is reused. If you enter avalue of (say) 00:02:00 in the default start delay field, the logger start delay will be set to 2 minutes
when the logger is reused. You can still change it before starting the logger.

See the topic Programming a Logger's Parameters for more information about the fields on this options page.

See also:
Where have the defaults gone?
What about the Default Parameters?
Programming a Logger's Parameters
Mon-T Parameter Defaults

9.17

Where have the defaults gone?
Previous versions of Temprecord software implemented a "default" set of parameters that could be loaded into theparameters dialog when the settings were read from the logger. The defaults were more or less like a named parameter set,but there was only one of them, and they didn't have a name.
Although the parameter defaults have effectively been superceded by Named Parameter Sets, in order to preserve thebehaviour of existing installations that might be using the old default settings, they are still supported, but with the followingchanges:· The defaults are now stored in a Named Parameters Set called (appropriately) Defaults, in a NPS file named

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

210

Temprecord Help

Defaults.nps.
· When Temprecord starts, if the Defaults.nps file isn't found, a new one is created, and the parameters filled withwhatever the existing parameter defaults were. This means that the first time you started this version of Temprecord,
it read your existing default settings and assigned them to the Defaults.nps file.
· The Default Options tab is still present, but has had additional controls to allow you to load default parameters froma Named Parameters Set and also save the default parameters to a Named Parameters Set.
· The button in the Program/Parameters dialog to load a logger's settings from the defaults is still present and still
behaves as it did before.
· The option to load a logger with the defaults when reusing a logger in Auto Mode is still present, and you also now
have the option of loading the logger's parameters from any Named Parameters Set in Auto Mode.

Remember: The default settings are still present and still work in the same way, but you now have theadded functionality of loading and saving the default settings to a Named Parameters Set.

See also
Managing Named Parameter sets

9.18

Mon-T Parameter Defaults
The Mon-T parameter defaults allow you to specify the Mon-T - specific parameters used when assigning default parametersin the Program Parameters dialog or when using the Load Parameters from Defaults function in Auto Mode and a Mon-T
logger is being processed.

Don't confuse the display units with the Mon-T Logger Units. The Mon-T Logger Units determine what
units are used when programming the Mon-T - specific parameters (Minimum Temperature, andResolution). The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord program.

See also:
Parameter Defaults
Program Parameters dialog
Load Parameters from Defaults
Auto Mode

9.19

Parameter Defaults
Parameter defaults are still supported, but within the framework of Temprecord's Named Parameter Sets. See Where havethe defaults gone? for more information.

See also:
Managing Named Parameter Sets
Where have the defaults gone?
Programming a Logger's Parameters
Mon-T Parameter Defaults

9.20

Email Options
The Email options are provided so that you can customize the email message that accompanies files when you send them by
email.

To:Enter the email addresses of the recipients, separated by commas.

From:
Enter your name and email address, in the format Your Name <your email address>.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

211

Note that when sending mail by the SMTP method, some mail servers require a valid "From:"
address to be supplied before they will accept the message.

Whatever you enter in this field is used to supply the data for the %Name% and %Email% metastrings. So if you have the From: field set as:
Joe Bloggs <joe@mycompany.com>
then you could have in the Message: field:
My name is %Name% and my email address is %Email%and it would appear in the body of the email as:
My name is Joe Bloggs and my email address is joe@mycompany.com%

Subject:
Enter the subject line of the email. This is optional. You can use special formatting keywords in the subject. These are
replaced at the time the email is queued for sending by text according to the rules specified below in the section "Formatting".

Message:Enter the body of the email message. This is optional. You can use special formatting keywords in the body of the email
message. These are replaced at the time the email is queued for sending by text according to the rules specified below in thesection "Formatting".

Email Method
Mail can be sent by two methods. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) requires no additional software to be installed onyour computer, but preview of the email before sending is not possible. MAPI (Messaging Application Programming Interface)requires that the MAPI interface be installed on your computer. If you have an a mail client such as Microsoft Outlook or
Outlook Express this will generally be the case. When Temprecord sends an email, the MAPI interface starts up your email
client and uses that to send the email. In most cases, this will not in fact send the email, but place a copy of it in your Outbox.
With MAPI therefore, you have the opportunity to review, edit, or delete the emails before they are sent.
Temprecord can send files via MAPI as long as your computer has the MAPI interface installed. No other configuration
should be required. If you need to send email via SMTP, the SMTP Email Options will need to be configured.

Display message in email client before sending(MAPI only) Check this option if you want to display the email in your email client before sending it. You then have the optionof editing the text of the email, attaching further files manually, adding or removing recipients, etc.

If the above option is not checked (i.e. don't preview the message), some later versions of email client
software will detect that another program (i.e. Temprecord) is trying to use it to send email. Thisbehaviour is how some email viruses propagate themselves and the email client is preventing it. Youmight find that you need to click on OK or Yes in a dialog before the email will send.

Meta-strings in Email Messages
Temprecord looks for certain character combinations (called "meta-strings") in your email subject line and message text andreplaces them with text if they are found. There are meta-strings which are common throughout Temprecord software, andthere are some which are particular to emails. The meta-strings that are common are:Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Version%

TRW software
version"Sent with
v%Version%"

Sent with v5.28.0.2533.tr%Build%TRW software"Sent with build

Sent with build 2533.tr

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

212

Temprecord Help

build

%Build%"%User%

logged inWindows user

"Sent by user %User%"

Sent by user Fred.tr%Computer%computer name"Sent from PC %Computer%"

Sent from PC Fred's
Workstation.tr%Workgroup%

computerworkgroup"This file is from the %Workgroup% group"This file is from theAdministration group.tr%Company%organization
name%Company%

My Company Ltd.

%Date%

Inserts the datein the users shortdate format"Reception %Date%"

Reception 23-8-2012%Time%

Inserts thecurrent time inthe user's longtime format"Sent at %time%"

Saved at 15_09_26.tr%DateTime%

Inserts the date
and time in theusers short dateand long time
format"Sent %DateTime%"

Saved 23-8-2012 15_09_26.
tr%%<env var>%%environment
variable"%%TEMP%%"

C:\DOCUME~1\jrm\LOCALS~1\Temp\

Additional meta-strings which are valid inside an email subject line or body are shown below:
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%To%

list of recipients%To%

fred@mycompany.com,
jane@mycompany.com%From%

sender's nameand emailaddress%From%

Joe Bloggs<joe@mycompany.com>%Name%

sender's nameRegards, %Name%

Regards, Joe Bloggs%Email%sender's email
address%Files%names of any
attached files,
separated bycommasjoe@mycompany.com%Files% attached

Report1.pdf, Report2.pdf
attached

It is also possible to specify meta-strings that reference items from the logger data set. These meta-strings are shown below,
along with examples of the output that would result if the meta-string was used in an email message template subject line orbody.
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Samples%number ofsamples

Logger %SN%"(%Samples% samples)"Logger S1234567 (1778samples)%Markers%

number ofmarkers

Logger %SN%"(%Markers% samples)"Logger S1234567 (17markers)%SamplePeriod%

sample period

Samples were %SamplePeriod% apart

Samples were 0:02:30 apart%StartDelay%

start delay

Logger start delay was%StartDelay%

Logger start delay was
0:01:00%StartSample%

start sample (F7key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

213

%EndSample%

end sample (F8key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%StartDate%

date of startsampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%EndDate%

date of end
sampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%FirstDate%

date of firstsampleLogger first sample taken
was at %FirstDate%

Logger first sample taken was
at 12-11-2013 08:00:14%LastDate%

date of last
sampleLogger last sample taken
was at %LastDate%

Logger last sample taken was
at 13-11-2013 02:10:44%User1%..
%User5%Lines 1..5 ofuser data.

%User1%, %User2%

Contents: Frozen Lamb,
Origin: Auckland Coolstore%UserData%

All lines of user
data (only valid
inside the bodyof an email %UserData%
is not recognizedinside thesubject line of anemail)

User Data:%UserData%

User Data:
Contents: Frozen Lamb
Origin: Auckland Coolstore
Destination: Christchurch
Container: SKK2311%NPS%

name of any
programmed
Named
Parameter Set

Parameters: %NPS%

Parameters: Conditioned
blood products%SN%logger serial
numberLogger %SN%

Logger s1234567%Owner%programmed
owner nameReturn logger to%Owner%Return logger to Waikato%Firmware%version numberof logger
firmware.

%Firmware%

4.1.6.0%TMean%mean value oftemperaturesamples
between startand endsamples

Mean temperature between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean%Mean temperature between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was-18.311%TMax%

maximum
temperature
between startand end

Maximum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMax%

Maximum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -17.580%TMin%

minimum
temperature
between startand end

Minimum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was %TMin%

Minimum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -18.950%TMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%TMaxDate%

date-time of

Maximum temperature

Maximum temperature

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

214

Temprecord Help

maximum
temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%MKT%

mean kinetic
temperature
between startand endsamples

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples%StartSample%-%EndSa
mple% was %MKT%

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples 100-199
was -18.905%HMean%mean value ofhumidity
samples
between startand endsamples

Mean humidity between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean% %RH

Mean humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
64.2 %RH%HMax%

maximum
humidity
between startand end

Maximum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMax% %RH

Maximum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
70.0 %RH%HMin%

minimum
humidity
between startand end

Minimum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMin% %RH

Minimum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
58.5 %RH%HMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%HMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57%HMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57

See also:
Meta-strings
Meta-strings in file and folder names
Meta-strings in printed reports headers and footers
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets
SMTP Email Options
Options Menu

9.20.1 SMTP Email Options
In order to send emails by SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Temprecord needs to know some information about youremail provider. This information will normally be available from your IT support person or your ISP (Internet Service Provider).
If your email provider is Google (i.e. GMail), see the topic Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

215

Use TRW Internal SMTP Server
Select this option if you are unable to access an SMTP mail server from within your organization. This option is selected bydefault on new installations of Temprecord and you should have no need to alter it unless you are experiencing difficulties
sending emails from the Temprecord program.

When this option is selected, emails are sent using Temprecord's SMTP mailer. The emails will show
as originating from mailer@temprecord.com (this is to minimize the chance of the email being rejectedby a spam filter), but the Reply To address will be set to whatever you have entered in the Fromsettings in the email options, so that any recipient who replies to the emails will see a message thatwill be sent to your address.

Use This SMTP Server
Select this option is you need to use a particular SMTP email server to send mail. This may be necessary or desirable forvarious reasons:Your organization may require you to send mail using a particular server.
Your organization may not permit accessing servers external to your computer network.
It may not be possible to use the Temprecord SMTP server when sending to some email recipients.
Using your particular email server may allow you to automatically keep a copy of the sent email.

SMTP ServerEnter the name of your SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server. This will be a string in the form of smtp.mycompany.
com or smtp.myISP.com. If you are using GMail's SMTP server, enter smtp.gmail.com.

SMTP PortEnter the SMTP port number. This will be set by your ISP and is normally port 25 for non-SSL SMTP servers, or port 465 for
SSL SMTP servers. Note that Gmail uses a different port number, normally 587.

Use SSL
Check this box if you want Temprecord to use SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) to transmit the emailed data. SSL is a high levelof encryption used to protect sensitive data from unauthorized eavesdropping. Your ISP may not support SSL. You will needto check this option if you are using the GMail SMTP server.

Authentication Required
Check this box if your ISP requires you to provide authentication information (a user name and password) before you can use
their SMTP server to send email. You will need to check this option if you are using the GMail SMTP server, and provide your
GMail account username and password.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

216

Temprecord Help

SMTP User NameEnter the user name provided by your ISP for access to their SMTP server if your ISP requires you to provide authentication
information. If you are using GMail's SMTP server, enter your GMail user name, i.e. if your GMail address isfredsmith@gmail.com you would enter fredsmith here.

SMTP Password
Enter the password corresponding to the above user name needed to access the SMTP server if your ISP requires you toprovide authentication information.

See also:
Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail
Error sending email
Email Options
Options Menu

9.20.2 Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMailIf your primary email service provider is GMail (Google), you will need to set up the SMTP options as follows:

9.21

SMTP Server

smtp.gmail.com

Port

587

Use SSLcheckedServer Requires
Authentication

checkedUser ID

your gmail username

Password

your gmail password

Language Options
Use the Options/Language page to specify the language Temprecord will use. When it is first installed, Temprecord will
choose the language based on the language setting for your computer (this is normally set through the Windows Control
Panel). This corresponds to the Use regional settings option. If you want Temprecord to always choose a particular one of
the languages available, regardless of the Windows settings for language, select that language here, instead of the Useregional settings option.

Temprecord help will only be available in the selected language if that language’s help file is installed.
If Temprecord cannot find the help file, it will use the English language help. If you want to become
part of the Temprecord collaborative translation effort, click here for more details.

9.22

Temprecord Foreign-language Translation
Temprecord is currently adding further foreign-language support to our products and we require translators in all of the
supported languages.
The translation is carried out by a collaborative web-based interface, and updated translations are regularly incorporated into
software releases of Temprecord.
· Translators need not be (and most likely will not be) the only person working on any given foreign language.
· Translators are required for both the Temprecord software application, and the on-line help system text.
· Translators are required for most of the Romance languages (currently Spanish, French, Dutch, German, Portuguese,
Italian, and Swedish).
· Translators should have the target language, rather than English, as their first language.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

217

· Translators must be technically conversant with the Temprecord range of temperature logging products.
If you are interested in helping with this effort, please contact us at info@temprecord.com.

9.23

Web Options
Use the Options/Web tab to set up Temprecord for transferring files to the web, and logging of logger
operations via the web. In order to use this facility you must have arranged the facility with Temprecord.
Also see the topics Tracking, Proxy Settings, and Web Load and Save options for more details.

User NameEnter the ID supplied to you by Temprecord, or by the administrator for your organization. Unless there is a valid user nameand password provided here, you will not be able to upload datafiles and reports for storage on the web.

Password
Enter the password supplied to you by Temprecord., or by the administrator for your organization. The password will not
display as you type it. You only need enter the user name and password once.

Temprecord Web URL
This field normally contains the path to the Temprecord website. It is set at installation to the default address of:
http://www.temprecord.com/
Unless you have been advised to do so, do not alter this setting.

Internet Connection
This displays the type of internet connection that was detected (one of LAN, Modem, Proxy, Modem Busy, or Unknown).

See also:
Tracking Options
Proxy Settings Options
Web Load and Save Options

9.23.1 Tracking Options
Web Logger Tracking is a service provided by Temprecord to allow customers to track the use of their loggers via the WorldWide Web.

Enable Logger Tracking
Check this box if you wish Temprecord to send tracking information to the web when logger operations such as starting,stopping, and reading are carried out. You must have arranged this facility with Temprecord before these functions can beused, and the computer used must be connected to the internet at least occasionally (if tracking information cannot be sent
immediately it is queued and sent when a web connection is available).

Site Identifier
Fill this field in with a unique string that will serve to identify the site the tracking information was sent from, for example: "SanFrancisco Cold Store 7". The site identifier is included in all tracking entries recorded.

Advanced Tracking Options
You should not need to alter these settings unless directed by Temprecord.

Purge Tracking Queue Age (days)
When tracking entries cannot be sent because access to the Internet is not possible, they are queued and send when theconnection comes available. This parameter specifies how many days the queued entries are kept for. If the tracking entries
have not been sent by this time they are discarded.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

218

Temprecord Help

Connect Timeout (sec)This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web tracking server before giving up on that
attempt.

Max Send Attempts
This parameter specifies how many times Temprecord will try to send each web tracking entry before giving up and discarding
the entry. Note that Temprecord will not attempt to send tracking entries unless an internet connection is detected.

Time Between Retries (minutes)
This parameter specifies how many minutes Temprecord will wait before trying again to send a web tracking entry.

See also:
Web Options
Proxy Settings Options
Web Load and Save Options

9.23.2 Proxy Settings Options
If your organization uses a proxy server to access the Internet, you may need to enter the details here. You should consult
with your I.T. department before changing these settings.

No proxy
Select this option if your organization does not use a proxy server.

Auto-detect proxy
Select this option if your organization does use a proxy server, and you want Temprecord to try to determine the correct
settings automatically..

Manual proxy
Select this option if your organization does use a proxy server, and you want to enter correct settings manually. If you selectthis option you will need to find out the information required to fill in the parameters described below.

HTTP Proxy server
Specify the name of the proxy server, and the port number.

Proxy server requires password
Check this box if your proxy server requires authentication (username and password).

Username and Password
Enter the username and password for your proxy server.

See also:
Web Options
Tracking Options
Web Load and Save Options

9.23.3 Web Load and Save Options
Web List Folder - Connect Timeout (sec)This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when requesting a list of data
files.

Web Load - Connect Timeout (sec)This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when requesting the data from the

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

219

Temprecord data file or PDF report file.

Disable Saving to Web
Check this option if you do not want Temprecord to attempt to save the data files to the web. This option is useful if you wantto save the files to the web eventually but do not have web access at the time. The files will be queued and sent when web
access next becomes available.

Purge Web Save Queue Age (days)
When Temprecord data files cannot be sent because access to the Internet is not possible, they are queued and send when
the connection comes available. This parameter specifies how many days the queued entries are kept for. If the web files
have not been sent by this time they are discarded.

Connect Timeout (sec)This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when saving a file before giving
up on that attempt.

Max Save Attempts
This parameter specifies how many times Temprecord will try to save each queued file before giving up and discarding thefile. Note that Temprecord will not attempt to save files to the web unless an internet connection is detected.

Time Between Retries (minutes)
This parameter specifies how many minutes Temprecord will wait before trying to save a file again.

See also:
Web Options
Tracking Options
Proxy Settings Options

9.24

Auto Mode Options
Use the Options/Auto Mode page to change the behaviour of Temprecord’s Auto Mode. Auto Mode provides a means ofrapidly processing a quantity of loggers, with little more user intervention than inserting and removing the logger from areader.

Timeout
This option sets the number of seconds before auto mode times out and exits when either waiting for a logger or waiting forthe logger to be removed after completion.

Stop Logger if necessary
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to stop a logger that is logging. If the logger is already stopped, noaction is taken

Read Logger
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger.

Save TRX file
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger and save it to a disk file. The nameused for the file is determined by the formatted filename option. The folder used is determined by the folder to save TRX files.
If you select the Save TRX file option, the Read Logger option will be selected for you.

Email TRX file
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to email the TRX file. If you select the Email TRX file option, the Read
Logger option will be selected for you, and the data is automatically saved to a TRX file, regardless of the Save TRX fileauto mode option.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

220

Temprecord Help

Save PDF File
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger and save it to a PDF file. The nameused for the file is determined by the formatted PDF filename option. The folder used is determined by the folder to save PDF
files. If you select the Save PDF File option, the Read Logger option will be selected for you.
The contents of the PDF report (summary, graph, etc) are determined by the printing options. The printed pages range option
is ignored when generating the PDF. All pages of the report are generated to the PDF, even if a page range was selected in
the print to PDF dialog.

Email PDF File
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to email the PDF report. If you select the Email PDF File option, theRead Logger option will be selected for you, and the data is automatically saved to a PDF file, regardless of the Save PDF
File auto mode option.

Print Report
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to send the printed report to the printer. The contents of the printed
report (summary, graph, etc) are determined by the printing options. All pages of the report are printed, even if a page range
was selected in the print dialog. If you select the Print Report option, the Read Logger option will be selected for you.

Reuse Logger
Check this option if you want Temprecord to reuse the logger. The logger must be stopped. Remember that reusing a logger
clears any logged data so you should use the Read Logger and Save TRX file options also.

Load Default Parameters
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to program the Default Parameters into the logger.

Note that if this function is used, whatever parameters are programmed into the logger will beoverwritten, including the user data, which may have been set explicitly for the previous trip.

Start Logger
Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to start the logger.

See also:
Auto Mode Operation

9.25

Date Formatting Options
When Temprecord generates a filename, either as a result of an Auto Mode save operation, or as the default
filename when you save data from a logger you have just read, the date and time can be used to format the file
and/or folder names.
These options affect how the date is used to affect the generated file and folder names.

Date and time to use when formatting file and folder names

This option sets what date and time is used to format the file and/or folder name.
· If Time file was saved is selected, the date and time at the instance the file is created is used.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

221

· If Time of oldest sample in logger is selected, the date and time of the oldest sample in the logger or file is used.
Note that this will not necessarily be the date and time of the first sample taken by the logger for that trip, if overwrite isenabled.
· If Time of newest sample in logger is selected, the date and time of the most recent sample taken in the logger
will be used.

Timezone to use when formatting file and folder names

This option determines what timezone is used when a date and time is used to generate a file or folder name.
· If Use Local Time is selected, the local time as set on the computer currently running the Temprecord program will
be used. This is normally the date and time displayed in the bottom right-hand corner of the desktop. Note that thistime is affected by the current status of any daylight savings time ("summer" time) that may be in force. You can also
have the timezone name and offset as part of the file or folder name if you wish. See using the file and folder
templates for more information.
· If Use UTC Time is selected, the date and time used to format any file or folder names will be UTC or GMT(Greenwich Mean Time). This option may be useful when the files need to be referred to in a timezone other than thatwhich the logger was deployed in.
· if Use this timezone is selected, the date and time used to format any file or folder names will be the current date
and time in the timezone displayed to the right of this option. This option may be useful when the files need to bereferred to in a timezone other than that which the logger was deployed in.

Timezone to use when displaying dates

This option determines what timezone is used when a date and time is displayed in the Temprecord program or in a printed
report.
· If Use Local Time is selected, all dates displayed in the Temprecord program or in printed reports will be displayedin the local time as set on the computer currently running the Temprecord program. This is normally the date andtime displayed in the bottom right-hand corner of the desktop. Note that this time is affected by the current status ofany daylight savings time ("summer" time) that may be in force.
· If Use UTC Time is selected, all dates displayed in the Temprecord program or in printed reports will be displayedin UTC or GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). This option may be useful when loggers or files traverse timezones.
· if Use this timezone is selected, all dates displayed in the Temprecord program or in printed reports will be
displayed in the timezone displayed to the right of this option. This option may be useful when the files need to bereferred to in a timezone other than that which the logger was deployed in.

When the Use this timezone is selected, the timezone offset applied will always be the standard
timezone offset for the location. If the location was in daylight time at that time, this will be ignored.
When using timezone abbreviations in file and folder names, you should bear in mind that there iscurrently no standardization of these, and the same abbreviation can be in use for different timezones.
For example, CST can refer to China Standard Time (UTC+08:00), Central Standard Time (UTC06:00) or Cuba Standard Time (UTC-05:00).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

222

Temprecord Help

9.26

System Options
This options page displays useful system information that may be of use the administrators who are trying to diagnose
problems with Temprecord software installation or operation.

The System tab shows the actual pathname to the folders used by Temprecord. It is possible to open
an explorer window in any of the folders by right-clicking on the folder name. In addition, if the nameshown includes a filename, and the file has an extension of TXT, CHM, or PDF it is possible to open
the file from the right-click menu.

Each entry is explained below:

Executable
The name and path of the Temprecord executable file (Usually TRW.EXE for the "retail" release of Temprecord').

Help File
The name and path of Temprecord Help file. For the English-language version of help this will be <path>\TRW_EN.CHM.
Note that there are issues with CHM help files accessed over network connections. See Modifying the Registry to Enable
CHM Help across Network Drives for more details.

INI File
The name and path of TRW.INI, the INI file for Temprecord. The INI file contains the program settings. The location of the
INI file depends on the installation option chosen.

TRX files
The default folder for TRX files. Note that this is not necessarily the current folder for TRX files. Temprecord remembers thecurrent folder last used for a load TRX file operation and will always position itself in that folder when the Load TRX file
function is used. The default folder is the folder used as the base folder (the "starting point") when any automated file TRX
saving operations are used, such as Auto Mode.

PDF Reports
The default folder for PDF report files. Note that this is not necessarily the current folder for PDF report files. Temprecord
remembers the current folder last used for a Save PDF Report operation and will always position itself in that folder when the
Save PDF Report function is used. The default folder is the folder used as the base folder (the "starting point") when any
automated report file saving operations are used, such as Auto Mode.

You can quickly open any of these folders by right-clicking on the folder name.

Email Files
When Temprecord sends emails, temporary copies of any attached TRX and PDF files are created in this folder. The folder iscleaned up when the emails have been successfully sent.

Don't modify or delete any files in this folder. Doing so will result in erroneous operation of the email
system. Temprecord takes care of the maintenance of the files in this folder.

Web Save Files
When Temprecord saves files to the web, temporary copies of the files to be saved are created in this folder. The folder iscleaned up when the files have been successfully saved to the web.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Options Menu

223

Don't modify or delete any files in this folder. Doing so will result in erroneous operation of the Save to
Web function. Temprecord takes care of the maintenance of the files in this folder.

Event Log
The event log files are kept in this folder. Don't modify or delete any files in this folder. Doing so will result in erroneous
operation of Temprecord's event logging. Temprecord takes care of the maintenance of the files in this folder.

Installation Logs
Every time you install (or re-install) TRW installation log files for the application and the reader USB drivers are written to thisfolder. Only the most recent 20 of each file are kept. When a diagnostics report is sent to Temprecord, these files areattached to the report.

Startup Logs
Every time Temprecord starts up, a log of the key events is created and written to this folder. Only the most recent 20 startups are recorded. When a diagnostics report is sent to Temprecord, these files are attached to the report.

Error Logs
If an internal program error should occur during Temprecord operation, the details of the error are written to a file in this folder.
Only the most recent 20 program errors are recorded. When a diagnostics report is sent to Temprecord, these files areattached to the report.

Temp. PDF Files
Whenever the Preview PDF Report function is used, Temprecord creates a PDF file in this folder for display with Adobe
Acrobat Reader. Temprecord cleans the contents of this folder on startup. The user need not be concerned with the files inthis folder.

Temp. Web Files
Whenever the Load File from Web function is used, Temprecord creates a temporary copy of the file for display in this folder.
The user need not be concerned with the files in this folder.

Send Diagnostics Report
Click this button to send a diagnostics report to Temprecord. You may be asked to do this by Temprecord personnel if you
are experiencing difficulties with Temprecord software. See diagnostics reports for more information.

9.27

Diagnostics Reports
You can request that a diagnostics report be generated and sent to Temprecord. To do this, open the Options dialog andselect the System page. Click on the button labeled Send.
The diagnostics report contains information about your computer system and can help Temprecord when diagnosing
problems you may be having.
The report contains information including:· The current settings of Temprecord, which are saved in a file called TRW.INI· A log of the events occurring as Temprecord was started up.
· A log of previous Temprecord software installations on the PC.
· An image of the screen contents when the report was requested.
· Information about the computer system running the Temprecord program
No Temprecord data files, PDF report files, or personal information is sent.

Advanced Options
At the bottom of the Diagnostics tab of the options dialog there is a button marked "Advanced". Clicking this will display
options which are not normally needed for Temprecord operation

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

224

Temprecord Help

Delay After Opening

Temprecord Reader Interfaces derive their operating power from the control signals present on the RS232 serial port. For thisreason the reader interface may not be ready for communication with the logger until a short time has elapsed after opening
the port. These options allow you to specify a delay after opening the port before any communication is attempted with thelogger.
The installation defaults should be suitable for most reader interfaces, but if you experience problems you might try increasing
this parameter (specified in milliseconds). Bear in mind that this delay will increase the time taken to perform logger
operations.

Bluetooth Compatibility
It is possible to access Temprecord loggers over a Bluetooth interface. If your computer is fitted with a Bluetooth-to-serial
adapter, and you select this COM port with Temprecord, you will be able to access a logger connected to another Bluetoothto-serial adapter. Because of the timing uncertainties of a Bluetooth connection, Temprecord needs to make changes to theway it communicates with the logger. Setting this option will ensure that the communication is reliable.
Consult the documentation for the Bluetooth-to-serial adapter for details on configuration.

See also
Unexpected errors

10

Using the File and Folder Templates
Under some circumstances when you save data and report files, Temprecord creates it's own name for the file, and chooses
a folder to save the file to. These circumstances are:· when Temprecord data files are saved from an Auto Mode operation.
· when the option is selected to create a PDF report from the Print dialog.
· when the option is selected to send a PDF report as an email attachment file.
In addition, when you read data from a logger and save it to a file, the initial name chosen when the save dialog displays isderived from the default TRX filename template.
Temprecord provides the ability to generate file names and folder names based meta data - for example the date the data wasread from the logger, the logger serial number, the name of the currently logged in user, etc. You can also include a uniquesequence number that is increased by 1 each time it is used. A full list of these meta data items is provided below.
The format of these file and folder names is determined by templates which you can specify and alter. When Temprecord isinstalled, these are set to sensible defaults, but your situation may call for a different file and folder naming convention, in
which case you are free to modify them, and Temprecord will remember your preferences.

Temprecord assumes that the characters you type into a file or folder specification are metacharacters -i.e. it will try to interpret them as such. If you don't want this to happen, you must include
double quotes around the characters you don't want interpreted.

A Quick Example
The most common use of this option is to provide filenames and/or folder names that identify the logger serial number, date
and time a logger was read, or the name of the logged-in operator using the computer at the time.
For example, if you enter the single character L into the file format specifier, it will be expanded into the serial number of thelogger when a file is saved. The filetype will be automatically set to .TRX.
FormatSpecifierResulting filename

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Using the File and Folder Templates

L

225

S1234567.TRX

If you want to include literal text in the filename, so that the characters are not interpreted as codes for meta-data, include thetext in double quotes. So:
FormatSpecifierResulting filename"Logger" L

Logger S1234567.TRX

To specify meta data items in a filename or folder specification you can use a special character from the list below, or you can
use a meta-string, which is a collection of character Temprecord recognizes as special. Meta-strings are discussed below.
The following table shows how each of the special characters is used. Any other character or character group not shown in
the table below is currently used unchanged in the file or folder name, i.e it is not converted into some other collection ofcharacters.

Don't assume that a character not mentioned in the table below will never be used as a formatting
character. Temprecord reserves the right to define additional formatting characters in the future. If
you don't intend characters to be interpreted as formatting characters, it is good practice to always
include them in double quotes ("like this").

FormatCharacter

What it ProducescDisplays the date using the format given by the Windows short date format, followed by
the time using the format given by the Windows long time format, as specified for thatcomputer in Windows Control Panel. The time is not displayed if the date-time value
indicates midnight precisely.

dDisplays the day as a number without a leading zero (1-31).

dd

Displays the day as a number with a leading zero (01-31).

ddd

Displays the day as an abbreviation (Sun-Sat).

dddd

Displays the day as a full name (Sunday-Saturday).

ddddd

Displays the date using the format given by the Windows short date format (nominally
M/d/yyyy in the US locale).

ddddddDisplays the date using the format given by the Windows long date format (nominally
dddd, MMMM dd, yyyy in the US locale)eDisplays the year in the current period/era as a number without a leading zero
(Japanese, Korean and Taiwanese locales only).

ee

Displays the year in the current period/era as a number with a leading zero (Japanese,
Korean and Taiwanese locales only).

g

Displays the period/era as an abbreviation (Japanese and Taiwanese locales only).

gg

Displays the period/era as a full name. (Japanese and Taiwanese locales only).

m

Displays the month as a number without a leading zero (1-12). If the m specifier
immediately follows an h or hh specifier, the minute rather than the month is displayed.

mm

Displays the month as a number with a leading zero (01-12). If the mm specifier
immediately follows an h or hh specifier, the minute rather than the month is displayed.

mmm

Displays the month as an abbreviation (Jan-Dec).

mmmm

Displays the month as a full name (January-December).

yy

Displays the year as a two-digit number (00-99).

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

226

Temprecord Helpyyyy

Displays the year as a four-digit number (0000-9999).

h

Displays the hour without a leading zero (0-23).

hh

Displays the hour with a leading zero (00-23).

n

Displays the minute without a leading zero (0-59). Note that this the 'n' character, not the'm' character.

nn

Displays the minute with a leading zero (00-59). Note that this the character string 'nn',
not 'mm'.

s

Displays the second without a leading zero (0-59).

ss

Displays the second with a leading zero (00-59).

t

Displays the time using the format given by the Windows short time format (nominallyh:nn in the US locale).

tt

Displays the time using the format given by the Windows long time format (nominallyh:nn:ss in the US locale).

w

Displays the week number without a leading zero (1-53).

ww

Displays the week number with a leading zero (01-53).

L

Displays the Logger serial number.

U

Displays the currently logged in Windows user#

Displays a unique sequence number. The sequence number is stepped on each time it
is used to generate a file or folder name, and it remembered between Temprecord
sessions. It thus provides a convenient way of ensuring unique file or folder names are
generated.

z

Displays the current timezone name. The exact result of using this formatting characteris dependent on the date formatting options. Temprecord attempts to make anabbreviation of the timezone name, for example in Rome during daylight savings (2 hours
ahead of GMT), this character formats as "CEST" (Central European Summer Time). If
UTC time is selected this formatting character will always cause "UTC" to be displayed.

oDisplays the current timezone offset, in the format SNNNN, where "S" is either "+" or "-",and "NNNN" is the timezone offset expressed relative to GMT in HHMM, for example inRome during daylight savings (2 hours ahead of GMT), this character formats as"+0200". The exact result of using this formatting character is dependent on the dateformatting options. If UTC time is selected this formatting character will always cause"+0000" to be displayed.

If you don't want Temprecord to use these date formatting rules on the file or folder name you specify,
enclose the entire template in double quotes ("...").

Note that the specifier for "minutes" is "n" (not "m", which means "months").

ExamplesHere are some examples of the filenames generated:
Filename Format Specified

Filename Generated

Feature Demonstrated"data"

data.TRNo formatting

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Using the File and Folder Templates

227

L

S1234567.TR

Logger serial number in filename"User" U "Logger" L

User Joe Bloggs Logger
S1234567.TR

Logged-in user and logger serial
number in filename

mmm dd yyyy L

Jan 31 2007 S1234567.TR

Date and logger serial number infilename

mmm dd yyyy hh-mm

Jan 31 2007 12-34.TR

Date and time in filename

L yyyy-mmm-dd hh-mm z

S1234567 2007-Jan-31 12-34
CST.TR

Logger serial number, date andtime, timezone in filename.

L#

S1234567 678

Logger serial number andsequence number in filename.

"Saved" dd mmm yy-#

Saved 31 Jan 07-679.TRX

Date and sequence number infilename

The same rules apply to the folder specifiers, and you can include path delimiters ("backslashes") in the specifier. Some
examples:Folder Format Specified

Folder Name Generated

Feature Demonstrated"My data\"

My Data\

No formatting"My Data\"yyyy\mmm\

My Data\2009\Jun\Folder tree organized by year, thenmonth

"My Data\"yyyy\ww\

My Data\2009\26\

Folder tree organized by year, thenweek number"Files from logger "LFiles from Logger S1234567\

Logger serial number in folder
name"TRX files\"U

TRX files\Joe Bloggs\

Logged-in user in folder name

mmm dd yyyy L

Jan 31 2007 S1234567\

Date and logger serial number infolder name

mmm dd yyyy hh-mm

Jan 31 2007 12-34\

Date and time in folder nameOnce again, note the use of double quotes around any part of the file or folder name that you don't want to be interpreted as aformatting character.

Meta-strings in file and folder specifiers
As well as the formatting characters above, Temprecord allows you to use meta-strings in your file and folder namespecifications. There are meta-strings which are common throughout Temprecord software, and there are some which areparticular to filename/folder specifications, and also another set which are recognized in printed output header and footer
specifications.
The meta-strings that are common are:Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Build%TRW software
build"Saved with build%Build%"Saved with build 2533.trx%Company%organization
name%Company%

My Company Ltd.trx%Computer%computer name

"Saved from PC %Computer%"

Saved from PC Fred's
Workstation.trx%Date%

Inserts the datein the users
short dateformat"Reception %Date%"

Reception 23-8-2012.trx

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

228

Temprecord Help

%DateTime%

Inserts the date
and time in theusers short dateand long time
format"Saved %DateTime%"

Saved at 23-8-2013
15_09_26.trx%Time%

Inserts thecurrent time inthe user's longtime format"Saved at %time%"

Saved 10_08_42.trx%User%

logged inWindows user

"Saved by user %User%"

Saved by user Fred.trx%Version%

TRW software
version"Saved with v%Version%"

Saved with v5.28.0.2533.trx%Workgroup%

computerworkgroup"This file is from the %Workgroup% group"This file is from theAdministration group.trx%%<env var>%%

environment
variable"%%TEMP%%"

C:\DOCUME~1\jrm\LOCALS~1\Temp\

The following meta-strings are expanded into various parameters and statistics from the logger data set:
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Samples%number ofsamples

Logger %SN%"(%Samples% samples)"Logger S1234567 (1778samples)%Markers%

number ofmarkers

Logger %SN%"(%Markers% markers)"

Logger S1234567 (17markers)%SamplePeriod%

sample period

Samples were %SamplePeriod% apart

Samples were 0:02:30 apart%StartDelay%

start delay

Logger start delay was%StartDelay%

Logger start delay was
0:01:00%StartSample%

start sample (F7key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%EndSample%

end sample (F8key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%StartDate%

date of startsampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%EndDate%

date of end
sampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%FirstDate%

date of firstsampleLogger first sample taken
was at %FirstDate%

Logger first sample taken was
at 12-11-2013 08:00:14%LastDate%

date of last
sampleLogger last sample taken
was at %LastDate%

Logger last sample taken was
at 13-11-2013 02:10:44%User1%..
%User5%Lines 1..5 ofuser data.

%User1%, %User2%

Contents: Frozen Lamb,
Origin: Auckland Coolstore%UserData%

All lines of user
data (only valid
inside the bodyof an email %UserData%
is not recognizedinside thesubject line of anemail)

User Data:%UserData%

User Data:
Contents: Frozen Lamb
Origin: Auckland Coolstore
Destination: Christchurch
Container: SKK2311

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Using the File and Folder Templates

229

%NPS%

name of any
programmed
Named
Parameter Set

Parameters: %NPS%

Parameters: Conditioned
blood products%Filepath%

The path portionof the data fileassociated withthe dataset

Path: %Filepath%

Path: C:\My Datafiles\%Filename%

The filename
portion (i.e. withno path and no
extension) of thedata fileassociated withthe dataset

Name: %Filename%

Name: Freezer No 7

%FileID%

The fileID
portion (i.e. withno path but
including theextension) of thedata fileassociated withthe dataset

Name: %FileID%

Name: Freezer No 7.trx%SN%logger serial
number in aformatted form
(generally aletter followed by
7 digits)

Logger %SN%

Logger s1234567%Owner%programmed
owner nameReturn logger to%Owner%Return logger to Waikato%Firmware%version numberof logger
firmware.

%Firmware%

4.1.6.0%TMean%mean value oftemperaturesamples
between startand endsamples

Mean temperature between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean%Mean temperature between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was-18.311%TMax%

maximum
temperature
between startand end

Maximum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMax%

Maximum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -17.580%TMin%

minimum
temperature
between startand end

Minimum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was %TMin%

Minimum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -18.950%TMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%TMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

230

Temprecord Help%TMinDate%%MKT%mean kinetic
temperature
between startand endsamples

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples%StartSample%-%EndSa
mple% was %MKT%

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples 100-199
was -18.905%HMean%mean value ofhumidity
samples
between startand endsamples

Mean humidity between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean% %RH

Mean humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
64.2 %RH%HMax%

maximum
humidity
between startand end

Maximum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMax% %RH

Maximum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
70.0 %RH%HMin%

minimum
humidity
between startand end

Minimum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMin% %RH

Minimum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
58.5 %RH%HMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%HMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57%HMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57

Meta-strings in file and folder specifiers are just like meta-characters, but when using meta-strings to
generate file and folder names, the meta-string identifier must be inside double quotes, as shown in
the above examples. A meta-string outside of quotes will be interpreted as a series of date-formatting
characters, which will produce all manner of confusing results!

When meta-string specifications are used in file and folder templates, the resulting filename may
contain characters that are invalid in a Windows filename. If this occurs, Temprecord "sanitizes" thefile or folder name by substituting the "safe" character underscore ("_"). For example a file template
specification of "Saved at %Time%" would produce a result of Saved at 10_08_42.trx , rather
than Saved at 10:08:42.trx , which would upset Windows, as a colon (":") is not a valid character ina filename.

See also:
Default TRX Filename
Folder for .TRX Files
Default PDF Filename
Folder for .PDF Files
When are default filename and folders used?
Date Formatting Options
Meta-strings
Meta-strings in email messages
Meta-strings in printed reports headers and footers
Meta-strings in user data

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Using the File and Folder Templates

231

Meta-strings in parameter sets

11

View Options
The View options allow you to control what is displayed when Temprecord displays or prints the graph view or statistics. If an
option is enabled, the corresponding parameter will be shown on the graph, on the printed graph, and in the statistics report if
relevant.
OptionWhat it Controls

TTV (Total Temperature Value) statistics

Shows the TTV information on the displayed and printed
graph, and in the statistics.

This option also affects the display of
temperature values (values viewmode). If Show TTV limits is
enabled (and Show TTV statistics is
also enabled), the TTV limits for thecurrent TTV period determine the color
used for the values, rather than thelower and upper limits.
Brief TTV Only

Shows the TTV information in an abbreviated form.

PHI (Process Hygiene Index) Growth
statistics

Shows the bacterial growth information in the displayed andprinted statistics

ROC (Rate of Cooling) statistics

Shows the rate of cooling information on the displayed andprinted graph and statistics.

RI (Refrigeration Index) Statistics

Shows the refrigeration index data on the displayed andprinted graph and statistics. On the graph, the RI value isshown as a separate trace with values indicated on the righthand axis. The RI value is calculated from the start sample
until the end sample.

Product Cooling Alerts

When the product cooling alert function is enabled, the graphshows a flag when the temperature has risen a certain
amount above the minimum. The maximum temperature riseallowed before the alert is displayed can also be specified.
This function is often used to determine whether blood
products have been maintained adequately in a controlledenvironment

MKT (Mean Kinetic Temperature) Statistics

When MKT is enabled, the graph will show the value of themean kinetic temperature as a dotted horizontal line.

Product Integrity Profile

Product Integrity Profile is a means of determining how
effective refrigeration of a shipment has been. Whenenabled, the graph is annotated with the times taken to reachkey points such as the minimum temperature, and transitionsof the upper and lower limits. The duration taken is also
displayed. The statistics view also shows a report from thisdata.

Upper and lower limits

When enabled, the lower and upper limits are shown on thegraph as horizontal dotted lines.

The display option Show upper andlower limits also needs to be checked
for Temprecord to show or print values
above the upper limit or below thelower limit in different colors.
Minimum and maximum flags

When enabled, flags display to indicate the minimum andmaximum value samples between the start and end samples.
If a logger has just been read or a file just opened, the startand end samples are set to the first and last samples

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

232

Temprecord Help

respectively. The minimum sample is shown on the graphwith theflag symbol and the maximum sample is shown on
the graph with theflag symbol.

12

Start and end flags

When enabled, the start and end samples are marked withflags. The start sample is shown on the graph with theflag
symbol and the end sample is shown on the graph with theflag symbol.

User marker flags

When enabled, any markers present in the sample record are
displayed on the graph. The user marker samples are shownon the graph with theflag symbol.

Mean temperature

When enabled, the mean temperature of the samples
between the start and end samples is shown as a dottedhorizontal line.

Comment fields

When enabled, the user comment lines are shown on theprinted report.

Meta-strings
Meta-strings is the general term we use to refer to combinations of characters that are replaced by othercombinations of characters when the time comes to use them. Temprecord uses meta-strings to add
considerable power and flexibility to the tasks you can perform. Meta-strings can be used to generate file andfolder names, email subject lines and message text, user data programmed into the logger, and printed report
headers and footers.

Not all meta-string identifiers are recognized in all situations. Where a meta-string makes no sense, it
isn't expanded and will be shown in the "reverted" state (i.e. bracketed with the percent (%) signs).

An example will make it clearer.
A meta-string that is recognized in all situations is %User%. When the item containing the meta-string (being one of user
data, print header/footer, email item, or file/ folder name) is used, the %User% is replaced by the name of the logged-in
Windows user.
So, a print footer specified as Printed by user %User% would appear in the printed footer as Printed by user JoeSmithor whoever the logged-in user might have been at the time.
The meta-strings shown in the table below are available everywhere it is possible to use them, i.e. in file and folder
specifications, in the subject and body fields of an email message, in printed report headers and footers, and in the user data
fields of the parameters dialog and the default options:Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Version%

TRW software
version"Printed with
v%Version%"

Printed with v6.2.tr%Build%TRW software
build"Saved with build%Build%"Printed with build 2533.tr%User%

logged inWindows user

"Printed by user %User%"

Printed by user Fred.tr%Computer%computer name"Printed from PC %Computer%"

Printed from PC Fred's
Workstation.tr%Workgroup%

computerworkgroup"This file is from the %Workgroup% group"This file is from theAdministration group.tr%Company%organization
name%Company%

My Company Ltd.

%Date%

Inserts the datein the users shortdate format"Reception %Date%"

Reception 23-8-2012

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Meta-strings

233%Time%

Inserts thecurrent time inthe user's longtime format"Saved at %time%"

Saved at 15_09_26.tr%DateTime%

Inserts the date
and time in theusers short dateand long time
format"Saved %DateTime%"

Saved 23-8-2012 15_09_26.
tr%Units%Inserts a single
character
indicating thetemperature
display units"Upper temperature
limit= %TUpper%%Units%""Upper temperature limit=
12.50 C"%%<env var>%%environment
variable"%%TEMP%%"

C:\DOCUME~1\jrm\LOCALS~1\Temp\

The following meta-strings are expanded into various parameters and statistics from the logger data set:
Meta-string

Use

ExampleOutput%Samples%number ofsamples inloggerLogger %SN%(%Samples% samples)

Logger S1234567 (1778samples)%Markers%

number ofmarkers inloggerLogger %SN%(%Markers% markers)

Logger S1234567 (17markers)%AllSamples%

number ofsamples taken
this trip (includes
those lost to
overwriting)%AllSamples% taken thistrip

9199 taken this trip

%TotalSamples%

total samples
the logger hastaken in its
lifetime%SN% Total
Samples=%TotalSamples%

S1234567 Total
Samples=100145%Full%

indicates if thelogger is full

%SN% Full=%Full%

S1234567 Full=Y%Overwriting%indicates if thelogger has
overwritten
samples%SN%
OVR=%Overwriting%

S1234567 OVR=N%SamplePeriod%

sample period

Samples were %SamplePeriod% apart

Samples were 0:02:30 apart%StartDelay%

start delay

Logger start delay was%StartDelay%

Logger start delay was
0:01:00%StartSample%

start sample (F7key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%EndSample%

end sample (F8key)

Statistics are for samples%StartSample% to%EndSample%

Statistics are for samples 100
to 199%StartDate%

date of startsampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%EndDate%

date of end
sampleStatistics are for samples
between %StartDate% and%EndDate%

Statistics are for samples
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44%FirstDate%

date of first

Logger first sample taken

Logger first sample taken was

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

234

Temprecord Helpsamplewas at %FirstDate%

at 12-11-2013 08:00:14%LastDate%

date of last
sampleLogger last sample taken
was at %LastDate%

Logger last sample taken was
at 13-11-2013 02:10:44%User1%..
%User5%Lines 1..5 ofuser data.

%User1%, %User2%

Contents: Frozen Lamb,
Origin: Auckland Coolstore%UserData%

All lines of user
data (only valid
inside the bodyof an email %UserData%
is not recognizedinside thesubject line of anemail)

User Data:%UserData%

User Data:
Contents: Frozen Lamb
Origin: Auckland Coolstore
Destination: Christchurch
Container: SKK2311%NPS%

name of any
programmed
Named
Parameter Set

Parameters: %NPS%

Parameters: Conditioned
blood products%Filepath%

The path portionof the data fileassociated withthe dataset

Path: %Filepath%

Path: C:\My Datafiles\%Filename%

The filename
portion (i.e. withno path and no
extension) of thedata fileassociated withthe dataset

Name: %Filename%

Name: Freezer No 7

%FileID%

The file ID
portion (i.e. withno path but
including theextension) of thedata fileassociated withthe dataset

Name: %FileID%

Name: Freezer No 7.trx%SN%logger serial
numberLogger %SN%

Logger s1234567%Owner%programmed
owner nameReturn logger to%Owner%Return logger to Waikato%Firmware%version numberof logger
firmware.

%Firmware%

4.1.6.0%TMean%mean value oftemperaturesamples
between startand endsamples

Mean temperature between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean%Mean temperature between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was-18.311%TMax%

maximum
temperature
between startand end

Maximum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMax%

Maximum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -17.580%TMin%

minimum
temperature
between startand end

Minimum temperature
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was %TMin%

Minimum temperature
between 12-11-2013
10:00:14 and 13-11-2013
02:10:44 was -18.950%TMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Meta-strings

235%TMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%TMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
temperature

Maximum temperature(%TMax%) occurred
sample %TMaxSample% at%TMaxDate%

Maximum temperature(-17.580) occurred sample
3312 at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%TMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
temperature

Minimum temperature(%TMin%) occurred
sample %TMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum temperature(-18.950) occurred sample
3465 at 13-11-2013 02:57%TUpper%temperature
upper limit%SN% Upper temperature
limit is %TUpper%

S1234567 Upper temperature
limit is 35.00%TLower%temperature
lower limit%SN% Lower temperature
limit is %TLower%

S1234567 Lower temperature
limit is 10.00%TAbove%indicates if upper
limit has been
exceeded%SN% Temperature
Above=%TAbove%

S1234567 Temperature
Above=Y%TBelow%

indicates if lower
limit has been
exceeded%SN% Temperature
Below=%TBelow%

S1234567 Temperature
Below=Y%MKT%

mean kinetic
temperature
between startand endsamples

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples%StartSample%-%EndSa
mple% was %MKT%

Mean kinetic temperature
between samples 100-199
was -18.905%HMean%mean value ofhumidity
samples
between startand endsamples

Mean humidity between%StartDate% and%EndDate% was%TMean% %RH

Mean humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
64.2 %RH%HMax%

maximum
humidity
between startand end

Maximum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMax% %RH

Maximum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
70.0 %RH%HMin%

minimum
humidity
between startand end

Minimum humidity
between %StartDate% and%EndDate% was%HMin% %RH

Minimum humidity between
12-11-2013 10:00:14 and13-11-2013 02:10:44 was
58.5 %RH%HMaxSample%

sample numberof maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinSample%

sample numberof minimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%HMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57%HMaxDate%

date-time of
maximum
humidity

Maximum humidity(%HMax% %RH) occurred
sample %HMaxSample%
at %HMaxDate%

Maximum humidity (70.0%RH) occurred sample 3312
at 12-11-2013 23:38:14%HMinDate%

date-time ofminimum
humidity

Minimum humidity(%HMin% %RH) occurred
sample %HMinSample% at%TMinDate%

Minimum humidity (58.5%RH) occurred sample 3465
at 13-11-2013 02:57%HUpper%humidity upper
limit%SN% Upper humidity
limit is %HUpper%

S1234567 Upper humidity
limit is 35.00%HLower%humidity lower%SN% Lower humidity

S1234567 Lower humidity

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

236

Temprecord Help

limit

limit is %HLower%

limit is 10.00%HAbove%indicates if
humidity upper
limit has been
exceeded%SN% Humidity
above=%HAbove%

S1234567 Humidity above=Y%HBelow%

indicates if
humidity lower
limit has been
exceeded%SN% Humidity
below=%HBelow%

S1234567 Humidity below=Y

When a temperature metastring parameter is expanded, the resulting numerical value is always
expressed in the current display units. If you want to encode the display units as well you can append
the %Units% metastring, which expands to either C or F.

See also:
Meta-strings in file and folder names
Meta-strings in email messages
Meta-strings in printed reports headers and footers
Meta-strings in user data
Meta-strings in parameter sets

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

13

237

Error and Warning Messages
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Battery is exhausted
Battery is nearly exhausted
Confirm password is invalid
Data read from logger has not yet been saved. Save first ?
Datafile format error - probably not a Temprecord data file
Datafile format incorrect
Datafile format version error
Delete comment ?
Do you want to create a new Parameter Set from the logger settings ?
Do you wish to exit Temprecord ?
Do you wish to reuse the Temprecord logger ?
Do you wish to start the Temprecord logger ?
Do you wish to stop the Temprecord logger ?
Encryption key and confirm are different
Error accessing logger information (xx)Error carrying out command line functions
Error identifying logger (xx)Error loading web file
Error opening web file
Error opening <filename>
Error reading file
Error reading logger data (xx)Error reading logger information (xx)Error restoring logger parameters (xx)Error reusing logger (xx)Error printing to PDF file
Error previewing PDF file
Error reading conversion results (xx)Error reading logger mode (xx)Error starting logger (xx)Error stopping logger (xx)Error viewing PDF File
Error writing file <filename>
Data is corrupted
Incorrect passphrase
Incorrect passphrase (Caps Lock is turned on)
Invalid limit delay countInvalid lower temperature limit
Invalid password submitted
Invalid sample period
Invalid start dateInvalid start delay
Invalid start time
Invalid preset date or time
Invalid upper temperature limit
Logger nnn's parameters will be restored from the parameter set "xx". Do you want to continue?
Logger is currently in xx mode and cannot be read
Logger not in ready mode
Logger is unconfigured
Logger interface not foundLower temperature limit is below minimum range of logger
No data loaded
No suitable parameter sets for logger nnn found
NOTE - This data logger remains within an accuracy of +/- 0.5C but for greater accuracy you may choose to have it recalibrated

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

238

Temprecord Help

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

Parameter Set xx not found. Reuse logger anyway ?
Parameter restore operation completed
Password and confirm are different
Password is invalid
Password is not verified
Password Specification Errors
Start time and date has already passed"Start at this date and time" is enabled. Once the parameters have been saved you will no longer be able to access thelogger parameters
Temprecord cannot be stopped until start delay expires
Temprecord failed to reuse
Temprecord failed to start
Temprecord failed to stop
Temprecord has already been reused
Temprecord has not yet been started
Temprecord is already running
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundTemprecord is already started
Temprecord is already stopped
Temprecord Medical loggers should be programmed with a Named Parameter Set. Reuse logger without the Named
Parameter Set ?
Temprecord must be reused before starting
Temprecord must be stopped before reuse
Temprecord was unable to create your TRW.INI file
Temprecord was unable to find your TRW.INI file
Temprecord was unable to write to your TRW.INI file
The Auto Mode option to reuse the logger is set but no options have been set to save data, Continue?
The comments/display limits for file <filename> have been edited but the changes have not yet been saved. Save file ?
The comment fields for logger <serial number> have been edited but the data has not yet been saved. Save logger
data to file ?
The data from this logger has not yet been read. Do you wish to read the data and save it before re-using the logger ?
The data read from this logger shows indications that saturation has occurred
The logging mode parameter has been changed to log only temperature
The "Start at Time and Date" parameter has been disabled
The recalibration period on this logger will expire in 12 weeks.
The settings you are saving to the logger have been changed and are no longer the same as the settings in the NPS file"xx"
This logger contains parameters from a Parameter Set "xx" but there is no local file of that name. Do you want to create
one ?
This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by the owner "xx"This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by the owner "xx" and the Named Parameter Set name isreserved
This logger's recalibration is due in 2 weeks
The Temprecord help file for the selected language <filename> was not found. English language help will be usedinsteadThis model Temprecord cannot be reusedThis Temprecord can only be started by snapping off a tab
This Temprecord can only be stopped by snapping off a tab
This version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
Unable access parameters. Temprecord is probably faulty
Unable to access parameters. Temprecord has been started
Unable to access parameters. Temprecord has finished logging
Unable to access parameters. Temprecord must be reused first
Unable to access Temprecord after reuse
Unable to access Temprecord after starting
Unable to access Temprecord after stopping
Unable to access Temprecord Logger
Unable to access Temprecord. Password is incorrect
Unable to carry out command-line functions

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

13.1

239

Unable to create spreadsheet
Unable to create folder
Unable to delete file <filename>
Unable to load file - insufficient memory
Unable to load named parameter set
Unable to load named parameter set (Auto Mode)
Unable to load named parameter set (reuse logger)
Unable to open COMx
Unable to open dialog
Unable to open form
Unable to open spreadsheet
Unable to print
Unable to read. Temprecord has not yet been started
Unable to read. Temprecord is probably faulty
Unable to read. Temprecord start delay has not expired
Unable to reuse logger (Logger is in Ready state)
Unable to reuse logger (Logger is in Start Delay state)
Unable to reuse Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
Unable to save datafile to web
Unable to save file <filename>
Unable to save named parameter set
Unable to save file for emailing
Unable to save PDF file to web
Unable to save Temprecord parameters
Unable to start Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
Unable to stop Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
Unable to update parameters in logger
Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ''ready'' state
Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of a different type
Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of older type
Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of newer type
Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected with password
Unexpected end-of-file
Unknown command option
Upper temperature limit is above maximum range of logger
WARNING - File damaged. Data may not be correct
Web file not foundYou are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation

An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord could not identify the installation type on this computer. You most likely have another later version of
Temprecord installed on this machine as well.
'Temprecord will run, and it will use the INI settings file located on this computer at:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned. You should only
have one version of Temprecord installed at once. You should uninstall the version you do not require, and install or reinstallthe version you do require.

See also:
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundCopyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

240

Temprecord Help

Temprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.2

Bad address
Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger. These errors most often result from problems
with the reader or logger.
· The logger battery could be exhausted.
· The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly. This can occur on some laptops that do not implement theserial interface adequately.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.3

Bad CRC
Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger. These errors most often result from problems
with the reader or logger.
· The logger battery could be exhausted.
· The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly. This can occur on some laptops that do not
implement the serial interface adequately.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.4

Bad verify
Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger. These errors most often result from problems
with the reader or logger.
· The logger battery could be exhausted.
· The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly. This can occur on some laptops that do not
implement the serial interface adequately.

13.5

Battery is exhausted

The logger battery is exhausted. You should not use the logger and replace it with another.
This message will display if any attempt is made to program, start, or reuse the logger when the estimated battery capacity
has reached zero.
The options Show battery status and Warn when battery exhausted must both be checked for this message to display.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

241

The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly, but is calculated using Temprecord's
knowledge of the past use of the logger. The figure arrived at is conservative, i.e. you may well get
more use out of the logger than the displayed remaining battery capacity suggests. We do notrecommend this, however, and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed
from service.

13.6

Battery is nearly exhausted

The logger battery is almost exhausted. You can use the logger but should replace it with another as soon as possible.
This message will display if any attempt is made to program, start, or reuse the logger when the estimated battery capacity
has fallen below 5%.
The options Show battery status and Warn when battery exhausted must both be checked for this message to display.

The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly, but is calculated using Temprecord's
knowledge of the past use of the logger. The figure arrived at is conservative, i.e. you may well get
more use out of the logger than the displayed remaining battery capacity suggests. We do notrecommend this, however, and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed
from service.

13.7

Confirm password is invalid
When specifying a password for a logger, both the ‘Password’ and ‘Confirm’ fields must be filled in with the same passphrase. The password will not display as you type it.
The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.8

Data is corrupted
The data read from the logger was found to be invalid or corrupted. The temperature or humidity values logged are notreliable. The logger's battery may be exhausted or there may have been communication errors when the data was read.
Try reading the logger again and if the problem persists return the logger to Temprecord for fault analysis.

See also:

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

242

Temprecord Help

Error and Warning Messages

13.9

Data read from logger has not yet been saved. Save first ?
You have requested that Temprecord carry out an operation that will overwrite the data in the current Temprecord Logger data
window, and that data has not yet been saved.
· If you want to have the opportunity to save the Temprecord data that is already in the Temprecord data window, clickthe ‘Yes’ button.
· If you do not wish to save the data, but you still want to proceed with the operation, click the ‘No’ button.
· If you want to abandon the operation and continue working with the data already in the Temprecord data window, clickthe ‘Cancel’ button.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.10 Datafile format error - probably not a Temprecord data file
The file you have tried to load is not a Temprecord data file. The default filetype for Temprecord data files is '.TR'.
You may have tried to load an ASCII data file instead. Temprecord cannot load ASCII files, it can only create them.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.11 Datafile format incorrect
The file you have tried to load is possibly a Temprecord data file, but the file format is not compatible with this version of the
Temprecord program. The file is possibly damaged. You will need to read the file with the same version of Temprecord thatwas used to produce the file.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.12 Datafile format version error
The file you have tried to load is a Temprecord data file, but the file format is not compatible with this version of the
Temprecord program. You will need to read the file with the same version of Temprecord that was used to produce the file.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.13 Delete comment ?
You are being asked if you want to delete a graph comment from the currently loaded data set. Deleting a comment does notaffect the logged data stored in the file.
· Click on Yes to delete the comment. If more than one comment was selected then you will be asked this question foreach of them.
· Click on No to leave the comment as it was. If more than one comment was selected then you will be asked thisquestion for each of them.
· Click on All to delete all the comments that were selected when the Delete Comment function was used. No further
prompts will be issued.
· Click on Cancel to abandon the delete operation. If more than one comment was selected then no more will bedeletedSee also:
Deleting comments
Comments
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

243

13.14 Do you want to create a new Parameter Set from the logger settings ?
This logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data but a NPS of the same name is not present on the
disk. You are being asked if you wish to create a NPS on the disk based on the settings in the logger.
· Click on No to skip the creation of a local parameter set. Note that if you don't create a local copy then the same
prompt will occur when this logger is processed at a later time if it still has a NPS specified in the user data.
· Click on Yes to create a local NPS file. The same prompt will not occur when this logger is processed at a later time.
· Click on Cancel to abandon the reuse operation.

See also
Parameters dialog
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.15 Do you wish to exit Temprecord ?
You have asked to exit the Temprecord program.
· If you wish to close the Temprecord program click the ‘Yes’ button. If you have read data from a logger and not yet
saved it, you will be asked if you wish to do so. If you have edited the comment fields for a file and not yet saved thefile, you will be asked if you wish to do so.
· If you do not wish to exit Temprecord, click the ‘No’ button. You will be returned to the Temprecord program.

If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord, open the Options/
General form and clear the ‘Prompt before exiting Temprecord’ check-box.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.16 Do you wish to re-use the Temprecord logger ?
You have asked to reuse the Temprecord logger. This will prepare it for another use. After you have reused it, you will beable to set program the parameters (such as the sample period, the Upper and Lower limits, etc).
· If you wish to reuse the Temprecord logger click the ‘Yes’ button.
· If you do not wish to reuse the Temprecord logger, click the ‘No’ button. You will be returned to the Temprecord
program.

If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord, open the Options/
General form and clear the ‘Prompt before re-using Temprecord’ check-box.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.17 Do you wish to start the Temprecord logger ?
You have asked to start the Temprecord logger. This will start the start delay counting down, and when the start delay has
expired, the logger will begin recording temperature samples.
· If you wish to start the Temprecord logger click the ‘Yes’ button.
· If you do not wish to start the Temprecord logger, click the ‘No’ button. You will be returned to the Temprecord
program.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

244

Temprecord Help

Once the logger has been started, you cannot alter any of the logger parameters, such as the user
data, start delay, sample period, etc. You also cannot stop the logger until the start delay has expired
and the logger has begun taking samples.

If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord, open the Options/
General form and clear the ‘Prompt before starting Temprecord’ check-box

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.18 Do you wish to stop the Temprecord logger ?
You have asked to stop the Temprecord logger. This will stop the logger taking samples.
· If you wish to stop the Temprecord logger click the ‘Yes’ button.
· If you do not wish to stop the Temprecord logger, click the ‘No’ button. You will be returned to the Temprecord
program and the logger will continue to record samples (unless loop overwrite is disabled and the logger has filled up).

If the loop overwrite option is turned on, once the logger is full, the oldest samples are overwritten. In
this case you should always ensure that the logger is stopped after you have finished recording
samples. If loop overwrite is turned off, the logger will stop recording samples when it is filled anyway,
so it is not necessary to stop it until you wish to reuse it

If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord, open the Options/
General form and clear the ‘Prompt before stopping Temprecord’ check-box.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.19 Encryption key and confirm are different
This help topic describes features of Temprecord products which are not implemented at the release
date of this version of the software.

When specifying the key to be used to encrypt your data files, you have not entered the identical key in the "Confirm" field.
· Either enter the same string in both fields, or make sure that the Encryption checkbox is not checked.

WARNING! Do not forget your encryption key!
If you lose the key, there is no way your data can be recovered. Temprecord are unable to recoverkeys or the data they have been used to encrypt.

See also:
Encryption file saving options
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

245

13.20 Error carrying out command line functions
An error resulted from carrying out command line functions specified when Temprecord was started.
Temprecord has the ability to automatically carry out a sequence of operations when started. This is similar to Auto Modeoperation except that the operations occur once at startup of Temprecord, and Temprecord then either started normally orexits again if the /EXIT command line option is also specified.

See also:
Command line parameters
Auto Mode
Error and Warning Messages

13.21 Error accessing logger information (xx)Temprecord was unable to read the summary data from the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with amore detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.22 Error identifying logger (xx)Temprecord was identify what type of logger is connected. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with a moredetailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.23 Error opening <filename>Temprecord could not open the named file.
· Check the spelling of the filename.
· If your computer is part of a network, check that the file is not held open by another user.
· The file could be damaged. Run the ‘SCANDISK’ utility on your computer.
You will also receive this error if the name of a non-existent file is specified on the Temprecord command line.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.24 Error loading web file
Temprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder.
· Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options· Check that the file exists in your web folder. If you are attempting to open the file from the "recent files" list and the filehas meanwhile been deleted, moved, or renamed you will receive this error.
· You might have experienced a temporary internet error while trying to load the file. Try to load the file again.

See also:
Error and warning messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

246

Temprecord Help

13.25 Error opening web file
Temprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder.
· Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options· Check that the file has a .TRX or .PDF extension. If you are attempting to open any other type of file, Temprecord
tries to use the filetypes that Windows knows about, e.g. if the file is a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet (.XLS),
Temprecord will attempt to open it with Excel.

See also:
Error and warning messages

13.26 Error printing to PDF file
Temprecord is unable to create the print image for some reason. When Temprecord prints a report, a PDF file image iscreated in memory. If an error results creating this image this error will be reported.
This error should not occur under normal circumstances.
Check that you have write-access permission to the folder used for temporary files.

See also:
Error and warning messages

13.27 Error previewing PDF file
Temprecord is unable to display the PDF preview for some reason. When Temprecord previews a PDF report or a printed
report, a temporary PDF file is created, and this temporary file is then opened with Adobe Acrobat Reader.
· If any errors result creating this temporary file this error will be reported. Check that you have write-access permission
to the folder used for temporary files.
· If Temprecord is unable to start Adobe Acrobat this error will be reported. Check Adobe Acrobat is installed on yourcomputer. If you cannot open PDF files by double-clicking them in Windows Explorer, Adobe Acrobat is not installed,
or is incorrectly installed. Contact your system administrator.
· Temprecord places a limit of 30 PDF preview files open at any one time. If you receive this error when you alreadyhave 30 PDF reports previewed, to can close some of the open files, and you will be able to preview further files.

See also:
Error and warning messages

13.28 Error viewing PDF File
Temprecord is unable to display the PDF file for some reason.
· If Temprecord is unable to start Adobe Acrobat this error will be reported. Check Adobe Acrobat is installed on yourcomputer. If you cannot open PDF files by double-clicking them in Windows Explorer, Adobe Acrobat is not installed,
or is incorrectly installed. Contact your system administrator.

See also:
Error and warning messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

247

13.29 Error reading file
Temprecord could not read from the file.
· If your computer is part of a network, check that the file is not held open by another user, and that you havepermission to read from the file.
· The file could be damaged. Run the ‘SCANDISK’ utility on your computer.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.30 Error reading logger data (xx)Temprecord was unable to read the logged sample data from the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced witha more detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.31 Error reading logger information (xx)Temprecord was unable to read the summary data from the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with amore detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.32 Error restoring logger parameters (xx)Temprecord was unable to update the parameter set in the logger to the set corresponding to the designated use of thelogger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with a more detailed description of the error that occurred. This error
may occur when applying a factory reset to a designated use logger.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.
If the factory reset operation is being carried out on a computer other than the one the logger was programmed on, it may bethat the Named Parameter Set file is not present.

See also:
Designated use loggers
Factory reset of loggers
Error and Warning Messages

13.33 Error reusing logger (xx)Temprecord was unable to reuse the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with a more detailed descriptionof the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.34 Error reading conversion results (xx)Temprecord was unable to read the current temperature and/or humidity in the logger in the reader interface. The "(xx)" in theerror message will be replaced with a more detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

248

Temprecord Help

13.35 Error reading logger mode (xx)Temprecord was unable to read the mode (ready, start delay, logging, or stopped) of the logger. The "(xx)" in the error
message will be replaced with a more detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.36 Error starting logger (xx)Temprecord was unable to start the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with a more detailed descriptionof the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.37 Error stopping logger (xx)Temprecord was unable to stop the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with a more detailed descriptionof the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.38 Error sending email
The following errors can result when you try to send files by SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol).

No email recipients specified'
You must enter a list of valid email addresses in the "To:" field on the Email Options tab.

No files to attach
Temprecord was unable to find the files specified.

SMTP options not set
Before you can send emails via SMTP, certain options need to be set. Click on Options/SMTP Email and specify at least the
SMTP server name. Normally this will be a string of the form smtp.internetserviceprovider.com or smtp.
yourcompanyname.com. You may need to refer to your IT administrator for this information.

Unable to queue mail for sending'Temprecord was unable to queue the email for sending.

Unable to send mail (error xxx')
If you receive an error of this for wham using MAPI to send emails, the error explanation ("xxx") will indicate the error
response returned from the MAPI interface. You may need to refer to your IT administrator for guidance on fixing these errors.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages
SMTP Email Options

13.39 Error writing file <filename>Temprecord could not write to the named file.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

249· If your computer is part of a network, check that the file is not held open by another user, and that you havepermission to write to the file.
· Check that the file is not marked as read-only.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.40 Incorrect firmware
The logger you are trying to communicate with contains features that mean that this version of Temprecord is incompatible
with the logger. You will need to download an update from http://www.temprecord.com.

See also
Logger Firmware Revision 2.14
Error and Warning Messages

13.41 Incorrect passphrase
The passphrase you entered does not match the passphrase that was used when the logger parameters were programmed.
A password must be a word or phrase up to 32 characters. The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

See also:
Incorrect passphrase (Caps Lock is turned on)
Error and Warning Messages

13.42 Incorrect passphrase (Caps Lock is turned on)
The passphrase you entered does not match the passphrase that was used when the logger parameters were programmed.

Temprecord has detected that Caps Lock is turned on. Did you intend for this to be the case? As
passphrases are case-sensitive, the state of Caps Lock will influence the passphrase you enter.

A password must be a word or phrase up to 32 characters. The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

250

Temprecord HelpHELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

See also:
Incorrect passphrase
Error and Warning Messages

13.43 Invalid limit delay count
The permissible range for the limit delay parameter is 0 to 255. Enter a number in this range

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.44 Invalid lower temperature limit
The permissible range for the lower temperature limit is from -327.68 to +327.67 degrees C. This corresponds to a range of 557.8 to 621.8 degrees F. Enter a number in this range

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.45 Invalid password submittedThis logger you have tried to access is protected by a password and the password you have specified is not correct.
Re-enter the password. The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.
The password will not display as you type it.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.46 Invalid sample period
The sample period is the time that elapses between samples. Enter the sample period as hours, minutes andseconds.
For MK3 and Mon-T loggers, the minimum sample period that can be entered is 0:00:02, or 2 seconds. You can enter any
value between 2 seconds and the upper limit of 24 hours, and the sample period must be a multiple of 2 seconds.
For LCD loggers, the minimum sample period that can be entered is 0:00:01, or 1 second. You can enter any value between
1 second and the upper limit of 18:12:15, and the sample period can be a multiple of 1 second.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

251

13.47 Invalid start date
The start date you have entered is not a valid date. Do not enter any separator characters such as ‘/’ or ‘-’ when you enter thedate.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.48 Invalid start delay
The start delay is the time that elapses between when the logger is started and when it begins to record samples. Enter thestart delay as hours, minutes and seconds. The minimum start delay that can be entered is 0:00:10, or 10 seconds. You canenter any value between 10 seconds and 24 hours.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.49 Invalid start time
The start time you have entered is not a valid time. Do not enter any separator characters such as ‘:’ when you enter thetime.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.50 Invalid preset date or time
The date or time you have entered as one of the preset dates is not a valid date or time. Do not enter any separator
characters such as ‘:’ or '/' when you enter the date or time.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.51 Invalid upper temperature limit
The permissible range for the upper temperature limit is from -327.68 to +327.67 degrees C. This corresponds to a range of 557.8 to 621.8 degrees F. Enter a number in this range

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.52 Logger nnn's parameters will be restored from the parameter set "xx". Do
you want to continue?
This message indicates that a suitable named parameter set has been found to restore the logger to the original settings that
Temprecord programmed the logger with.
· Click on Yes to proceed to program the logger parameter with the named parameter set shown.
· Click on No to abandon the factory restore operation.

See also:
Factory restore operation
Designated use loggers
Named parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.53 Logger Firmware Revision 2.14
Temprecord released a newer version of the Mk III logger in 2009. This version, firmware revision 2.14, implements greater
reliability of communications with the logger and also faster (around ten times faster) download times.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Temprecord Help252

In order to take advantage of these faster download times, loggers with firmware version 2.14 (or greater) must be used with
Version 5.23 (or greater) of the Temprecord software (TRW). Newer loggers cannot be used with earlier versions of TRW.

If you have Firmware version 2.14 loggers, you will need to upgrade Temprecord to program and readthese loggers. The Temprecord software can be downloaded from http://temprecord.com/software.
html.

Note that the converse does not apply - that is, the current version of Temprecord can program and read both older and newer
loggers, with no special action required by the user to swap between the two types of logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.54 Logger interface not foundThe operation cannot be completed because Temprecord was unable to establish a connection with the reader interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.55 Logger is unconfigured
The operation cannot be carried out because the logger is unconfigured. This is most likely because the battery is
exhausted. The logger should be returned to Temprecord for recycling or refurbishment.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages.

13.56 Logger not in ready mode
The read operation cannot be completed because the logger is not in the ready mode.
In order to program the parameters, or start logging samples, the logger must be in the ready mode.

See also:
Programming a Logger's Parameters
Error and Warning Messages.

13.57 Logger is currently in xx mode and cannot be read
The read operation cannot be completed because the logger is not in the correct mode.
In order to read samples, the logger must be either logging, i.e.currently taking samples, or stopped.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.58 Lower temperature limit is below minimum range of logger
The value entered in the lower temperature limit field is below the minimum temperature for the logger you are programming.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

253

Earlier versions of the Temprecord program allowed you to enter limits outside the operating range ofthe logger. This is inadvisable as the logger will not detect instances of the temperature exceeding thelimits when that limit is outside the operating range.

If you are programming a Mon-T logger, the lower temperature limit cannot be lower than the Mon-T
minimum temperature.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.59 No data loaded
You have attempted an operation on a logger that requires that the data has been read. Read the logger data and repeat theoperation.

See also:
Reading a logger
Error and Warning Messages

13.60 No suitable parameter sets for logger nnn foundA factory restore operation has been initiated but no parameter sets matching this logger can be found.
Check that the correct version of Temprecord is installed. Temprecord provides custom sets of Named parameter Set files for
specific customers and the NPS files required for a factory restore operation are normally placed on the computer by the
installation procedure.

See also:
Factory restore operation
Designated use loggers
Named parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.61 No wakeup from logger
Temprecord is unable to communicate with the logger.
Check that the COM port selected using the COM port options is the same port that has the Temprecord reader connected toit.

Temprecord is always improving its products. Occasionally changes to the logger's specification
mean that earlier versions of Temprecord software are incompatible with newer loggers, as the earlier
software is not aware of the new features and cannot take advantage of them. Where a logger
requires a particular revision of software to operate correctly, the packaging will include a warning tothis effect.
See also Logger Firmware Revision 2.14

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

254

Temprecord Help

13.62 No response from logger
Temprecord is unable to communicate with the logger.
Check that the COM port selected using the COM port options is the same port that has the Temprecord reader connected toit.

Temprecord is always improving its products. Occasionally changes to the logger's specification
mean that earlier versions of Temprecord software are incompatible with newer loggers, as the earlier
software is not aware of the new features and cannot take advantage of them. Where a logger
requires a particular revision of software to operate correctly, the packaging will include a warning tothis effect.
See also Logger Firmware Revision 2.14

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.63 Parameter restore operation completed
The parameter set originally associated with the designated use logger has been restored successfully. The parameters
dialog will close when you exit this message dialog.

See also:
Designated use loggers
Factory restore operation
Error and Warning Messages

13.64 Parameter Set xx not found. Reuse logger anyway ?
This logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data but a NPS of the same name is not present on the
disk. When the NPS of the same name is found the parameter settings are read from the NPS on disk into the controls in theparameters dialog.
· Click on Yes if you want to reuse the logger even though no local copy of the NPS file was found.
· Click on No or Cancel if you don't want to reuse the logger just yet.

See also:
Reusing a logger
Parameters dialog
Named Parameter Sets

13.65 Password and confirm are different
You have entered a password in the ‘Password’ field that differs from the one in the ‘Confirm’ field. Re-enter both passwords.
Remember:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

255

Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.66 Password is invalid
The password you have entered is invalid.
Re-enter the password. The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.67 Password is not verified
You have entered the password in only one of the two Password and Confirm fields. You must fill in both fields with the same
password.
If you do not want the logger to have a password (i.e. to clear the password), enter the single digit value zero into both fields.
If you want to leave the password unchanged, leave both fields blank.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.68 Password Specification Errors
The following error messages can result from not specifying the password correctly. Check the notes below to determine thereason.

Invalid Password
A password must be a word or phrase up to 32 characters. The password must conform to the following:· any leading or trailing spaces are ignored.
· the password can be any phrase up to 32 characters in length.
· embedded spaces are permitted and significant, ie:hello there (one space) and,
hello there (two spaces) are all considered to be different.
· case is significant, ie:hello there,
Hello There, and
HELLO THERE are all considered to be different.
· only printing characters in the range 20h (space) to 7Fh (~) are permitted. The additional European language
characters such as è and ñ cannot be used in pass-phrases.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

256

Temprecord Help

Password Not Verified
One of the password fields was left blank. You must fill in both password fields

Password and confirm are different
The password you specified in the first field does not match that in the verification field.

General Password Notes
If you don't want the current password to be changed, leave both fields blank. If you want the password feature to bedisabled, enter zero (0) in both fields.
Do not forget your password! If you do, you will be unable to alter the user data, and in the case of the Multi-trip, Scientificand LCD models, you will be unable to reuse them.

See also:
PasswordUser data
Sample period
Start delay
Error and warning messages

13.69 Start time and date has already passed
You have enabled the ‘Start at Time and Date’ option for the logger, but the start time and date specified has already passed.
Change the time and date to a future time and date.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.70 "Start at this date and time" is enabled. Once the parameters have beensaved you will no longer be able to access the logger parameters
This warning is issued when you try to save the parameters to a LCD logger and the "Start at this date and time" option is
selected.
· The start time and date is achieved by setting a start delay as appropriate and then starting the logger. For example if
a start time and date is programmed for 3 weeks into the future, the start delay is programmed to be three weeks andthe logger is started automatically when the parameters are applied to the logger.
· Once the parameters are saved to a logger with a start time and date programmed, the logger starts counting down
the start delay, and it is not possible to access the logger parameters from that point on.
· Once the parameters are saved to a logger that has a start time and date programmed, the logger cannot be started
with the button instead.
If you click on the Cancel button the parameters will not be saved.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.71 Temprecord cannot be stopped until start delay expires
You have attempted to stop the Temprecord logger while the start delay is still counting down. The logger cannot be stopped
until the start delay has expired and the logger has begun to take samples.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

257

13.72 Temprecord failed to re-use
Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger reused correctly. The operation may have been successful. Checkthe state of the logger by using the File/Query Logger function.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.73 Temprecord failed to start
Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger started correctly. The operation may have been successful. Checkthe state of the logger by using the File/Query Logger function.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.74 Temprecord failed to stop
Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger stopped correctly. The operation may have been successful. Checkthe state of the logger by using the File/Query Logger function.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.75 Temprecord has already been re-used
You have tried to reuse a logger that has already been reused. You can now program the parameters and start the logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.76 Temprecord has not yet been started
You have tried to read the data from a logger that has not yet been started. To have your logger take samples:· Use the Program/Parameters function to set the logger up.
· Use the Program/Start function to start the logger.
· Place the logger in the environment you wish to monitor for a while.
· Use the File/Read Logger function to read the samples taken so far.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

258

Temprecord Help

13.77 Temprecord is already running
You have tried to start the Temprecord program, but there is already a copy of Temprecord running on your computer. Only
one copy of Temprecord can run at any one time on a single computer.
You can find the copy that is already running on your computer: Hold the Alt key down and press the Tab key. Windows will
display a panel with all the running programs shown as icons. Use the Tab key to switch from one running program to thenext. Repeat this until the Temprecord icon is selected. Release the Alt key and you will be placed in the copy ofTemprecord that is already running.
Alternatively, if the taskbar is displayed, click on the taskbar button that shows the Temprecord icon.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.78 Temprecord is already started
You have attempted to start the logger when it is already taking samples. If the logger status is shown as 'start delay', itmeans that the start delay period is still counting down. The logger will begin to take samples when the start delay counts
down to zero.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.79 Temprecord is already stopped
You have attempted to stop the logger when it has already been stopped.
You can now read the logger and reuse it.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.80 Temprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found onthat server, or locally
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but no INI settings file was found onthat server.
Temprecord will run, and will create an INI file in the location:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW
You should not see this message again. If other users of this computer start Temprecord they will also see this message thefirst time they run Temprecord.
(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

259

13.81 Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier
installation was also found
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but an INI settings file from anearlier installation was found in the remote location.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:\\<network drive>\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI
but the INI file should be located in this folder:'\\<network drive>\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\Application Data\TRW.INI(the paths shown are for a default installation under Windows XP. They may be different on your computer).
A system administrator should ensure that there is no INI file in the first location, and move it to the second location.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.82 Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also
found
You have started the Temprecord program from a shortcut that points to a network drive, and the computer you are using also
seems to have Temprecord installed.
Temprecord will run, but the version installed on the remote drive is the one you will be using, not the version of Temprecord
installed on this computer. Any program settings will be read from the remote drive also and saved back to that location when
you have exited Temprecord.
· If you want to run a local installation of Temprecord, make sure you use a shortcut or Start Menu entry installed by the
locally installed version.
· If you want to run the remote network-installed version and don't want to see this message each time you will need touninstall the local copy.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

260

Temprecord Help

13.83 Temprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local
installation was also foundYou have started the Temprecord program from a shortcut that points to a network drive, and the computer you are using also
seems to have Temprecord installed, but the local installation is unrecognised. The local installation is probably a newer
version than the version you are running now.
Temprecord will run, but the version installed on the remote drive is the one you will be using, not the version of Temprecord
installed on this computer. Any program settings will be read from the remote drive also and saved back to that location when
you have exited Temprecord.
· If you want to run a local installation of Temprecord, make sure you use a shortcut or Start Menu entry installed by the
locally installed version.
· If you want to run the remote network-installed version and don't want to see this message each time you will need touninstall the local copy.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.84 Temprecord Medical loggers should be programmed with a Named
Parameter Set. Reuse logger without the Named Parameter Set ?
The logger you are about to reuse is a designated use logger that is normally always deployed with a named parameter set,
but none was found to be specified in the user data.
· Click Yes to reuse the logger without the named parameter set anyway.
· Click No or Cancel to abandon the reuse operation.

See also:
Reusing a logger
Factory restore operation
Designated use loggers
Named parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.85 Temprecord must be re-used before starting
You have attempted to start the logger but it has not yet been reused.
· Use the Program/Reuse function to reuse the logger.
· Use the Program/Parameters function to set the logger up for the next use.
· Use the Program/Start function to start the logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

261

13.86 Temprecord must be stopped before re-use
You have attempted to reuse the logger without stopping it first. The logger must be in the 'Stopped' state before reuse.
· Use the Program/Stop function to stop the logger· Use the File/Read Logger function to read the temperature data from the logger· Use the File/Save function to save the temperature data to a disk file.
· Use the Program/Reuse function to reuse the logger.
· Use the Program/Parameters function to set the logger up for the next use.
· Use the Program/Start function to start the logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.87 Temprecord was unable to create your TRW.INI file
An error has occurred when Temprecord tried to create your INI file. The INI file is used to remember your preferences andsettings between Temprecord sessions. You will still be able to run Temprecord, but any changes you make to the options
may not be remembered.
· Check that your disk is not full.
· Check that you have sufficient access rights to your computer's Windows directory. You may not have full access if
you are running on a network.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.88 Temprecord was unable to find your TRW.INI file
Temprecord could not find your TRW.INI file in the Windows subdirectory of your computer. The INI file is used to remember
your preferences and settings between Temprecord sessions. A new INI file will be created with default settings for all thepreferences.
You may receive this message if you install Temprecord for another user on your network. This is normal and it just meansthat Temprecord is creating another separate preferences file for the new user. The message should not appear again.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.89 Temprecord was unable to write to your TRW.INI file
An error has occurred when Temprecord tried to write your preferences to your INI file. The INI file is used to remember yourpreferences and settings between Temprecord sessions. You will still be able to run Temprecord, but any changes you havemade to the options may not be remembered.
· Check that your disk is not full.
· Check that you have sufficient access rights to your computer's Windows directory. You may not have full access if
you are running on a network.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages Warning Messages

13.90 The Auto Mode option to reuse the logger is set
You have attempted to start Auto Mode but Temprecord has found that you have the option to reuse the logger set, but you
have no Auto Mode option set to read the logger and save the data.
If you continue, any data contained in the logger will be lost when the logger is reused. You should make sure the data has
been saved to disk at an earlier time before using auto mode with neither of the options to read the logger and save the data
enabled.
If you do not want to be prompted for this question, and you understand the issues involved, make sure the checkbox labeled"Don't ask me this again" is checked.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

262

Temprecord Help

The state of this checkbox is only remembered for the current auto mode session. If you exit automode, the prompt will be displayed the next time you start it. It is not possible to permanently disable
this warning.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.91 The comment fields for file <filename> have been edited but the changes
have not yet been saved. Save file ?
You have changed (added, deleted, moved or edited) the comments for the named file, or altered the display limit controls,
but the data has not yet been saved to disk.
You should save the data to disk or your changes to the comment fields will be lost.

See also:
Why does Temprecord keep asking me if I want to Save my file?
Error and Warning Messages

13.92 The comment fields for logger <serial number> have been edited but thedata has not yet been saved. Save logger data to file ?
You have changed the comment fields for the data from the logger shown but the data has not yet been saved to disk.
You should save the data to disk or your changes to the comment line will be lost.
· Click the 'Yes' button if you want to save the changed comment information to a disk file.
· Click the 'No' button if you do not want to save the edited comment information. Any changes you have made will be
lost.
· Click the 'Cancel' button to abandon the operation.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.93 The data from this logger has not yet been read. Do you wish to read thedata and save it before re-using the logger ?
You have attempted to reuse the logger without first reading the data from the logger and saving it to disk.
You should save the data to disk before reusing the logger you will lose the data stored in the logger.
· Click the 'Yes' button if you want to read the logger data before reusing and save it to a disk file.
· Click the 'No' button if you do not want to read the logger data before reusing the logger. The data in the logger will be
lost.
· Click the 'Cancel' button to abandon the operation.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.94 The data read from this logger shows indications that saturation has
occurred
There are portions in the temperature data read from this logger that contain identical consecutive values. This can be anindication that the temperature has exceeded the range over which the logger can record temperature.

The test Temprecord uses to check for saturated data values is thorough, but is not perfect.
Temprecord may well warn you about saturation when none has in fact occurred, and it may fail todetect saturation when it has occurred. There is no substitute for human inspection of the data.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

263

You should inspect the data to see if this has occurred. If there are "flat-line" portions in the data that appear as shown below,
then saturation has most likely occurred. If this is the case, then you must bear in mind the following:· The statistical data from the logger will likely be incorrect or inaccurate. In particular, the minimum value or maximum
value, and the mean value will likely be incorrect.
· If the limits for the logger have been set outside the operating range of the logger, then they will not function correctly.
They may show that no limits have been transgressed when in fact they have.
· There is no way of knowing what the temperature was during those periods when the operating range of the logger
was exceeded.

13.95 The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture can no longer
be guaranteed
The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture can no longer be guaranteed.
- The recorded temperature values will still be accurate to within 0.5°C.
- The typical RH-accuracy (at 25°C) for the recorded humidity values will still be within ±2.0% RH from 10%
to 90% RH- The typical RH-accuracy (at 25°C) outside this range will still be within ±4.0% RH
Please return this logger to the factory for calibration checking.
Some Mk III Temprecord loggers can contain additional calibration information to improve their accuracy. If you receive theabove message it indicates that this calibration information is possibly invalid.
If this is the case, the temperatures and humidity values read from the logger are possibly less accurate than they might be,
but they will still be within the accuracy range stated above. You should return the logger to Temprecord for recalibration.
Logger temperature and humidity accuracy can also be affected by the following factors:· exposing the logger to temperatures outside the specified operating temperature range.
· exposing the logger to strong electromagnetic radiation sources, such as microwaves, high voltage generators, orradio transmitters.
· immersing humidity loggers in liquids or exposing them to environments that might poison the humidity sensor.
Contact Temprecord for more information.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

264

Temprecord Help

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.96 The logging mode parameter has been changed to log only temperatureThis logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data and a NPS of the same name is present on the
disk. When this occurs the parameter settings are read from the NPS on disk into the controls in the parameters dialog.
This means that the settings in the dialog are not necessarily the same as the settings in the logger.

On this occasion the NPS on disk has a logging mode specified that cannot be achieved with the logger being programmed.
The named parameter set specifies a logging mode that includes logging humidity samples, and the current logger is atemperature-only logger. The logging mode has therefore been changed to Temperature-only.

See also
Logging Mode
Parameters dialog
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.97 The "Start at Time and Date" parameter has been disabledThis logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data and a NPS of the same name is present on the
disk. When this occurs the parameter settings are read from the NPS on disk into the controls in the parameters dialog.
This means that the settings in the dialog are not necessarily the same as the settings in the logger.

On this occasion the NPS on disk has the Start at Time and Date feature enabled, but as a safety precaution this setting
has been disabled in the dialog controls. The reason for this is that the act of saving the parameters to a LCD logger will start
the logger and it will begin counting down to the Start at Time and Date time. The parameters in the logger cannot be
accessed once this has been done.
If you require the Start at Time and Date feature you will need to select it again, and ensure that thetime and date is in the future, and a sensible date.

See also
Start at Time and Date
Parameters dialog
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.98 The recalibration period on this logger will expire in N weeks'The recalibration period on this logger will expire
in 12 weeks.
You will not be able to use the logger after 15 Jan
2010

This message will display when you save the parameters for a logger which has been programmed at the Temprecord factory
to prevent usage after a calibration expiry date. You will be able to start the logger on trips until the expiry date shown.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

265

13.99 The settings you are saving to the logger have been changed and are nolonger the same as the settings in the NPS file "xx"The settings you are saving to the logger have been changed and are nolonger the same as the settings in the NPS file "xx". Do you want to update
the Named Parameter Set
file as well as the logger?
This logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data and a NPS of the same name is present on the
disk. You have edited the parameters in the dialog however, and the settings no longer match what is in the NPS on disk.
The warning message lists which parameters are different and what their respective values are. You are being asked if you
wish the NPS file on disk to be updated to be the same as the settings in the dialog.
· Click on Yes if you want the NPS on disk to be updated as well as programming the settings into the logger.
· Click on No if you want the NPS on disk to be left alone. The logger will be programmed from the settings in the
dialog.
· Click on Cancel if you want to abandon the save of parameters to the logger. The logger and the NPS file on disk willbe left with their existing settings.
· If you don't want to see this prompt in the future, Make sure the checkbox Don't ask me this again is checked.

See also:
Parameters dialog
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.100The Temprecord help file for the selected language <filename> was notfound. English language help will be used instead
The selected language does not have an associated Help file. The English-language help file will be used instead. See your
distributor about obtaining a help file for the language you have selected.
You can select the language of the Temprecord program with the Options/Language function. By default, this is set to 'use
regional settings', which instructs Temprecord to look at your Windows installation to see which language your computer is set
up for. Temprecord will then try to choose a language to suit your setting.
You can access the regional settings for your computer as follows:

Windows XP· Click on Start· Open Control Panel.
· Open Regional and Language Options· The Regional Options tab should display the language setting for your computer.

Windows 7/Vista· Click the Start icon in the lower left-hand corner.'· Select Settings· Select Control Panel.
· Select Change Display Language· The Region and Language tab should display the language setting for your computer.
You can force Temprecord to ignore the regional settings by selecting one of the languages shown on the Options/
Language page instead of the 'use regional settings' selection.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

266

Temprecord Help

Not all the languages shown on the Options/Language page are implemented. If you choose onethat is not yet implemented, Temprecord will use English language instead.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.101This logger contains parameters from a Parameter Set "xx" but there is no
local file of that name. Do you want to create one ?
This logger has a Named Parameter Set (NPS) specified in the user data but a NPS of the same name is not present on the
disk. You can create a copy of the named parameter set on this computer.

There are implication to answering Yes to this prompt: Once there is existing a Named Parameter Set
file on the computer that has the same name as the NPS specified in the user data, Temprecord willattempt to keep then aligned.
· When you save the parameters to a logger, if there is a NPS file on disk it is also updated withthose parameter settings.
· When you reuse a logger, if there is a NPS file on disk it is used to initialize the parametersettings in the logger.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Reusing a Logger
Error and Warning Messages

13.102This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by the owner"xx"This logger is a designated use logger - that is it has been factory-configured with a specific set of parameters and is intended
for a particular application environment.
If you continue and save parameters to this logger, the logger will be configured for general use, and you should restore thefactory settings before using it again for the designated purpose.

See also:
Factory restore operation
Designated use loggers
Named parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.103This logger has been factory-configured for designated use by the owner"xx" and the Named Parameter Set name is reserved
This logger is a designated use logger - that is it has been factory-configured with a specific set of parameters and is intended
for a particular application environment.
You cannot update the parameters in the logger while it contains the name of a reserved named parameter set in the user
data. If you wish to use this logger for a purpose other than the designated use, you should clear the named parameter set in
the user data, or replace it with the name of a different NPS that is not reserved for use by the owner of this logger.
If you continue and save parameters to this logger, the logger will be configured for general use, and you should restore thefactory settings before using it again for the designated purpose.

See also:
Factory restore operation
Designated use loggers
Named parameter Sets
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

267

Error and Warning Messages

13.104This logger''s recalibration is due in N weeks
This logger's recalibration is due in 2 weeks.
You will not be able to use the logger after 15 Jan
2010

This message will display when you try to start a logger which has been programmed at the Temprecord factory to prevent
usage after a calibration expiry date. You will be able to start the logger on trips until the expiry date shown.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.105This model Temprecord cannot be re-used
You have attempted to reuse a singleuse (Inland or Export) logger. These models can only be used once, after which theyshould be returned for recycling.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.106This Temprecord can only be started by snapping off a tab
You have attempted to use the Temprecord program to start an inland or export logger. These cannot be started with theprogram - they must be started by snapping off one of the tabs.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.107This Temprecord can only be stopped by snapping off a tab
You have attempted to use the Temprecord program to stop an inland or export logger. These cannot be stopped with theprogram - they must be stopped by snapping off the remaining tab.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.108This version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly anolder version is also installed
The version of Temprecord you are running now has not been properly installed. No installation type identification was foundon this computer. This can mean that Temprecord is not installed, or possibly an earlier version is installed.
You should only have one version of Temprecord installed at once. You should uninstall the version you do not require, andinstall or reinstall this version.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundYou are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

268

Temprecord Help

13.109TX timeout
Temprecord is unable to communicate with the logger due to a problem with the serial COM port.
Check that the port is not in use by another application and is selected correctly using the COM port options.

13.110Unable access parameters. Temprecord is probably faulty
You have attempted to program the parameters on a logger that reports as faulty. The logger's battery may be exhausted.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.111Unable to access parameters. Temprecord has been started
You have attempted to program the parameters on a logger has already been started. You cannot alter the parameters on alogger unless it is in the 'ready' state.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.112Unable to access parameters. Temprecord has finished logging
You have attempted to program the parameters on an inland or export logger that has finished logging. You can only alter
the parameters on a logger before it is started.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.113Unable to access parameters. Temprecord must be re-used firstYou have attempted to program the parameters on a logger has finished logging. You cannot alter the parameters on alogger unless it is in the 'ready' state.
· Use the Program/Reuse function to reuse the logger.
· Use the Program/Parameters function to set the logger parameters up for the next use.
· Use the Program/Start function to start the logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.114Unable to access Temprecord after re-use
The logger could not be accessed after reusing.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

269

13.115Unable to access Temprecord after starting
The logger could not be accessed after starting.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.116Unable to access Temprecord after stopping
The logger could not be accessed after stopping.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.117Unable to access Temprecord logger
This error is reported when the Temprecord program is unable to communicate with the logger. Of all the problems you might
encounter getting Temprecord operational, this is the most likely. The reason for this could be because:· you do not have the reader interface plugged in.
· you have it plugged in to a port different to that specified by the Options/COM Port setting.
· there is no logger inserted in the reader interface, or the logger is not pushed far enough in.
· you have inserted the logger the wrong way around. The logger must be inserted into the reader interface with thehole visible and on the left. The logger types with snap-off tabs must be inserted with the tab end visible.
· the logger is faulty.
You may see other error messages if the logger cannot be accessed. See the topics:
Unknown logger response
TX timeout
No response from logger
No wakeup from logger
Bad CRC
Bad verify
Bad address
Incorrect firmware
for more information.

See also:
Unable to open COMx
Options/COM Port
Error and Warning Messages

13.118Unable to delete file <filename>Temprecord was unable to delete the named file. When this error occurs and you had selected more than one file to delete,
any further files you might have also selected are not deleted.
· Check the spelling of the filename

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

270

Temprecord Help

· Check that the file is not marked read-only· Check that the file is not held open by another network user.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.119Unable to access Temprecord. Password is incorrect
You have attempted to program the parameters on a Temprecord logger that is protected with a password.
Enter the correct password.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.120Unable to load file - insufficient memory
Temprecord will report this message if it cannot create another Temprecord data window to display the data from a logger or afile. You are unlikely to see this error, but if it appears, you should try to make more memory available on your computer, byclosing some other applications, or fitting more memory.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.121Unable to load named parameter set
Temprecord was unable to open the parameter set. The error message may display additional information that will lead you
to the reason the load operation was not successful.
· Check the filename is valid· Check that the file is not already held open by another network user.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.122Unable to load named parameter set (Auto Mode)
Temprecord was unable to open the parameter set when processing a logger in Auto Mode.
If the Auto Mode option to load a Named Parameter Set into the logger is enabled and Temprecord cannot locate the Named
Parameter Set file, Auto Mode processing will halt.
· Check the filename is valid· Check that the file is not already held open by another network user.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.123Unable to load named parameter set (reuse logger)
Temprecord was unable to open the parameter set when reusing a logger.
If the logger user data is found to have been programmed with a Named Parameter Set, Temprecord will attempt to load theNamed Parameter set from a file after reusing the logger. If the file cannot be found, an error message will be issued.
· Check the filename is valid· Check that the file is not already held open by another network user.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

271

The logger will be reused regardless of whether the named parameter set file is found. If you don't
have access to the required Named Parameter Set file and don't require the existing logger
parameters to be updated from a NPS, you can ignore the error message.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Error and Warning Messages

13.124Unable to open COMx
This error is reported when the Temprecord program is unable to initialize the COM Port to communicate with the logger. The
message will indicate which COM port (COM1, COM2, COM3 or COM4) it was attempting to use. This could be because:· the COM Port does not exist on your computer.
· the COM Port is in use by another application.
Select Options/COM Port to investigate which COM Ports are available. The Options/COM Port screen displays for each of
COM1 to COM4, whether the port is in use by another application, in use by Temprecord, or non-existent. You must choose a
COM Port that is not in use and is fitted to your computer.
Other devices which also use COM Ports are a mouse and a modem.

See also:
COM Port conflicts
Unable to access Temprecord Logger
Options/COM Port
Error and Warning Messages

13.125Unable to open form
Temprecord will report this message if it cannot create a form. Forms or 'dialog boxes' are used by Temprecord in order for
you to enter information. Examples are:
·
·
·
·
·

the Program/Parameters dialog
the Options dialog
the Edit Comments dialog
the Password dialog
the Print dialog

You are unlikely to see this error, but if it appears, you should try to make more memory available on your computer, byclosing some other applications, or fitting more memory.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.126Unable to open PDF help file
Temprecord was unable to open the PDF help file. This is most likely to be because:· The computer system you are using does not have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed. You can download Adobe
Acrobat Reader from http://get.adobe.com/reader/.
· The PDF help file was not installed when you installed Temprecord. The PDF file should have been installed into thesame folder as the Temprecord program. The English-language PDF help file is called TRW_EN.PDF and would
normally be installed into the folder C:\Program Files\Temprecord\TRW\.

See also:
View Help as PDF
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

272

Temprecord Help

13.127Unable to open browser
Temprecord was unable to open the browser-based web help. This is most likely to be because:· The computer system you are using does not have a browser (such as Internet Explorer, FireFox, or Chrome)
installed.

See also:
View Help on the Web
Error and Warning Messages

13.128Unable to print
An error has occurred while Temprecord was trying to print.
· Check that the selected printer is available to your computer.
· Check that you have the latest printer driver for your printer and version of Windows.

Some earlier versions of the Windows 3.11 printer drivers for the HP LaserJet 5P printer will give thiserror. If you are unable to get an updated printer driver for the LaserJet 5 that fixes the problem, try
installing a printer driver for an earlier compatible printer, such as the HP LaserJet III.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.129Unable to read. Temprecord has not yet been started
You have attempted to read data from a Temprecord logger before it has been started.
· Use the Program/Parameters function to set the logger parameters up for the next use.
· Use the Program/Start function to start the logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.130Unable to read. Temprecord is probably faulty
You have attempted to read the logged data from a logger that reports as faulty. The logger's battery may be exhausted.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.131Unable to read. Temprecord start delay has not expired
You have attempted to read data from a Temprecord logger before the start delay has counted down to zero. The logger will
not begin to take samples until the start delay has expired.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.132Unable to reuse Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
You have attempted to reuse a logger that reports as faulty. The logger's battery may be exhausted.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

273

13.133Unable to reuse logger (Logger is in Ready state)
Temprecord was unable to reuse the logger because it is already in the ready state. You may have reused the logger
earlier.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.134Unable to reuse logger (Logger is in Start Delay state)
Temprecord was unable to reuse the logger because it is in the start delay state. You cannot access the logger for reading,
stopping, or reusing while it is in the start delay state.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.135Unable to save datafile to web
Temprecord was unable to save the data from the currently loaded data set to the web.
· Check that the computer has access to the Internet· Check that the web access credentials are correctly entered.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.136Unable to save file <filename>Temprecord was unable to save the data to the named file.
· Check the filename is valid· Check that the file is not already held open by another network user.

This error can also occur if you are trying to save a file that was created with an earlier version of the
Temprecord software. You can load these files and view and print the data in them, but you cannot
save them again.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.137Unable to save PDF file to web
Temprecord was unable to save the PDF report from the currently loaded data set to the web.
· Check that the computer has access to the Internet· Check that the web access credentials are correctly entered.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.138Unable to save named parameter set
Temprecord was unable to save the parameter set. The error message may display additional information that will lead you tothe reason the save operation was not successful.
· Check the filename is valid· Check that the file is not already held open by another network user.

See also:
Named Parameter Sets
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

274

Temprecord Help

Error and Warning Messages

13.139Unable to save Temprecord parameters
An error occurred when Temprecord tried to save the parameter data to the logger.

You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly. Do not remove the logger until themessage window that opens has closed again

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.140Unable to start Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
You have attempted to start a logger that reports as faulty. The logger's battery may be exhausted.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.141Unable to stop Temprecord. Unit is probably faulty
You have attempted to stop a logger that reports as faulty. The logger's battery may be exhausted.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.142Unable to update parameters in logger
Temprecord was unable to update the parameter data in the logger. The "(xx)" in the error message will be replaced with amore detailed description of the error that occurred.
Check the logger is correctly seated in the user interface.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.143Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ''ready'' state
Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger is not in the 'ready' state.
This error can occur when you are using the 'Apply' button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you
accidentally insert a logger that has already started.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.144Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of a different type
Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger is of a type that is different to the logger
the parameters were originally read from.
This error can occur when you are using the 'Apply' button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you
accidentally insert a logger that is of a different type from the one the parameter data was originally read from.

See also::
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

275

13.145Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of older type
Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface is of the older type,whereas the logger the parameters were originally read from is of the newer type.
This error can occur when you are using the 'Apply' button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you
accidentally insert an older logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.146Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of newer type
Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface is of the newer type,whereas the logger the parameters were originally read from is of the older type.
This error can occur when you are using the 'Apply' button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you
accidentally insert an newer logger.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.147Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected with password
Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface is protected with apassword, and the password is not the same as the password of the logger the parameters were originally read from is of thenewer type.
This error can occur when you are using the 'Apply' button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you
accidentally insert a logger protected with a password.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.148Unable to carry out command-line functions
Temprecord was started with command line parameters specified, and errors occurred when the operations were carried out.
The error that occurred will be shown in the message.

See also:
Command line parameters
Error and Warning Messages

13.149Unable to create spreadsheet
Temprecord was unable to create the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file when you carried out the Copy to Excel function.
· The disk may be full.
· You may be trying to save the file to a folder that you do not have write-access permission for.

See also:
Copy to Excel
Error and Warning Messages

13.150Unable to create folder
Temprecord was unable to create the folder.
When you save a file, Temprecord has the ability to create a file and folder name using formatting characters, so that the fileor folder name includes such information as the logger serial number or the date.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

276

Temprecord Help

· Your generated filename may contain characters that are not valid in a Windows file or folder name.
· The disk may be full.
· You may be trying to create the folder in a location that you do not have write-access permission for.

See also:
Formatted file and folder names
Error and Warning Messages

13.151Unable to open spreadsheet
Temprecord was unable to open the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file after you carried out the Copy to Excel function.
In order for Temprecord to open the spreadsheet after you have copied data to the Excel file, your computer must have
Microsoft Excel or Open Office Calc installed.

See also:
Copy to Excel
Error and Warning Messages

13.152Unable to open dialog
Temprecord was unable to open the dialog you requested.
· Your computer may be low in memory. Try closing some other applications. If the problem persists, exit Temprecordand start it again.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.153Unable to save file for emailing
Temprecord was unable to save the Temprecord data file or PDF report file for emailing as an attachment.
· The disk may be full.
· You may be trying to save the file to a folder that you do not have write-access permission for.

See also:
Emailing files
Error and Warning Messages

13.154Unexpected end-of-file
Temprecord has found the end of a Temprecord data file before it expected do. This error should not occur under normal
operation.
· Check that the file is a Temprecord data file.
· The file may be damaged. Run a utility such as SCANDISK to try to repair the file.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

277

13.155Unexpected errors
When unexpected errors occur in the Temprecord program, a diagnostics report is generated. The diagnostics reportcontains information about your computer system and can help Temprecord when diagnosing problems you may be having.
When an error occurs, you will see the following dialog:

Click on the button Send report to send the report to Temprecord.

It is helpful if you can describe what you were doing when the error occurred, and even better, if you
are able to list the steps taken to reproduce the error.

The report contains information including:· The current settings of Temprecord, which are saved in a file called TRW.INI· A log of the events occurring as Temprecord was started up.
· An image of the screen contents when the report was requested.
· Information about the computer system running the Temprecord program
No Temprecord data files or PDF report files are sent
Click on the button Show report to if you want to inspect the report before it is sent.
Click on the button Save report to if you want to save the diagnostics report to a text file.
After you have optionally sent the diagnostics report, you can choose what action you want Temprecord to take to recoverfrom the unexpected error.
Click on the Cancel button to resume operation of Temprecord. Note that the occurrence of the error may have introduced
instability or cause further errors to occur.
Click on the Exit Program button to abandon your session and close the Temprecord program. Any unsaved data or settings
will be lost. This might be necessary if the error is so serious that you cannot continue running Temprecord without further
errors occurring, and restarting Temprecord also results in an unexpected error occurring.
You can also request that a diagnostics report be sent to Temprecord by clicking the button on the System tab in the options
dialog. Temprecord may request that you do this when trying to remedy problems you may be having.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

278

Temprecord Help

See also
Diagnostics reports

13.156Unknown command option
The command-line parameter specified is invalid. Temprecord accepts parameters on the command line. If a filename isspecified for example, Temprecord will open that file when it starts. You can enter several filenames if you wish, separated by
spaces.
There are also command-line options that specify actions Temprecord is to perform when it starts. For example, you can reada logger and save the data to a file. See Command-Line Parameters for more information.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.157Unknown logger response
Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger. These errors can result from problems withthe reader, the logger, or the USB/serial interface.

Unplugging the USB reader interface from the computer's USB port while Temprecord is running canhave unpredictable effects and result in the loss of communication with the logger. It is best to exit
Temprecord before unplugging or plugging in the reader interface.

13.158Upper temperature limit is above maximum range of logger
The value entered in the upper temperature limit field is above the maximum temperature for the logger you are programming.

Earlier versions of the Temprecord program allowed you to enter limits outside the operating range ofthe logger. This is inadvisable as the logger will not detect instances of the temperature exceeding thelimits when that limit is outside the operating range.

If you are programming a Mon-T logger, the upper temperature limit cannot be greater than the Mon-T
maximum temperature.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.159WARNING - File damaged. Data may not be correct
The Temprecord data file is possibly damaged. All Temprecord data files include error-checking information to guard against
tampering, and to detect damage to the files that might result in incorrect information being displayed.
· If the file was copied from some other source (e.g. a diskette, or from an e-mail attachment), retrieve the file again.

See also:
Error and Warning Messages

13.160Web file not foundTemprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

279· Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options· Check that the file exists in your web folder. If you are attempting to open the file from the "recent files" list and the filehas meanwhile been deleted, moved, or renamed you will receive this error.
· You might have experienced a temporary internet error while trying to load the file. Try to load the file again.

See also:
Error and warning messages

13.161You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed
locally for the current user
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but Temprecord is also installed
locally for the current user.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
It is not recommended to run the Temprecord program from a network location and also have Temprecord installed on thelocal computer. Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned.
You should either run Temprecord from the local machine and remove the shortcut to the network copy, or uninstall the local
copy of Temprecord.

When configuring Temprecord for use in a network environment where the Temprecord executable isstarted across a network, Temprecord should not be installed on the workstations.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.162You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed
locally for all users
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but Temprecord is also installed
locally for all users of this computer.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
Other users will have separate settings.
It is not recommended to run the Temprecord program from a network location and also have Temprecord installed on thelocal computer. Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned.
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

280

Temprecord Help

You should either run Temprecord from the local machine and remove the shortcut to the network copy, or uninstall the local
copy of Temprecord.

When configuring Temprecord for use in a network environment where the Temprecord executable isstarted across a network, Temprecord should not be installed on the workstations.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.163You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed
locally for all users (shared settings)
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but Temprecord is also installed
locally for the all users of this computer with the program settings shared among the users.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\Temprecord\Application Data\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
Other users will have the same settings.
It is not recommended to run the Temprecord program from a network location and also have Temprecord installed on thelocal computer. Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned.
You should either run Temprecord from the local machine and remove the shortcut to the network copy, or uninstall the local
copy of Temprecord.

When configuring Temprecord for use in a network environment where the Temprecord executable isstarted across a network, Temprecord should not be installed on the workstations.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Error and Warning Messages

281

13.164You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed
locally for use by remote users
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but
Temprecord is also installed locally for use by other network users.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
Other users will have separate settings.
It is not recommended to run the Temprecord program from a network location and also have Temprecord installed on thelocal computer. Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned.
You should either reinstall Temprecord on the local machine (and not choose the "Install for remote access" option) andremove the shortcut to the network copy, or uninstall the local copy of Temprecord.

When configuring Temprecord for use in a network environment where the Temprecord executable isstarted across a network, Temprecord should not be installed on the workstations.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an unrecognised local installation
Error and Warning Messages

13.165You are running Temprecord from a network drive but there is also an
unrecognised local installation
The Temprecord program has been started from a shortcut that points to a network drive, but Temprecord is also installed
locally. The local installation is unrecognised, and may be a later version of the program.
Temprecord will run, and will use settings from this INI file:
C:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Application Data\Temprecord\TRW\TRW.INI(the path shown is for a default installation under Windows XP. It may be different on your computer).
Other users of this computer will have separate settings.
It is not recommended to run the Temprecord program from a network location and also have Temprecord installed on thelocal computer. Temprecord may behave in an unpredictable manner, particularly where program settings are concerned.
You should either reinstall Temprecord on the local machine (and not choose the "Install for remote access" option) andremove the shortcut to the network copy, or uninstall the local copy of Temprecord.

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

282

Temprecord Help

When configuring Temprecord for use in a network environment where the Temprecord executable isstarted across a network, Temprecord should not be installed on the workstations.

See also:
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed on this machine
Temprecord is running from a network drive and an INI file from an earlier installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and no INI file was found on that server, or locally
Temprecord is running from a network drive and a local installation was also foundTemprecord is running from a network drive and an unrecognised local installation was also foundThis version of Temprecord is not installed on this computer, or possibly an older version is also installed
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for the current user
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for all users (shared settings)
You are running Temprecord from a network drive but it is also installed locally for use by remote users
Error and Warning Messages

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Index

Index

283%TMax% meta-string 224, 232%TMaxDate% meta-string 224, 232%TMaxSample% meta-string 224, 232%TMean% meta-string 224, 232%TMin% meta-string 224, 232%TMinDate% meta-string 224, 232"Start at this date and time" is enabled. Once theparameters have been saved you will no longer be%TMinSample% meta-string 224, 232
able to access the logger parameters 256%To% - list of recipients (meta-string) 210%TotalSamples% meta-string 232%TUpper% meta-string 232%Units% meta-string 232%AllSamples% meta-string 232%User% - logged in Windows user (meta-string)%Computer% - computer name (meta-string) 210 210%Email% - sender's email address (meta-string)%User1% meta-string 224, 232
210%User5% meta-string 224, 232%EndDate% meta-string 224, 232%UserData% meta-string 224, 232%EndSample% meta-string 224, 232%Workgroup% - computer workgroup name
%FileID% meta-string 224, 232(meta-string) 210%Filename% meta-string 224, 232%Filepath% meta-string 224, 232%Files% - names of attached files (meta-string)210.TR 83%Firmware% meta-string 224, 232.TRX 83%FirstDate% meta-string 224, 232%From% - sender's name and email address(meta-string) 210%Full% meta-string 232/ALLUSERS 51%HAbove% meta-string 232/ALLUSERSSHARED 51%HBelow% meta-string 232/DIR=<folder> 51%HLower% meta-string 232/GROUP=<group name> 51%HMax% meta-string 224, 232/IMPORTSETTINGS 51%HMaxDate% meta-string 224, 232/JUSTME 51%HMaxSample% meta-string 224, 232/LOG=<filename> 51%HMean% meta-string 224, 232/MERGETASKS=<list of tasks> 51%HMin% meta-string 224, 232/NOIMPORTSETTINGS 51%HMinDate% meta-string 224, 232/SILENT 51%HMinSample% meta-string 224, 232/SP- 51%HUpper% meta-string 232/SUPPRESSMSGBOXES 51%LastDate% meta-string 224, 232/VERYSILENT 51%MKT% meta-string 224, 232%Name% - sender's name (meta-string) 210%NPS% meta-string 224, 232[PICTURE Copy Samples.png] 157%Overwriting% meta-string 232%Owner% meta-string 224, 232%SamplePeriod% meta-string 224, 232%Samples% meta-string 224, 232
16-bit versions of Windows 43%SN% meta-string 224, 232%StartDate% meta-string 224, 232%StartDelay% meta-string 224, 232%StartSample% meta-string 224, 232
about Temprecord 33%TAbove% meta-string 232
Above Limits Color 195%TBelow% meta-string 232
Access exporting to 197%TLower% meta-string 232

-"-

-%-

-.-

-/-

-[-

-1-

-A-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

284

Temprecord Help

Accuracy 123, 263
battery 240, 241
Adbobe Acrobat 246
Battery capacity remaining - showing 190
Adding a Comment 100
beep when clicking on buttons 63
address - bad 240
Before Creating Folders - Prompt 175
Administrators 46
Before Exiting Temprecord - Prompt 175
Adobe Acrobat 246
Before Overwriting PDF - Prompt 175
Adobe Reader 62
Before Overwriting TRX files - Prompt 175
Advanced Options 223
Before Reusing - Prompt 175
Alert - product cooling 193
Before Starting - Prompt 175
All files - closing 90
Before Stopping - Prompt 175
All samples - selecting 156
Below Limits Color 195
All Users 34
Blood cooling alert 193
Allow hinting on comments 195
Bluetooth 175, 224
Allow hinting on graph 195
Bluetooth Compatibility 223
allow markers 115
Body - comment 96
Also use these settings when I save the file manually Brief TTV Only 231
185
browser - Unable to open 272
Always start in this folder 175
button 77, 115
An unrecognised version of Temprecord is installed buttons 19
on this machine 239
buttons - not working 63
annotation 197
Anti-virus software 60
Archive - Installation encrypted 46
Archive - ZIP 46
Calibration 263
Are the comments I add to a file also protected by the Capacity - battery 190
digest? 74
Caring for humidity loggers 30
Arrow keys 61, 171cascade 172
ASCII file save 83
Celsius 147
ASCII files 90changing logger parameters 122
ASCII filetype 197
changing the lower and upper limits 151
Asian languages 62changing the view mode 150
assign presets from window 169
Check for logger on startup 175
Audible Prompts 175
checking for a logger 82
Auto mode 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224, 261
checking for a logger on startup 175
Auto Mode - Unable to load named parameter set
Chrome 272
270
Clear - files history 175
Auto mode operation 124
Clearing a password 111
Auto Mode operation and Parameter sets 130
Click and drag 171
Auto Mode options 219
Clipboard - copying data to 200
auto mode speed button 19
Clipboard - copying samples to 157
average temperatures - exporting daily average 90
closing a file 89
averaging 197
closing a window 172, 242
axes - appearance on printed report is different to
Closing all files 90
screen 72
Closing toolbars 175
Axis Color 195
Color - 195
Color - Above Limits 195
Color - Axis 195
Color - Below Limits 195
bad address 240
Color - Cursor 195
bad CRC 240
Color - Graticule 195
bad verify 240
Color - In Range 195
BAT file 46
Color - printing 202
Batch installation 46

-C-

-B-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Indexcolors 190, 192, 193
COM Ports 65, 180, 271
comma 192, 197, 202
Command-line function errors 245
command-line options 278
command-line parameters 24
Comment - Adding 100
Comment - Deleting 101
comment - Duplicating 102
comment - locking 101
comment - unlocking 101
Comment Date 96, 99
comment fields 31, 231, 262
Comment locked 96
Comment name 96
Comment opacity 195
Comment text body 96
Comment title 96
Comment Value 96, 99
comments 93, 195
Comments - edit comment dialog 96
Comments - editing 95
Comments - finding 102
comments - off-screen indicator 99
comments - repositioning 99
Comments - Saving 102
Comments List 98
Comments on the graph - how Temprecord positions
them 99
common problems 60
Common questions about file digests 74
Compatibility - Bluetooth 223
Confirm key 244
confirmation 254
confirmation of password 241
confirming a password 255
conflicts 65
Connection - Internet 217
contents 15
control panel 65, 216
Cool zone 140
Cooling 194
Cooling - blood 193
Cooling - product 193
Cooling - rate of 146, 197
Copy samples to clipboard 157
Copy to Excel 159
copy toobar 19
Copying to the clipboard 200
Corrupted logger data 241
CRC - bad 240
Creating a new parameter set 129
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

285

Creation of Folders - Also use these settings when I
save the file manually 185
Ctrl key 165
current folder - Remember 175
cursor 61, 148
Cursor Color 195
cursor functions 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 163
Custom installation 46-Ddaily average temperatures - exporting 90
damaged files 278
data - exporting 90
data printing 92
Data is corrupted 241
data windows 152, 153
Datafile Folder 175
datafile format error 242
datafile format incorrect 242
datafile format version error 242
date - appearance on printed report is different toscreen 72
Date - comment 96, 99
Date and time to use when formatting file and folder
names 220
date format 150, 197
Date formatting - file saving options 184
Date formatting options 220
DB-25 28
DB-9 28
Default filenames 181, 184, 189, 224
Default folders 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
default options and Parameter sets 130
Defaults - Mon-T logger parameters 210
defaults - parameter 208, 209, 210
Defaults.nps 208, 209
degrees 192, 202delay - Safe range 114
Delay After Opening Port 223
delete file dialog 87
Deleting a comment 101
deleting a file 87
Deleting a parameter set 130
deleting files 87, 269
delimiters 197
Delta H 193
Device Manager 65
Diagnostics report 223, 277
Dialog 96
Dialog - comments list 98
dialog - delete file 87
Dialog - edit comment 96

286

Temprecord Help

dialog - modal 175
dialog - open file 87
dialog - print 92
dialog - save file 83
Dialog - unable to open 276
dialogs 271
Difference between the Save File and the Save File
As... functions 84
digests - Common questions about 74
disappeared - Main Menu toolbar 74
disk full 248
Display - LCD 77
display limits 151
Display mode 152
display of limits 151
Display Timezone - Preferred 220
displaying dates - Timezone to use 220
displaying files in 2 windows 152
displaying two loggers 153
Docking a toolbar 23
docking toolbars 19
Doesn't the digest make the file larger? 74
Down-arrow key 171
drag 171
Drying humidity logger sensors 30
Duplicating a comment 102
duration 109
Durations - display format in Excel 159
Dust - humidity loggers 30-EEdit Comment 96
edit comment dialog 96
Editing a parameter set 129
editing comment fields 262
editing comments 95, 262
Elapsed Time - LCD logger screen 77
Email 276
Email Files 222
Email options 210, 214
Email queue 172
Emailing files 88
enable safe range 113
Encrypted installation archive 46
Encryption 183
Encryption key and confirm are different 244
Encyption key 244
End key 171
end marker 161
end sample 155, 162, 167
EndDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232

EndSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Error 109 with Adobe Reader 62
Error carrying out command line functions 245
Error loading web file 245
Error Logs 222
Error Messages 175, 237
error opening file 245
Error opening web file 246
Error printing 246
error reading file 247
error writing file 248
Errors - unexpected 277
errors reading a file 276
Event Log 172, 222
Example of formatted file name 224
Excel 275, 276
Excel - copying samples to 159
Excel - display format of durations and dates 159
Excel - exporting data to 200
Exclamation event 175
EXE - Remote 34
EXE file 46
Executable 222
exhausted - battery 240, 241
exiting 175
exiting Temprecord 93, 243
export 83, 197
Export Filename - Prompt 175
Exporting daily average temperatures 90
exporting data 90
Exporting data to an Excel spreadsheet 200-FFahrenheit 147
failed to reuse 257
failed to start 257
fast downloads 175
field delimiter 197
File - BAT 46
file - deleting 87
File - EXE 46
File - Save 84
File - Save As... 84
file and folder specifiers - Meta-strings in 224, 232
file digests - Common questions about 74
File Format - Saved TRX files 182
file menu 82
file read error 247
File Saving Options 182
File saving options - date formatting 184
File saving options - web files 182
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Index287

file toolbar 19
Format - saved files 182
file write error 248
format error 242
FileID (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Format specifiers 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
Filename (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
format version error 242
Filenames 181, 184, 189, 224
Formatted filenames 181, 184, 189, 224
Filenames - default 181, 184, 189, 224
Formatted folder names 181, 184, 187, 188, 189,
224
Filepath (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Formatted JSON 182
files - blocked by system administrators 46
formatting file and folder names - date and time tofiles - closing 89
use 220
Files - closing all 90
formatting file and folder names - Timezone to use
files - deleting 269
220
Files - emailing 88
Formatting options - date 220
Files - installation log 46
forms 271
files - opening 85
Foxit 62
files - opening recent 92
files - renaming 88
Files - saving 83, 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
Files - Saving as PDF 189
G4 LCD logger - Operation 77
Files - Saving TR data 187, 188
general options 175
Files to keep in history 175
getting started 16
Finding a comment 102
GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) 220
finding out what version of Temprecord I have 16 go to 153
finding the trace 154
go to functions 155, 156, 161, 163
FinePrint PDF Factory 62
Go to Sample 154
FireFox 272
Goto control 171
Firmware 249, 251
goto functions 154, 163
Firmware (meta-string keyword) 224, 232graph 147, 148, 154
first sample 154
graph - appearance on printed report is different toFirstDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
screen 72
flags 147, 148
Graph - how Temprecord positions comments on
99
flags - Minimum and maximum 231
graph - moving about 171
flags - Start and end 231
Graph Colors 195
flags - User marker 231
graph height 202
Flashes 120
Graph Hints 195
Flat-line data 262
graph toolbar 19
Floating a toolbar 23
graph view - format of date and time 150
floating toolbars 19
graph view options 195
folder - Always start in 175
Graticule Color 195
Folder - unable to create 275
grayed menu items 62
Folder for .PDF Reports - Also use these settings
when I save the file manually 185
Growth statistics 193, 231
Folder for TR files - Also use these settings when I
save the file manually 185
Folder names 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
Folders - Creation of - Also use these settings when I Headers 205
save the file manually 185
Help File 222
Folders - default 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
help files 265
font - graph 195
help index 17
fonts 175, 190, 192, 193, 202
help menu 16
Footers 205
Hiding a toolbar 23
foreign languages 216
high-speed downloads 175
Format - page 205
Hinting - Allow on comments 195

-G-

-H-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

288

Temprecord Helphinting - Allow on graph 195
information - Named Parameter Sets 132
Hints - graph 195
Information Messages 175
history - Files to keep in 175
INI file 222, 261
HMax (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
INI file - TRW 46
HMaxDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
inserting user markers 121
HMaxSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Install Temprecord for All Users, Separate Settings
34
HMean (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Install Temprecord for All Users, Shared Settings
HMin (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
34
HMinDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Install Temprecord for All Users, Shared Settings,
HMinSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Remote EXE 34
Home 77
Install Temprecord Just For Me 34
Home - LCD logger screen 77
Installation 31, 34, 43, 46
Home key 171
Installation - batch 46
horizontal 166
Installation - custom 46
horizontal zoom 166
Installation - log files 46
How do I find out what version of Temprecord I have?
Installation archive - encrypted 46
16
installation archive - ZIP 46
How do I use comments 31
Installation Logs 222
how do I? 31
iNSTALLATION OF tEMPRECORD 58
How secure is the file digest? 74
insufficient memory 270, 271
How Temprecord positions your comments on the
Integrity profile 140
graph 99
international settings 265
how to use help 17
Internet Connection 217
how zooming works 164
Internet Explorer 272
humidity - limit delay and 113
interrupts 65
humidity logging duration when logging 109
Introduction 15
humidity resolution and accuracy 123
invalid limit delay 250
humidity sample period and 108
invalid lower temperature limit 250
humidity unable menu items disabled 62
invalid password 255
humidity unable to alter parameters 61
Invalid password submitted 250
Humidity unable to program parameters 71
invalid preset date or time 251
Humidity - viewing 152
invalid sample period 250
humidity data - exporting 90
invalid start date 251
humidity data - viewing 61
invalid start delay 251
Humidity loggers 30
invalid start time 251
Humidity loggers - setting up 106
invalid upper temperature limit 251
Humidity upper and lower limits 112
IRQs 65
hygiene index 142
Is the digest algorithm you use secret? 74
Is the passphrase stored in the file? 74

-I-

-J-

I cant select the Humidity options when I program thelogger parameters 71
I can't view a PDF report with Adobe Reader 62
Japanese - PDF report problems 62
If the recipient of the file doesn't know the
JSON 182
passphrase used to create the digest, how will they
JSON - formatted or "prettified" 182
be able to read the file? 74
Just For Me 34
In Range Color 195
incompatible 249
incorrect datafile format 242
incorrect firmware 249
Key - encryption 183, 244
Info viewing 172
Kiosk 125
Information - License 15-K-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Index-LLAN - Internet Connection 217
Landscape 205
language 216
languages 265
LaserJet problems 272
Last Results - LCD logger screen 77
last sample 154
LastDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
LCD Display 77
LCD logger - operation 77
LCD logger screen - Elapsed Time 77
LCD logger screen - Last Results 77
LCD logger screen - Lower Limit 77
LCD logger screen - Markers 77
LCD logger screen - Maximum 77
LCD logger screen - Mean 77
LCD logger screen - Minimum 77
LCD logger screen - Upper Limit 77
LED's 120
Left-arrow key 171
License Information 15
limit - Safe range 114
limit delay 113, 250
Limits 31, 64, 112, 151
limits - display 151
Limits - temperature 252, 278
List - Comments 98
List of error messages 237
Load and Save - web options 218
Load from Defaults 208, 209
Loading a parameter set 127
Local Timezone Preferred Display 220
locale - date format 150
Locating a comment 102
Lock Toolbars 175
Locked - comment 96
Locking a comment 101
Locking a toolbar 23
Locking toolbars 175
Log - events 172
Log files - installation 46
Logged-in user name 224
logger - no response 254
logger - no wakeup 253
logger - Read T/H when querying 175
Logger data saturation 262
Logger firmware 251
logger parameters - changing 122
Logger password 111
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

289

Logger Query - Read Temperature 175
Logger response - unknown 278
Logger tracking 217
Loggers - humidity 30
logging duration 109
logging duration when logging both temperature andhumidity 109
Logging Mode 105
Logging Temperature, Humidity, or Both 105
Look for USB Reader 180
loop overwrite 115
loop overwtite 64
lower and upper limits 151
lower limit 112, 250
lower limit - display 151
Lower Limit - LCD logger screen 77-MMain Menu - toolbar disappeared 74
Main Menu toolbar - disappeared 74
Manufacture date - showing 190
MAPI 210
markers 115, 155, 163, 167
markers - inserting 121
Markers - LCD logger screen 77
maximum 156, 163
Maximum - LCD logger screen 77
Maximum temperature 115
Mean - LCD logger screen 77
Mean temperature 231
memory 270, 271
menu items - grayed 62
menu toolbar 19
menus 18
Messages - error 175, 237
Messages - Information 175
Messages - Warning 175
meta-strings 210, 224, 232
Meta-strings in file and folder specifiers 224, 232
Meta-strings in parameter sets 131
Meta-strings in print headers and footers 205
Microsoft Access exporting to 197
Microsoft Excel 200
Microsoft Excel - copying samples to 159
minimum 156, 163
Minimum - LCD logger screen 77
Minimum and maximum flags 231
Minimum temperature 115
MKT (Mean Kinetic Temperature) Statistics 231
MKT (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
MKT Statistics 193

290

Temprecord Help

modal dialog 175
Mode - display 152
Mode - kiosk 125
Mode - Logging 105
Modem - Internet Connection 217
Modem Busy - Internet Connection 217
Modifying the Registry to Enable CHM Help across
Network Drives 59
Monochrome printing 202
Mon-T 115
Mon-T Logger 120
Mon-T logger - default parameters 210
mouse 168
mouse - zooming with 165
Mousewheel 171
mousewheel - zooming with 166
Moving about the graph 171
MS Access exporting to 197
My Main Menu toolbar has disappeared 74-NName - comment 96
Named Parameter Set 175
Named Parameter set - unable to load 270
Named Parameter set - unable to load in Auto Mode
270
Named Parameter set - unable to load when reusing
logger 270
Named Parameter Sets 127, 210
Named Parameter Sets technical information 132
Named Parameters Set 208, 209
network drive 259, 260
Network Drives - enabling help on 59
networks 43, 46
Neutrality - Zone of thermal 140
new parameter set - Creating 129
next marker 155
No color 202
No email recipients specified' 248
No files to attach 248
no response from logger 254
no wakeup 253
NPS - Prompt to Update 175
NPS (meta-string keyword) 224, 232

open file dialog 87
Open previous files on startup 175
opening a file 85, 245
opening recent files 92
Operation - kiosk 125
Operation of the G4 LCD logger 77
options 174, 175, 216
Options - Advanced 223
options - Auto Mode 219
options - command-line 24
Options - Date formatting 220
options - default parameters 208, 209, 210
Options - email 210, 214
options - export 197
options - general 175
options - graph view 195
options - printing 202
Options - SMTP 214
options - statistics view 193
options - summary view 190
Options - toolbar 23
options - values view 192
Options - View 231
options Web 217
Options - web load and save 218
overwriting 115, 175
Owner (meta-string keyword) 224, 232-P-

Page Down key 171
Page format 205
Page Up key 171
panning 171
Paper size 205
Parameter defaults 208, 209
Parameter defaults - Mon-T logger 210
parameter set - Creating 129
parameter set - Deleting 130
parameter set - Editing 129
parameter set - Loading 127
Parameter set - named 270
parameter set - Renaming 129
Parameter Sets - technical information 132
Parameter sets and Auto Mode operation 130
parameter sets and Meta-strings 131
Parameter sets and the default options 130
parameters 24, 61, 105, 108, 109, 274
off-screen indicator - comment 99
OK, then what's to stop somebody tampering with the parameters - default 210
parameters - programming 104
data in a file, calculating a new digest from thetampered data, and putting that digest in there? 74 parentheses 192, 202
Opacity - comments 195
Passphrase 111-O-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Index291

password 112
profile - product integrity 140
Password - invalid 250
program menu 104
Password - logger 111
program parameters logger speed button 19
Password - removing 111
program toolbar 19
Password - setting 111
programming a logger 274
Password - submitting 250
programming parameters 105
passwords 241, 254, 255, 270
programming user data 106
PDF 246
Prompt Before Creating Folders 175
PDF file - error 246
Prompt Before Exiting Temprecord 175
PDF Filename - Prompt 175
Prompt Before Overwriting PDF 175
PDF files - emailing 88
Prompt Before Overwriting TRX files 175
PDF files - saving 189
Prompt Before Reusing 175
PDF Reports 222
Prompt Before Starting 175
PDF reports - can't view with Adobe Reader 62
Prompt Before Stopping 175
PDF Reports - Folder for - Also use these settings
Prompt for Export Filename 175
when I save the file manually 185
Prompt for PDF Filename 175
PDF temporary files - unable to create 246
Prompt if Recal. of Logger Due 175
PDF995 62
prompt on exit 243
PHI 142, 193, 202
prompt on reuse 243
PHI (Process Hygiene Index) 231
prompt on starting 243
PHI (Process Hygiene Index) Growth statistics 231 prompt on stopping 244
PIP 140
Prompt to Save Comments 175
plugging the reader in 28
Prompt to save edits 72
Popup menu - toolbars 23
Prompt to Update NPS 175
popup menus 18
prompts 175
Port - delay after opening 223
Prompts - Audible 175
Portrait 205
Proxy - Internet Connection 217
preferences 175
Proxy settings 218
Preferred Display - Local Timezone 220
Preferred Display - Specific Timezone 220
Preferred Display - UTC Time 220
Query logger - read temperature when using 175
Preferred Display Timezone 220
query logger speed button 19
presets 31, 168, 169, 170, 251
Queue - email 172
Prettified JSON 182
Quick example of formatted file name 224
preview 192, 202
quoted text 197
previous marker 155
print all 92
print dialog 92
Print footers 205
Range - temperature 115
Print headers 205
Rate of cooling 146, 193, 197, 202
printer drivers 272
Rate of Cooling Statistics 193
printer fonts 175
read logger speed button 19
printing 62, 92, 272
Read T/H when querying logger 175
printing data 92
Read Temperature on Logger Query 175
printing options 92, 202
reader 28
printing problems 61
Reader - look for USB 180
problems 60
Reader - USB 65
problems programming parameters 61
reading a file 276
process hygiene index 142
reading a logger 82, 262, 272
Product cooling alert 193
read-only 248
Product Cooling Alerts 231
Recal. of Logger Due - Prompt 175
Product Integrity Profile 140, 231

-Q-

-R-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

292

Temprecord Help

recent files - opening 92
Saved File Format 182
refrigeration index 145
Saved files - format 182
Refrigeration Index Statistics 193
saving a file 72, 83, 262, 273
regional settings 150, 216, 265
Saving Comments 102
Registry - Modifying to Enable CHM Help on network saving data 31, 242
drives 59
Saving Files 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
Remember current folder 175
ScanDisk 245, 247
Remote EXE 34
searching for help 17
Removing a password 111
Select all samples 156
renaming a file 88
selecting a font 175
Renaming a parameter set 129
Selecting the installation type 58
Report - diagnostics 223, 277
semicolon 197
Repositioning a comment 99
Send Diagnostics Report 222
resolution 115, 123
Sending a diagnostics report to Temprecord 223
response - no 254
Separate Settings 34
Response - unknown logger 278
serial connector 28
Reuse logger 261
Serial number - printing with the graph 202
reuse logger speed button 19
serial port 180
reusing 175
Server - proxy 218
reusing a logger 120, 257, 260, 261, 267, 268, 272 Set all windows start and end samples from this one
Reusing logger - Unable to load named parameter163
set 270
set as start sample 162
reusing Temprecord loggers 243
Setting a password 111
RI 145setting up a default set of parameters 117
RI (Refrigeration Index) Statistics 231
Setting up humidity loggers 106
right mouse button 18
setting up several loggers 117
Right-arrow key 171
Settings - Separate 34
ROC (Rate of Cooling) statistics 231
Settings - Shared 34
Shared Settings 34
short date format 150
Show battery capacity remaining 190
safe range 113
Show manufacture date 190
Safe range delay 114
SIze - paper 205
Safe range limit 114
SMTP options 214
Sample - Go to 154
SMTP options not set 248
sample period 108, 250
SN (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
sample range 197, 202
sounds 175
sample rate issues 124
space 197
SamplePeriod (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Specific Timezone Preferred Display 220
Samples - copying to clipboard 157
specification of passwords 255
Samples - selecting all 156
Specifiers - format 181, 184, 187, 188, 189, 224
samples - statistics for visible 137, 193
speed buttons 19
Samples (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
speed buttons - not working 63
samples between start and end markers - statistics
SPOOL32 Error 62
for 137
Spreadsheet 275
Saturation - logger data 262
Spreadsheet - exporting data to 200
Save Comments - Prompt 175
Spreadsheet - copying samples to 159
Save File 84
Spreadsheet - unable to open 276
Save File and the Save File As... - difference between
Start and end flags 231
84
start and end markers - statisics for samples between
Save File As... 84
137
save file dialog 83
start and end samples
Save to Defaults 208, 209-S-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

Index293

start and end samples
temperature axis - appearance on printed report isdifferent to screen 72- Set all windows 163
Temperature limits 252, 278
start date 251, 256
Temperature range 115
start delay 109, 251, 256, 272
Temperature units 147
start logger speed button 19
Temperature upper and lower limits 112
start marker 161
Temperature, Humidity, or Both - Logging 105
start sample 155, 162, 167
temperatures - exporting daily average 90
start time 251, 256
Templates - using 184, 187, 188, 189
start time and date already passed 256
Templates - using filename and folder 224
StartDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temprecord 33, 34
StartDelay (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temprecord - exiting 93
starting 115, 175
starting a logger 118, 257, 258, 260, 267, 268, 272, Temprecord - what version 16
274
Temprecord already running 258
starting at a time and date 110
Temprecord already started 258
starting Temprecord loggers 243
Temprecord already stopped 258
StartSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temprecord Help 46
Startup - Check for logger on 175
Temprecord is already running 60
Startup - Open previous files on 175
Temprecord is running from a network drive and alocal installation was also found 259
Startup Logs 222
statisics for samples between start and end markers Temprecord is running from a network drive and an
unrecognised local installation was also found 260
137
Temprecord must be reused 260
statisics for visible samples 137, 193
Temprecord must be stopped first 261
statistics 137
The temperature exceeded the limits but theStatistics - total temperature value 140
summary does not show this 71
statistics view options 193
Thermal neutrality - Zone 140
Stop Logger if necessary 219
this model Temprecord cannot be reused 267
stop logger speed button 19
This version of Temprecord is not installed on thisstopping 115, 175
computer, or an older version is also installed 267
stopping a logger 119, 256, 258, 267, 268, 274
tile horizontally 172
stopping Temprecord loggers 244
tile vertically 171
strings - subsitution of meta-strings 210
time axis 166
Submitting a password 250
time format 150
suggested filenames 175
Time to cool 140
summary 82, 136
time to fill logger with samples 109
summary view options 190
timeout - TX 268
Surely I can just edit the plain text files with a text
Timezone 184, 220
editor? That doesn't seem very secure. 74
Timezone - Preferred Display 220
System administrators 46
Timezone to use when displaying dates 220
System Options 222
Timezone to use when formatting file and folder
names 220
Title - comment 96
TMax (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
tab 197
TMaxDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
tabs 267
TMaxSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
tampering 278
technical information - Named Parameter Sets 132 TMean (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
TMin (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temp. Files 222
TMinDate (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temp. PDF Files 222
TMinSample (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Temp. Web Files 222
toolbar - Main menu - disappeared 74
Temperature - read on logger query 175
Toolbar options 23
temperature axis 167
toolbars 19-T-

Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

294

Temprecord Help

Toolbars - closing 175
toolbars - docking 19
Toolbars - floating 19, 23
Toolbars - hiding 23
Toolbars - Lock 175
Toolbars - locking 23, 175
Toolbrs - docking 23
Total Temperature Value 140
TR data files - emailing 88
TR data files - saving 187, 188
TR Files 83, 222
TR files - Folder for - Also use these settings when I
save the file manually 185
trace 154
trace not visible 61
Tracking - logger 217
translation 216
transparency - comments 195
TRW.INI 46, 261
TRX files 83, 182
TTV 140, 193, 202, 231
TTV Options 193
TTV Statistics 193
two copies of Temprecord 258
TX timeout 268-Uunable to access logger 268, 269, 270
Unable to create folder 275
unable to create INI file 261
Unable to create spreadsheet 275
unable to delete file 269
unable to find INI file 261
unable to load file 270
Unable to load named parameter set 270
Unable to load named parameter set in Auto Mode
270
Unable to load named parameter set when reusing
logger 270
Unable to open browser 272
unable to open COM port 271
Unable to open dialog 276
unable to open form 271
Unable to open spreadsheet 276
unable to print 61, 272
Unable to queue mail for sending 248
unable to read logger 272
unable to reuse logger 272
unable to save file 273
Unable to save file for emailing 276
unable to save parameters 274
unable to start logger 274

unable to stop logger 274
unable to update logger 274, 275
unable to write to INI file 261
undersampling 124
unexpected end-of-file 276
Unexpected errors 277
uninstall 267
units 147, 192, 202
unknown command line option 278
Unknown logger response 278
unlocking a comment 101
unrecognised version of Temprecord 239
Up-arrow key 171
Update NPS - Prompt 175
Upper and lower limits 231
upper limit 112, 251
upper limit - display 151
Upper Limit - LCD logger screen 77
USB Reader 65
USB Reader - look for 180
Use Local Time 220
Use This COM Port 180
Use this timezone 220
Use UTC Time 220
user data 106
User data - printing with the graph 202
User marker flags 231
user markers 115, 121, 163
User1 (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
UserData (meta-string keyword) 224, 232
Username 224
Using filename and folder templates 224
Using templates 184, 187, 188, 189
using the button on the logger to mark an event
121
using the button on the logger to start and stop
logging 122
using the zoom presets 170
UTC 184, 220
UTC Time Preferred Display 220-VValue - comment 96, 99
values 146
values - printing 65
values per line 197
values view options 192
verify - bad 240
version of Temprecord- finding out 16
vertical zoom 167
view 136, 137, 146, 147, 148, 150, 152, 153
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

IndexView info 172
view menu 133
View options 231
viewing humidity data 61
Viewing Temperature, Humidity or Both
Virus checkers 60
visible samples - statistics 137, 193

152-Wwakeup - no 253
Warning messages 175, 237
ways to open a file 85
We file - error loading 245
We file - error opening 246
Web file not found 278
Web files - file saving options 182
Web files - opening recent 92
Web Load and Save options 218
Web options 217
Web Save Files 222
Web tracking 217
What about the Default Parameters? 208
What is the difference between the Save File and theSave File As... functions? 84
What makes a good passphrase? 74
what the LEDs on the logger tell you 120
What's the difference between a digest andencryption? 74
When the default filename and folders are used
184
Where have the defaults gone? 209
Why does Temprecord sometimes ask if I want tosave a file when I close the program? 84
Why don't you call them "passwords"? 74
Why would I need to save a file anyway? 84
Will not start - Temprecord 60
window 169
Windows 43
Windows 7 - problems with displayed date format
150
write-protected 248

-XXML

182

-ZZIP archive 46
Zone of thermal neutrality 140
zones - rate of cooling 146
zoom 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 251
Copyright 1992..2014 Temprecord International Ltd.

zoom all 165, 167
zoom all windows to presets 169
Zoom All Windows To This One 169
zoom between markers 167
zoom functions 164
zoom window to presets 168
zooming 168
Zooming with the mouse 165
Zooming with the mousewheel 166295